when to visit spain and portugal

An Ultimate Guide to Planning a Trip to Portugal and Spain (2024)

From the sun-kissed shores of the Algarve in Portugal to the historic streets of Barcelona, a trip to Portugal and Spain is your gateway to discover the diverse and culturally rich Iberian Peninsula. Follow our comprehensive guide to uncover hidden gems, savor delicious cuisines, and immerse yourself in the vibrant tapestry of both enchanting destinations.

Content Preview

• 1. How Long to Spend
• 2. Spain and Portugal Itinerary
• 3. Costs for a Trip
• 4. Best Times to Visit
• 5. Which Country to Enter First
• 6. How to Travel between Portugal and Spain

1. How Many Days to Spend in Portugal and Spain?

For most first-time travelers to Portugal and Spain, it is recommended to allocate 10–14 days to cover the top attractions in both countries. This time frame allows for exploring two to three cities in each country effectively.

With a 10-day itinerary spanning Spain and Portugal, you could take in the major highlights, such as the historical capitals, Madrid and Lisbon, as well as Porto and Barcelona, spending 2 days in each city. For those seeking beach experiences, spending 3–4 days in the Algarve region of Portugal or exploring the picturesque coastal areas of Spain would be ideal.

For a richer and deeper experience delving into the cultural and historical wealth of both countries, consider extending your trip to 14–16 days. For example, by adding an extra day in Lisbon, you could embark on a day trip to neighboring towns, such as Sintra or Cascais. These enchanting destinations offer breathtaking palaces and castles waiting to be explored.

To truly immerse yourself in the wonders of Portugal and Spain, consider extending your trip to 3 weeks. Spend 10 days exploring Portugal from the northern wine regions to the southern coast and reserve another 10 days to discover the best of Spain.

Let us know your available time for travel, interests, group size, budget, and any other preferences, and our travel consultant would create a customized itinerary just for you. Feel free to contact us .

Discover real reviews of Highlights Travel Family 's best-rated service across trusted platforms.

2. Choosing a Suitable Portugal and Spain Itinerary

Here are two tour options that cover both Spain and Portugal: a concise and efficient 10-day tour as well as a classic 2-week family tour.

10 Days in Spain and Portugal (Essential Highlights Tour)

• Days 1–3: Barcelona, Spain
• Days 4–5: Madrid, Spain
• Days 6–8: Lisbon, Portugal
• Days 9–10: Porto, Portugal

On this tour, you would experience the highlights of Spain and Portugal, featuring iconic cities like Barcelona, Madrid, Lisbon, and Porto.

In Spain , you would visit the top destinations, including Barcelona and Madrid . Discover the architectural marvels of Barcelona with a tour dedicated to the works of Gaudí. Explore the city's history in the Gothic Quarter and savor local delicacies at Mercat de la Boqueria.

Unlock stories of Madrid with a personal guide by your side. Visit the Palacio Real de Madrid to witness opulence at the Spanish royal residence, then enjoy a walking tour of the old town with a stop for churros and chocolate. Take a day trip to Segovia from Madrid and explore the Alcázar de Segovia, which was the inspiration for Snow White's castle.

In Portugal , you would explore the iconic landmarks of Lisbon and Porto. In Lisbon, the Torre de Belém and Jerónimos Monastery are must-visit sites. Spend a day diving into Sintra's rich history and visit Cabo da Roca for stunning views. In Porto, discover key landmarks, such as São Bento Railway Station and Clérigos Tower before enjoying breathtaking views along the Douro River. Take a full-day excursion to the Douro Valley for wine tasting and a scenic boat trip.

Spain and Portugal in 14 Days (Family Tour)

• Days 1–2: Barcelona, Spain
• Days 3–4: Valencia, Spain
• Days 5–7: Madrid, Spain
• Days 8–10: Lisbon, Portugal
• Days 11–14: The Algarve, Portugal

This tour is designed for family travelers , offering a diverse and exciting blend of culture, history, food, and activities. It is perfect for keeping everyone entertained, from young children to teenagers and adults.

In Spain , adding Valencia to your family trip provides a delightful array of children's activities. You would take a private walking tour in Valencia's historic center, then have a paella cooking experience. Visit the Oceanogràfic, Europe's largest aquarium, featuring a huge collection of marine life. Discover scientific wonders at the Museo de las Ciencias Príncipe Felipe. Lastly, enjoy Gulliver's Travels with a trip to Gulliver Park, offering interactive fun inspired by the classic tale.

In Portugal , consider adding the Algarve to your itinerary to provide enriching experiences for your children. They could enjoy playing on the beach and participating in various water activities. We recommend the beaches in Lagos, which boasts an array of choices, from the serene Pinhão Beach to the striking cliffs of Ponta da Piedade and the picturesque Praia do Camilo, which is accessible via wooden steps.

3. The Estimated Travel Budget

Travel expenses in Portugal and Spain are comparable as both countries offer relatively cost-effective options within Europe.

The major part of your budget would be spent on accommodation and transport. In both countries, the hotel costs would be about 150–200 USD per night per room for a quality 4-star hotel.

The flights between the two countries would typically cost from 150 to 250 USD, depending on the type of seat you choose. The domestic flights between major cities in both countries would range from 60 to 150 USD depending on the distance.

For a private tour experience, the daily cost per person averages about 500 USD , ensuring a high-quality, hassle-free journey. This amount covers various amenities, such as airfares between the two countries, luxurious 4- or 5-star accommodation, guided tours to attractions, and convenient transfers.

Additionally, family discounts ranging from 30–50% are available for children under the age of 10, making these destinations feasible choices for budget-friendly family trips.

4. Choosing the Best Time to Visit

Spain and Portugal, as neighboring countries on the Iberian Peninsula, share similar weather conditions. For those seeking the best weather and fewer crowds, the optimal months to travel to both destinations include April, May, early June, September, and October.

In contrast, late June, July, and August mark the peak summer vacation season for both countries, offering ideal weather conditions for coastal regions like the Algarve. Travelers intending to visit during this peak season are advised to book their accommodation at least 3 months in advance.

Meanwhile, the winter season (excluding the Christmas period) serves as the off-season for trips to Portugal and Spain. You could benefit from discounts during this time but should anticipate some rainfall and a rise in prices and bookings around Christmas.

For more about what's recommended and what to expect for each month, you may want to read more about Best Times to Visit Portugal and the best months to visit Spain.

5. Choosing Which Country to Start Your Trip In

As neighboring countries on the Iberian Peninsula, both Portugal and Spain offer convenient access to international flights from major cities around the world. When planning your trip, the choice between starting in Portugal or Spain depends on your convenience in terms of flight availability, as both countries offer a similar range of options for discovery and relaxation.

If you are flying from the USA, for example, Portugal may be a slightly more favorable option due to its closer proximity compared to Spain.

6. Transportation Between the Two Countries

The most popular way to travel between Spain and Portugal is by taking a flight, which typically lasts an hour and a half. Direct flights are available between major cities, such as Lisbon, Porto, Madrid, and Barcelona.

While there are direct trains from Lisbon to Madrid, the journey could take about 10 hours, which may not be ideal for most travelers.

Get Inspired with Some Popular Itineraries

More travel ideas and inspiration, sign up to our newsletter.

Be the first to receive exciting updates, exclusive promotions, and valuable travel tips from our team of experts.

Why Global Highlights

Where can we take you today.

• Southeast Asia
• Japan, South Korea
• India, Nepal, Bhutan, and Sri lanka
• Central Asia
• Travel Agents
• Loyalty Program
• Privacy Policy

Address: Building 6, Chuangyi Business Park, 70 Qilidian Road, Guilin, Guangxi, 541004, China

The Perfect 2 Week Spain and Portugal Itinerary (+ Essential Tips!)

Tempted by the cultural charm and natural beauty of the Iberian Peninsula and hoping to plan the perfect 2 week Spain and Portugal itinerary?

If so, we’ve designed this itinerary for Portugal and Spain for you!

Tucked away in the southwest corner of Europe, planning a combined trip to Spain and Portugal over 2 weeks is as invigorating as it is challenging.

After more than a year of living in Lisbon as American ex-pats and more trips to Spain than we can count, we have quite a few opinions about planning the perfect 14 days in Portugal and Spain!

These two countries–both of which feature a list of bucket-list destinations that could take months to see if given the opportunity–are fascinating and engaging places, though with more differences between them than might be immediately apparent on the surface.

If you’re hoping to enjoy a whirlwind, fast-paced, crash-course in what makes traveling in Spain and Portugal special, this itinerary is for you.

Here’s how to make the most of 14 days in Spain and Portugal!

Table of Contents

How We Structured This 2 Week Spain and Portugal Itinerary

Getting around during your 14 days in portugal and spain, the ultimate 2 weeks in spain and portugal itinerary, possible alterations to this 14 day itinerary for spain and portugal, the best time of year to enjoy this portugal and spain itinerary, how to extend your iberian peninsula vacation (+ morocco advice), what to pack for your 2 weeks in portugal and spain, faq about planning a spain and portugal vacation, more portugal and spain travel tips, your 14 day spain and portugal itinerary map.

Some links in this post may be affiliate links. If you make a purchase through one of these links, we may earn a small commission at no extra cost to you. Please see our disclosure policy for more detail.

We structured this 14 day itinerary for Spain and Portugal as a “U” shaped route beginning in Barcelona and ending in Porto.

In addition to those 2 cities, we also cover stops in Seville , Cordoba , Granada, the Algarve, Lisbon , and Sintra .

In other words, this is a very, very fast-paced itinerary!

While very doable, I’ll be perfectly honest: this is a mildly exhausting pace, and if you prefer a more relaxed itinerary, trimming the stop that appeals to you the least is a very reasonable option.

We agonized over what destinations should make the cut (and it took me a long time to come to the conclusion Madrid wasn’t doable on top of everything else, though you could easily swap it for Barcelona or Porto if you prefer), but ultimately, we decided to suggest an ambitious but realistic plan that is as varied as possible.

Major cities, legendary architecture, stunning coastlines, and small towns all feature on this itinerary for Spain and Portugal, and we truly believe that you’ll walk away from this trip with a wonderful snapshot of both destinations.

In order to fit it all in, though, be prepared to lace up your most comfortable shoes, plan your transportation in advance, and squeeze lots of sightseeing into one day!

Oh, and pack as light as you can–trust me, unpacking and re-packing this many times in a row is not a blast.

What About Morocco?

When planning a combined vacation to Spain and Portugal, there’s another country that tends to draw the eye: Morocco, which sits a tantalizingly short ferry trip or plane ride away from the southern edge of the Iberian Peninsula.

We opted not to include Morocco here due to sheer logistics.

The reality is that 14 days is barely enough time to do justice to Spain and Portugal, let alone add on a whole additional country (with a wildly different culture, packing list, and attractions to consider, too).

When you add in the fact that Tangier, the Moroccan port city reachable by ferry from the Iberian Peninsula, isn’t typically the favorite destination of visitors to Morocco, it simply doesn’t make sense to add it to this route.

Now, that being said, Morocco is unforgettable–we still count our time there camping in the Sahara Desert as one of our favorite travel memories of all time.

If you have 3 weeks to work with instead of 2, you might consider adding a Morocco leg onto your trip.

We wouldn’t recommend a day trip, though: about 5 days, enough to see the Sahara Desert overnight as well as Marrakech and/or Fes, is enough to give you a solid taste of the country (though of course, 7-14 days would be even better).

With more time, the Blue City of Chefchaouen and the coastal city of Essaouira offer wonderful experiences.

This itinerary for visiting Spain and Portugal in 2 weeks is best accomplished with a mix of transportation.

Between each Spanish city, the best way to get around is typically via high-speed train, though a flight is an option on one route.

In order to pull this itinerary off effectively, you’ll want to purchase tickets in advance and make sure you’re using the most direct routes!

Spain’s high-speed AVE trains, like many high-speed trains around Europe, use dynamic pricing–in other words, you should lock down your fares as soon as you can commit to dates.

(Be sure to show up early, too, as high-speed train routes in Spain require a security check before boarding).

We use and recommend Omio , a ground transportation aggregate that is popular for traveling in Europe, for checking timetables and purchasing tickets.

For traveling between Spain and Portugal, which in this itinerary means traveling from Seville to Lagos, you’ll want to book a bus ( you can also do this through Omio , and the journey takes around 5 hours).

While it is possible to rent a car for this part of the route too, one-way drop-off fees between countries are generally astronomical.

Once you’re in Portugal, depending on your travel style, you might prefer to rent a car for the Algarve portion of your trip and then drive the car to Lisbon, or to do without and take the train to Lisbon.

Taking the train between Lisbon and Porto is very simple, but if you’d rather step off the beaten path and visit somewhere like Óbidos , the Alcobaca Monastery, or Tomar along the way, driving can also be fun!

This guide for traveling between Lisbon and Porto breaks down your options in detail.

Shop rental cars  and  train tickets  for your 2 weeks in Spain and Portugal today!

Here on Our Escape Clause, we have written (and continue to write) extensively about traveling to Spain and Portugal.

Those guides include (but are far from limited to) standalone trip itineraries for Spain , Portugal , and Andalucia , as well as detailed itineraries for most cities covered in this itinerary (for example, here are our suggestions for Madrid , Seville , and Lisbon ).

For that reason, I’ll try to keep the descriptions of each day semi-brief, as this Portugal and Spain travel guide will no doubt be extremely long regardless!

For more detailed day-to-day advice, I’ll continue to link to additional relevant guides throughout the itinerary, and you can also peruse all of our Portugal blog posts here and/or Spain blog posts here .

Day 1: Arrive in Barcelona and hit the ground running.

For the purposes of this 2 week Spain and Portugal itinerary, we’ll assume you arrive in Barcelona in the morning, jet-lagged but excited to start exploring!

(This is an extremely common schedule for flights from North America to Spain).

Once you drop off your language at your hotel (most are more than happy to store bags for you until check-in), it’s time to explore Barcelona’s iconic architecture.

On your first day in Barcelona, start with a visit to either  Casa Milà  or  Casa Batlló , two of the most famous homes designed by Gaudi!

They’re fairly close together, but given how much there is to see in Barcelona, we recommend only going inside one and seeing the other from the outside.

Personally, we recommend  pre-booking tickets for Casa Batlló  for as early a time in the day as possible.

After hitting up your first major attraction, take some time to explore the Gothic Quarter, including the Barcelona Cathedral, the Santa Caterina Market, the famous Las Ramblas, and Plaça Reia.

If you have time (and energy) Catalunya Plaza and Mercado de la Boqueria are also worth a look.

If you’re excited about all of Barcelona’s Catalan modernism architecture, we can also heartily recommend a visit to  Palau de la Música Catalana .

Though not designed by Gaudi, it’s an amazing (and compared to much of Barcelona, uncrowded) example of the style and a memorable place to visit!

Barcelona’s Arc de Triomf is also only a 10-minute walk away, and Ciutadella Park is just beyond it.

From there, depending on your energy, it might be time for a (brief) afternoon nap!

If you can pull together enough energy in the late afternoon or early evening, though, heading down to Barcelona’s coastline and soaking up some sunshine on the beaches (whether that means a swim or just grabbing a bench and enjoying the environment) is a memorable way to close out your first day on the Iberian Peninsula.

Where to Stay in Barcelona, Spain

When deciding where to stay in Barcelona, it’s important to keep in mind that this sprawling city requires some effort to move around.

In other words, there’s no way to stay near all the best things to see in Barcelona, but it’s best to stay by some of them!

We recently stayed at  Citadines Ramblas Barcelona  and were extremely satisfied–to the point that we may just keep going back on additional trips.

Our room was spacious, complete with a kitchenette, and extremely quiet despite the hotel being located in a prime spot right along Las Ramblas.

The view of the Barcelona Cathedral from the rooftop deck of the  Colón Hotel Barcelona  is pretty incredible too, though, and we have it bookmarked for a possible future trip.

If you’re traveling on a bit more of a budget,  Hotel Nouvel  also gets excellent reviews and is in a wonderful location.

Check rates & book your stay in Barcelona today!

Day 2: Dive deeper into Barcelona.

After your first full day of exploring, it’s time to dive even deeper into Barcelona!

Today, plan to head further afield, starting with a visit to  Park Güell  and/or Tibidabo for one of the best views over sprawling Barcelona!

(Keep in mind that these are a bit of a trek from the city center, especially Tibidabo, so plan on using a chunk of time for transportation).

Later on, the incredible Picasso Museum (which holds over 4,000 of the artist’s works), is a must-see for art lovers in Barcelona, while Camp Nou is a popular pilgrimage for football lovers.

And, of course, we can’t forget  the Sagrada Familia : Gaudi’s unfinished masterpiece of a cathedral is an absolute must-see when visiting Barcelona!

We visited in the early evening after hearing that the interior’s light was at its best then, and we were not disappointed–the colors were phenomenal.

If you wrap up at the Sagrada Familia before sunset and would like to enjoy the Mediterranean while in Barcelona, consider wrapping up your evening with  a sunset catamaran cruise .

Book skip-the-line tickets to visit the Sagrada Familia  today!

Day 3: Enjoy a morning stroll in Barcelona and then head to Seville.

After a last look at Barcelona–perhaps one more pass through the Gothic Quarter, a stroll along the beach, or a leisurely breakfast in a cafe–it’s time to head south to Andalucia!

Seville, the capital of Andalucia and one of the best places to visit in Spain, is a 6+ hour train ride from Barcelona.

Alternatively, it’s about a 2-hour flight between the 2 cities.

While we personally find the train more comfortable and pleasant (and it saves you the time and hassle of getting to and from the airports), there’s another factor to consider: flying is sometimes cheaper than traveling by train.

We recommend considering and pricing out both options, but either way, most of day 3 will be eaten up with getting to Seville!

Once you arrive, meander through Barrio Santa Cruz, grab dinner (or just a bunch of tapas– this popular tapas crawl is a fun option if you want to find the best spots with ease) and rest up for a full day of sightseeing tomorrow.

Shop train tickets from Barcelona to Seville today!

Where to Stay in Seville, Spain

When deciding where to stay in Seville, location is key as ideally, you’ll want to stay within walking distance of Seville’s best attractions.

We had a fantastic experience at  Petit Palace Puerta de Triana  on our most recent trip to Seville.

The hotel  has a fantastic location (central but also quiet–a far-from-guaranteed combination in Spain), a delicious breakfast, and comfortable rooms.

Looking for something a bit different?

The incredibly popular  Hotel Rey Alfonso X  is an excellent choice, and its rooftop views are sublime!

If you’d like to stick to more of a budget,  Hotel America Sevilla  gets wonderful reviews and doesn’t sacrifice too much in terms of location.

Meanwhile, for the height of luxury, you can’t beat the absolutely stunning  Hotel Alfonso XIII !

Check rates & book your stay in Seville today!

Day 4: See the best of Seville.

Today, it’s all about appreciating the beauty of colorful, vibrant Seville!

Don’t miss the chance to visit the gilded and glamorous Seville Cathedral (with a side of dark history: you’ll find the tomb of Christoper Colombus here).

Climbing the cathedral’s bell tower (Giralda) for incredible views of the city is also incredibly memorable, and included with your ticket for visiting the Seville Cathedral .

The tiled Plaza de Espana, which is one of the most photographed spots in the city, is also a must-see!

One of Seville’s top attractions, the Royal Alcazar of Seville , is definitely worth experiencing–but depending on your sightseeing style, you may prefer to skip it and enjoy relaxing in the city more.

The Alcazar, with its complex of intricate palaces and beautiful gardens, is incredible… but it is outshone by the Alhambra in Granada , which you’ll be seeing in a couple of days when following this itinerary for Spain and Portugal.

If you’re a traveler who likes to leave no stone unturned, we recommend visiting the Alcazar first thing in the morning–otherwise, you have a more leisurely pace to work with.

Regardless of what you decide about the Alcazar, though, we highly recommend ending your evening with this wildly popular flamenco show , which is held in a venue dating to the 15th century and will give you an excellent taste of flamenco culture.

Flamenco is widely associated with Spain as a whole, but it originated in the south of Spain–and, according to some sources, it originated in Seville itself, making this the perfect place to pause for a show!

Book your flamenco show in Seville today!

Day 5: Take a half-day trip to Cordoba.

Less than  an hour from Seville by train  or car, you’ll find the captivating Andalucian city of Cordoba–which happens to be one of our favorite places in the region!

Once the most powerful city in Islamic Spain, the Cordoba of today is small and manageable, a bite-size tourism destination that nonetheless leaves a big impact on visitors.

Cordoba is most famous for its incredible  Mosque-Cathedral –literally a former mosque with a cathedral built into its center–which is one of the most memorable buildings we’ve had a chance to visit anywhere.

The Mosque-Cathedral should absolutely be your top priority when visiting Cordoba, but beyond that, there’s still plenty to see within a short walk!

Snapping photos of the picturesque Calleja de las Flores, relaxing in the Patio de los Naranjos, wandering through the Jewish Quarter, and checking out some of  the beautiful patios of Cordoba  should also be on your to-do list.

After enjoying the best of Cordoba, head back for a relaxing night in Seville.

You’ll need the rest: tomorrow will be one of the busiest days during your Spain and Portugal vacation!

Day 6: Experience the legendary Alhambra.

Today is all about enjoying one of the giants of tourism in Spain: Granada’s legendary Alhambra.

This collection of centuries-old palaces (plus a fort, gardens, ruins of a medina, and more), is one of the most unique groupings of architecture in Europe, and the most-visited tourist attraction in Spain!

We wrote about  visiting the Alhambra extensively here , so I’ll try to keep this (kind of) brief, but the long and the short of it is that this is a place you need to plan ahead for.

Tickets often sell out, but coming from Seville for the day, we highly recommend booking an organized day trip (and as a bonus, that means you won’t need to book as far in advance as travelers hoping to score tickets independently).

Why take a tour?

While the Alhambra is absolutely worth seeing–it’s truly one of the most incredible places to visit in Spain, and worth going out of your way for–it’s in Granada, which is 3 hours, each way, from Seville.

Add in getting to and from the Alhambra itself and wanting to leave a small amount of time to sample the rest of Granada (we love this city!), and letting someone else take the lead will make your life much easier.

If that doesn’t appeal, there are two alternatives.

First, you could spend the previous night in Granada ( we stayed here and loved it )–but that will add on hours of travel to your journey to Portugal tomorrow.

Alternatively, you could opt to enjoy the Royal Alcazar in Seville instead, perhaps take a half-day trip to a closer town like Ronda or Setenil de las Bodegas, and save the Alhambra for another trip.

If you don’t expect to be back in Andalucia soon, we believe the Alhambra and Granada are worth the headache–but with only 14 days to visit Spain and Portugal, it’s completely understandable if you’d rather slow down a bit, too.

If you do want to experience the Alhambra, this day trip gets great reviews and covers transportation, the Alhambra (including the essential tickets to the Nasrid Palaces), and time in Granada’s beautiful Albayzin neighborhood.

Don’t miss the view from the Mirador de San Nicholas!

Book your day trip to the Alhambra in Granada today!

Day 7: Say goodbye to Spain and hop over to Lagos, Portugal.

As you hit the halfway point of your Iberian adventure, it’s time to trade Spain for Portugal!

The simplest and most efficient way to travel from Seville to Lagos will be to travel by bus , which takes about 5 hours.

Unfortunately, with no trains between Seville and the Algarve, and no direct flights, there are limited transportation options to work with.

However, the good news is that if you haven’t been on a bus since you were school-aged, these buses are likely much more comfortable than you may think!

Considering driving?

Unfortunately, picking up a rental car in one country and dropping it off in another tends to incur extreme fees–think around 1000 Euro, give or take.

Once you arrive in Lagos, check into your hotel and head to the sea!

If you’re ready to stretch your legs (and have enough time in the day–summer visitors will likely have better luck here than winter ones ), consider hiking the Ponta da Piedade coastal trail to one of Portugal’s most famous viewpoints.

It takes a bit over an hour each way, though you can trim time on the way back by simply hiking along the road instead of the trail (though it’s much less scenic).

Want to enjoy the views from Ponta da Piedade, but without the hike?

Calling a ride share (we tend to use FreeNow in Europe, though Uber works too) will get you there from the historic center of Lagos in just a few minutes.

Where to Stay in Lagos, Portugal

Lagos’ central location, beautiful beaches, and convenient town center make it a fantastic place to base yourself during your time in the Algarve!

Each of these properties boasts excellent reviews and a prime location within walking distance of many of the top things to do in Lagos.

For budget travelers, a fantastic included breakfast, private room, and free parking are all waiting for you at Dream Lagos B&B  –and as the rave reviews indicate, you won’t be disappointed.

The trade-off is staying a bit further from the town center, though still within walking distance.

For mid-range travelers, Hotel Lagosmar features excellent reviews and a perfect location right across from the Lagos Marina, plus a rooftop terrace with gorgeous views of the sea and town.

If you’d like to splash out a bit (and by the standards of much of Europe, the Algarve is a very affordable place to do so outside of the peak summer months), Tivoli Lagos makes a wonderful base in Lagos.

We adored our stay at this 4-star resort and would be thrilled to return to enjoy the beautiful property, gorgeous pool, restaurants, and delicious included breakfast again.

With free parking (almost) on-site, comfortable rooms, and incredibly easy access to Lagos’ attractions, Tivoli Lagos is a fantastic place to stay.

Check rates & book your stay in Lagos today!

Day 8: Soak up Algarve views.

With one full day to enjoy the Algarve, the best way to spend your time depends on a few factors, including your travel style, the season, your energy levels now that you’re past the halfway point of your 2 week trip through Spain and Portugal, and whether you feel like driving.

First things first, though: want to find a beach and spend all day on it?

You’re in a great place for that (though fair warning for those who grew up in hot climates like us: the water is quite chilly in the Algarve, even in summer).

Praia Meia, Praia do Camilo, Praia dos Estudantes, and Praia do Pinhão are just a handful of the many dreamy beaches in the immediate vicinity of Lagos (some within walking distance) that are excellent places to relax.

Praia do Camilo in particular is so scenic that it’s worth stopping by just to admire it for a minute!

Craving more activity?

Heading back to Ponta da Piedade, this time from the water, is an incredible experience!

Whether you want to kick back and relax on a boat ride or join an adventurous kayaking tour , you’ll be treated to unforgettable coastal views.

With any luck, you may spot a few dolphins, as well (though if that’s your focus, a dolphin spotting cruise might be more your speed).

Willing to head 30-45 minutes away from Lagos by taxi, ride-share, or rental car?

The famous Benagil Cave can be visited from the charming town of Carvoeiro, and the magnificent Seven Hanging Valleys Trail and Marinha Beach can also be accessed nearby!

If you want to actually walk inside Benagil Cave, though, prepare to sweat for it: popular boat tours like this can enter the cave but can’t land there.

If you want to land… you’ll need to visit by kayak or SUP (but don’t worry–it’s only a 200m distance or so from the shore).

Book your Benagil Cave kayaking tour  or  small boat tour  today!

Day 9: Make your way to Lisbon.

After a last breakfast, a local beach stroll, and possibly even a quick morning visit to Ponte da Piedade, it’s time to say goodbye to the Algarve and head north to Lisbon–our former home for more than a year and a downright delightful city to visit.

The fastest way to get to Lisbon from Lagos is to drive, however, since you won’t need a car once you arrive (and you’ll incur a one-way drop-off fee for returning the car to a different city), you’ll likely want to opt for a train or bus instead.

The train is the most comfortable option, but generally takes between 4 and 5 hours and requires you to make a change, as there are no direct routes between Lisbon and Lagos.

The bus, while less comfortable, is cheaper, doesn’t require a change, and is a bit faster.

You can check both train and bus prices and times here.

Once you arrive in Lisbon, it’s time to check into your hotel and then hit the ground running with sightseeing!

We loved this food tour , which starts later in the afternoon, and it is an excellent way to get introduced to the city.

Alternatively (or in addition!), head to the top of Lisbon to enjoy the gorgeous views from the remains of Castelo de São Jorge , and meander through Alfama.

Here, you’ll see many Lisbon postcards come to life, including the views from the Miradouro das Portas do Sol and the Miradouro de Santa Luzia, the famous Tram 28 (though we don’t recommend riding it–just snap photos from outside) and the Lisbon Cathedral.

As you head downhill from the heart of Alfama, you’ll reach the riverside neighborhood of Baixa (where the food tour starts).

Be sure to check out Praça do Comércio, Rossio Square, and the Church of São Domingos while there!

If you’re interested in experiencing an evening Fado show in Lisbon, tonight is a great opportunity to do so.

Book your Lisbon food tour today!

Where to Stay in Lisbon, Portugal

While there are plenty of excellent neighborhoods to stay in throughout Lisbon, we recommend picking somewhere central with good transportation connections around the city.

Alfama, Baixa, Chiado, Principe Real, and Barrio Alto are great names to keep an eye out for when browsing places to stay.

For a budget-friendly hostel experience (with private rooms available), the  Sunset Destination Hostel  is a great, centrally located option.

At a mid-range price tag, you can’t beat the location or rave reviews for  Tempo FLH Hotels Lisboa .

Looking for a splurge?

The Lumiares Hotel & Spa  is part of the much-acclaimed Small Luxury Hotels of the World Collection, and offers stunning views that you won’t forget anytime soon!

Check rates & book your stay in Lisbon today!

Day 10: Enjoy sightseeing in Lisbon.

Today is all about sightseeing in Lisbon–and wear some comfortable shoes, because it will be a long (and hilly) journey!

First things first: if you didn’t visit Alfama yesterday, take a quick stroll through there and the neighborhood of Castelo (and stop for some pasteis de nata at Pastelaria Santo António while you’re at it).

If you’ve already visited Alfama, start your morning in Lisbon’s Bairro Alto (high town) and Chiado, exploring a corner of the historic center that you didn’t get to see yesterday!

Highlights include the Miradouro de São Pedro de Alcantara, the overwhelming Church of São Roque, the Carmo Convent, and a stop at Livraria Bertrand , the oldest still-operating bookstore in the world.

If you’re a fan of glitzy cafes, consider also grabbing a coffee and pastry at A Brasileira.

From there it’s time to head over to the popular riverside neighborhood of Belém (taxi or ride share will be the easiest way to get there).

Here, you’ll find the famous Jerónimos Monastery and accompanying church (the church is free to enter, the monastery is not), the gorgeous Belém Tower (you don’t need to go in, but it’s worth seeing the exterior), the Monument of the Discoveries, and stunning views of the Tagus River.

You’ll also find the wildly popular Pastéis de Belém, which serves up the original pastéis de nata.

Yes, they are worth the long line (hint: the table service line is often much shorter than the takeaway line!), but if standing in line for carbs isn’t your thing, Manteigaria, another popular Lisbon bakery, has a location just down the street.

Meanwhile, the Jerónimos Monastery, while a must-see, is home to some of the longest lines for any tourist attraction in Portugal!

Pre-book your ticket and, since you’re visiting Belém in the afternoon, consider going close to closing time.

In the evening, close out your day with a sunset boat cruise on the Tagus River, soaking in some of the best views of Lisbon, the Tagus, and the Ponte 25 Abril Bridge from the water.

We absolutely loved our sunset cruise experience in Lisbon and highly recommend it–kicking back and relaxing with beautiful views is the perfect way to end a busy sightseeing day.

Book your sunset cruise in Lisbon today!

Day 11: Take a day trip to Sintra.

Set in the hills just outside of Lisbon, the beautiful town of Sintra–complete with several fantastic palaces–is easily among the most popular places to visit in Portugal.

From the beauty of the distinctive yellow-and-red Pena Palace to the quirky Alice in Wonderland vibes of Quinta da Regaleira to the stunning views from the Moorish Castle and beyond, visiting Sintra is incredibly memorable and worth the effort.

… But, its popularity also has another side effect: the palaces of Sintra are among the most crowded places included on this Iberian Peninsula itinerary, so be prepared for that.

With only 2 weeks to cover both Spain and Portugal, you’ll want to visit Sintra on a day trip from Lisbon, and that essentially leaves you 2 options: travel by public transportation, or on a guided day trip like this .

This day trip is one of the most popular tours in Portugal and includes visits to Pena Palace and Quinta da Regaleira as well as Cabo da Roca (long believed to be the westernmost point of mainland Europe, now simply a stunning viewpoint), and a short stop in the resort town of Cascais .

The pros of taking a tour are simple: as the palaces in Sintra are far enough apart that you can’t walk between most of them and parking is very tricky, it saves you time and allows you to see more.

The cons are simple too: with so many stops to make, you won’t have much time to linger.

If you’d rather travel independently, you can absolutely do that as well, though we recommend nabbing your tickets for Pena Palace and other popular places in advance.

The train takes about 40 minutes from central Lisbon.

Once you arrive in Sintra, you’ll board one of 2 buses that will take you to your first palace, and then (depending on which palaces you choose to see) another to your second and maybe third, depending on how fast you explore.

When you’re finished, you can head back to Lisbon via train or simply call an Uber (which is what we tend to do).

Book your day trip to Sintra today!

Day 12: Make your way from Lisbon to Porto.

All aboard to Porto!

The final destination of this itinerary for 2 weeks in Spain and Portugal, the beautiful city of Porto is compact and memorable, featuring stunning river views, endless port (and if you don’t think you like port… try it here before you commit to that opinion), and oodles of azulejos .

Easy sightseeing and a relaxed vibe make it the perfect final destination of your trip–but first, you need to get there!

The easiest way to travel from Lisbon to Porto is to take the train, which travels directly between the 2 cities and takes about 3.5 hours.

Most trains leave from Lisbon’s Santa Apolonia Station and run consistently throughout the day.

We go into more detail on managing the journey between the 2 cities in this blog post .

We recommend booking your train tickets for the earliest time you feel comfortable with–the sooner you get to Porto, the better!

Once you arrive in Porto, drop your bags off at your hotel (if it’s not time for check-in yet, they should be able to hold them in the lobby for you) and get ready to explore!

If you’re looking for a quick lunch, the roast pork and soft cheese sandwich at Casa Guedes is a great place to start.

From there, we recommend checking out some of Porto’s attractions that are further from the river, such as the Chapel of Souls, the Church of Saint Ildefonso, and Rua Santa Catarina.

If you have time, head over to the Church of Carmo, as and soak up the view from Miradouro da Vitória (and if you don’t have time to visit the Church of Carmo today, add it to your list for tomorrow).

And, of course, you can’t forget the very first attraction you’ll see as you arrive in Porto: the interior of the São Bento train station is magnificent!

Where to Stay in Porto, Portugal

We’ve visited Porto several times now, and have made a habit of staying at Pestana Porto – A Brasileira or NH Hotel Porto Batalha during our visits.

Both hotels are beautiful, with excellent customer service and incredibly central locations that both make it easy to explore Porto on foot and easy to check in when arriving by train.

(They both also welcome Ranger, a must for us).

If you’re traveling Spain and Portugal on a budget, the Zero Box Lodge Porto gets excellent reviews.

Check rates & book your stay in Porto today!

Day 13: Get to know Porto (and Vila Nova de Gaia).

After a leisurely brunch (we can heartily recommend Floresta Cafe and Esquires Coffee, both of which we’ve eaten at many times), make your way to Clerigos Tower to enjoy one of the most stunning views of Porto!

From there, check out the Porto Cathedral–while the church is free to enter, it’s well worth forking over a few Euro to explore the cloisters and attached museum, too.

Meander down toward the gorgeous Bolsa Palace (if you want to go inside, you’ll need to book a 30-minute guided tour ) and the Church of San Francisco, which is home to a downright stunning interior!

At this point, you’ll be very close to Porto’s vibrant, famous, and colorful riverside, also known as the Ribeira District.

Once the haunt of fishermen and sailors, and now the haunt of tourists, the Ribeira district is a beautiful place to relax and enjoy views of Porto.

Like many picturesque neighborhoods around the world, the restaurants here tend toward being expensive and mediocre, but you can find occasional gems (we enjoyed our meal at Grupo Desportivo Infante D. Henrique, which has a great view but is a bit out of the hustle and bustle).

From Ribeira, make your way across the (lower level of the) Dom Luis I Bridge, to Vila Nova de Gaia.

This charming riverfront destination is technically a separate city from Porto, but it’s also home to all of the port lodges, and no trip to Porto is complete without a port tasting!

This port cellar tour and tasting will give you a good idea of what to expect from a typical tasting, and you can either opt for an organized tour or a build-your-own adventure experience ( Quinta dos Corvos is a personal favorite lodge of ours).

This is also where you can hop on a 6 Bridges Cruise to experience Porto from the water for an hour–a delightful experience in and of itself.

Once you wrap up exploring Vila Nova de Gaia, ride the cable car back up to the top of the Dom Luis I Bridge, where you’ll be treated to gorgeous views over the city and an easy walk back to your hotel.

Day 14: Say goodbye to the Iberian Peninsula and head home.

As you come to the close of 14 (hopefully) perfect days spent exploring Portugal and Spain, there’s one more challenge ahead: getting home!

By far the simplest method for closing out this itinerary is to fly out of Porto, however, for many North Americans, there’s a chance that will be a less ideal option due to scheduling, price, or both (Porto’s airport is much smaller than Lisbon’s).

It’s worth considering, but most likely, you’ll want to head back to Lisbon either the night of day 13 or this morning in order to catch a flight home.

However you say goodbye, be sure to make time for at least one more pastel de nata as you bid adios and adeus to the Iberian Peninsula!

I mentioned this above, but it bears repeating here: while realistic, this itinerary is jam-packed, and one of the fastest-paced itineraries that we’ve published here on Our Escape Clause.

If you’re a traveler who loves to move fast, doesn’t mind changing hotels, and is hoping to see as much variety as possible on their Spain and Portugal vacation, you’ll love it (and be very excited to get home to your own bed afterward).

If you prefer a slower pace, or are enjoying 2 weeks in Spain and Portugal as part of an even longer adventure, you’ll likely want to slow it down a bit.

Here are a few good options for personalizing this itinerary.

Skip Porto to spend longer in Lisbon and the Algarve.

I debated for a long time whether or not to include Porto in the original itinerary above, as it adds quite a bit of travel time!

However, Porto is a small city that can be thoroughly sampled in a day, and it’s a very different city from the other cities featured on this itinerary.

Plus, port!

However, while we definitely consider Porto well worth a visit, if you’re flying out of Lisbon and want to limit your train time toward the end of the trip (it’s about 3 hours each way by train), skipping northern Portugal is definitely a valid option.

If you decide to spend longer in Lisbon, you might even want to add on an easy additional day trip to see a different side of Portugal, such as to Cascais or Óbidos ( here are the best day trips from Lisbon ).

Start your itinerary in Seville.

While Barcelona is wonderful, there’s no doubt that you can cut your travel time significantly by flying straight to Seville to start your trip!

The downside of this route is that you’ll only see one region of Spain ( Andalucia ), but the upside is, you’ll move at a much slower pace.

Skip the Algarve and head right to Lisbon.

We decided to include the Algarve in this 14 day itinerary as it is not only beautiful and an incredibly fun place to visit, but a great change of pace from the more city-sightseeing-and-history-focused stops that make up most of the itinerary.

However, while swapping city streets for sandy beaches and seaside hikes is a wonderful addition to this trip, you can definitely save time by heading right from Seville to Lisbon.

If you’re more interested in cities than coastlines, or the weather isn’t cooperating for your trip, this might be a great option.

Visiting Cabo da Roca from Lisbon as part of your day trip to Sintra, or taking a day trip to Cascais , will also give you a small chance to appreciate the beauty of the Portuguese coastline offers without leaving the Lisbon area.

Swap Barcelona for Madrid.

This change isn’t a matter of timing, but of taste (and flight schedules).

We included Barcelona in this itinerary over Madrid as there’s only room for one of Spain’s two most famous cities, and Barcelona is both the most popular and arguably the most unique.

However, while Barcelona’s Gaudi architecture, Catalan culture, and seaside location are phenomenal, Madrid also has a lot to offer!

If you’re a big fan of art museums and royal palaces, you might prefer the Spanish capital ( our recommended Madrid itinerary is a great guide to what to expect).

Not sure which you’d prefer?

Let flight deals dictate which city you visit!

Spain and Portugal are both the definitions of year-round destinations, and that includes this Spain and Portugal itinerary!

That being said, though, if you have flexible dates and are trying to pinpoint the ideal time to travel Portugal and Spain, we recommend enjoying this itinerary in the spring or fall.

Summer in Spain in particular, especially in Andalucia, can be brutally hot (we shudder to think of  visiting the Alhambra  at noon in July).

Winter is perfectly doable, but the weather can be rainy and less predictable than in spring or summer (it is, however, a fantastic time to go hiking in the Algarve, as long as you don’t mind skipping the swimming).

On the plus side for winter, though, you’ll experience few crowds, low prices, and still have a decent chance at soaking up some sunshine, albeit with a jacket at hand.

The sweet spot for this 14 day Spain and Portugal itinerary, though, which travels across a decent swath of both countries and therefore needs to take multiple climates into account, is the spring and fall.

We have spent time in both Portugal and Spain in every season, and while each trip was a delight, we have a special place in our hearts for the spring and fall!

If you’re lucky enough to have more than 2 weeks in Spain and Portugal, you have a chance to do two things: first, add Madrid to this itinerary (it was very hard leaving it off!).

And, second, slow down as much as you can: every one of the destinations included in this itinerary has plenty more to see, and also boasts far more incredible day trip options than there is time to cover in 2 weeks.

A day trip to Toledo from Madrid , to Monserrat from Barcelona, to Ronda from Seville, to Cascais from Lisbon , or to the Douro Valley from Porto, just barely scratches the surface of the options out there!

For even more ideas, here are the best day trips from Lisbon , and here are the best day trips from Barcelona .

By adding day trips instead of overnights, you’ll be able to slow down the pace of travel and enjoy your trip even more.

If you have close to 3 weeks on the Iberian Peninsula, that’s when I would start to potentially consider adding on a Morocco leg, if that’s something you’re interested in.

As I mentioned at the beginning of the post, we’d recommend concentrating on the Sahara Desert , Marrakech and/or Fes, and if you have time, Chefchaouen and/or Essaouira.

Taking the ferry from Spain or Portugal to Tangier, Morocco, is a cool experience (though if you have a tendency toward seasickness like me–fair warning, it was also a nauseating experience), but Tangier is quite far from the most popular places to visit in Morocco.

Unless you’re particularly interested in traveling overland for its own sake, flying will likely make more sense, and there are tons of budget airline routes between Spain, Portugal, and Morocco.

Our detailed packing lists for visiting Europe in the spring ,  summer ,  fall , and  winter  cover just about everything you’ll need to bring on your 14 day Spain and Portugal vacation!

To get you started on your list, though, here are a few essentials to add to your packing list:

Travel Adaptors for Spain and Portugal  — If you’re coming from outside of mainland Europe, you’ll definitely need adaptors for your electronics!

Spain and Portugal use the same plugs/voltage, so you won’t need anything different when moving between them.

Travel Insurance  — No one like to think about the possibility of canceled or interrupted trips, let alone accidents on the road.

Anything can happen while traveling, though–and that’s where travel insurance can help.

Check travel insurance policy inclusions and prices with  Safety Wing  for your trip here.

Camera  — We completely adore our  Sony a7R III , but whatever camera you’re comfortable with works–just make sure you have something with you to preserve your memories!

Comfortable Day Bag  — We currently use   Pacsafe’s sleek anti-theft backpack  and love it, but if you don’t want to shell out the cash for this trip, that’s totally understandable.

Just aim for something comfortable to wear, not flashy, and medium-sized–we used a  Northface Jester backpack  for years and loved it as well.

Sunglasses  — The sun in Spain and Portugal is famous for a reason!

I find myself regularly reaching for sunglasses even in the winter when on the Iberian Peninsula.

Apple Air Tags  — Air Tags are a relatively new addition to our packing list, but we’ve absolutely loved having the extra security when checking our luggage!

They’ll be coming with us from now on.

Reusable Water Bottle  — Save both money and plastic during your 14 days in Spain and Portugal and add a reusable water bottle to your packing list for Europe!  I love this metal one .

Portable USB Charger  — Don’t stress about your phone dying while you’re sightseeing in Portugal and Spain: bring a USB charger along for the ride.

How many days do you need for Portugal and Spain?

Personally, we recommend visiting for a minimum of 2 weeks if you want to have a solid overview of both Spain and Portugal.

If you have less time to work with, consider sticking with fewer destinations, and perhaps sampling one city in each country instead.

Can you do Spain and Portugal on the same trip?

Yes, you can absolutely visit both Spain and Portugal on the same trip!

As next-door neighbors located in the far southwestern corner of Europe, Portugal and Spain make a great combination when planning a European vacation .

Is it possible to visit Spain and Portugal in 7 days?

Yes, you can visit both Spain and Portugal in 7 days–but don’t expect (or try) to see everything!

If you have a week in Spain and Portugal, we recommend picking one city in each country to focus on, with a possible day trip from each.

You’ll likely want to fly between the two countries in this scenario as well unless you happen to pick Lisbon and Seville, which are fairly close together (about 4.5 hours by car).

Can you drive a rental car from Spain to Portugal?

Typically, yes, you can drive rental cars between Spain and Portugal.

Be sure to confirm with your rental car company, though, and as always, make sure you tell them you plan to cross borders!

Can you rent a car in Spain and return it in Portugal (or vice versa)?

Yes, it’s technically possible to rent a car in one EU country and return it to another, but be prepared for an eye-watering fee for doing so!

One-way rental fees are almost always a bit pricey, but when it comes to crossing borders, it can get very expensive: we’ve been quoted around 1000 Euro (not a typo) more than once for the privilege.

If you plan to rent a car for your trip to Spain and Portugal, be sure to build extra fees into your budget… or just plan on returning it to the same country you picked it up in.

Check prices and shop rental cars for your Spain and Portugal road trip today!

Which is cheaper to visit, Spain or Portugal?

We go into this in a bit more detail in our Spain vs Portugal comparison post , but the basic answer is that while online resources and blog posts tend to state that Portugal is cheaper to visit than Spain, the reality on the ground is a bit more complex.

The cost of travel in Spain (and Portugal, for that matter) varies dramatically based on where you visit.

Barcelona, for example, clocks in as a pricey destination on par with  Paris  or  Milan , while other regions like Andalucia can be  far  less expensive–including less expensive than popular places in Portugal’s Algarve.

Overall, from the perspective of planning a vacation, I would say that the Spain leg of this trip and the Portugal leg probably cost about the same, with the most expensive destination (Barcelona) being balanced out by Andalucia being among the more affordable stops.

Can you take the train between Spain and Portugal?

Technically, you can take trains between Spain and Portugal… but for this trip, you probably won’t want to.

Spain and Portugal are not well-connected by train, and doing so requires going out of your way from most major tourist destinations (there’s a train from Porto to Vigo in the north, and alternatively, with multiple stops, you can cobble together a very long route through the center of Portugal into Spain).

Lisbon and Madrid used to be connected via a night train, but that was discontinued in 2020 and talk of bringing it back (or installing a high-speed rail) is stalled at rumor level indefinitely.

There are no trains connecting the Algarve to Andalucia.

Looking for more tips for visiting Spain and Portugal?

We’ve written about both countries extensively, with many more blog posts to come in the future!

You can scroll through all of our Portugal articles here , our Spain articles here , or check out these guides:

• The Ultimate 3 Days in Lisbon Itinerary
• Visiting the Alhambra in Granada: 21 Important Tips (FAQ + Tour Info!)
• 17 Best Things to Do in Lagos, Portugal (+ Nearby!)
• The Ultimate 3 Days in Madrid Itinerary
• How to Travel From Lisbon to Porto (By Train, Car, or Bus!)
• 19 Best Day Trips from Barcelona (+ How to Get There!)

Take This Map With You! Click each highlight to pull up the name of the destination. To save this map to “Your Places” on Google Maps, click the star to the right of the title. You’ll then be able to find it under the Maps tab of your Google Maps account! To open the map in a new window, click the button on the top right of the map.

About Kate Storm

In May 2016, I left my suburban life in the USA and became a full-time traveler. Since then, I have visited 50+ countries on 5 continents and lived in Portugal, developing a special love of traveling in Europe (especially Italy) along the way. Today, along with my husband Jeremy and dog Ranger, I’m working toward my eventual goal of splitting my life between Europe and the USA.

9 thoughts on “The Perfect 2 Week Spain and Portugal Itinerary (+ Essential Tips!)”

This Spain and Portugal itinerary is a fantastic guide for planning my upcoming trip – it covers all the highlights I’ve been dreaming of! 🌍🌟

Thanks so much! Have a great trip. :-)

Wonderful info in this guide. Planning our Portugal and Spain trip for April/May 2024 including 10 day Portuguese Camino de Santiago walk. I will be using lots of the tips you have included in this itinerary. Thank you.

Thanks so much, Glenda–hope your Camino is wonderful!

Hi. Thanks for the tips & advice. What’s the best way to visit sights in each city? Uber? And did you book your accommodation in each city in advance?

Within each city, a combination of walking, tram/metro, and occasional taxi or Uber is best–it depends on which city and which specific sites you’re trying to visit! We have written detailed itineraries on several of the included cities that break those steps down in more detail. For example, here’s one of our Lisbon itineraries: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/3-days-in-lisbon-itinerary/

We do recommend booking your accommodation in advance. Personally, we never choose to arrive in a city without knowing where we’re staying. :-)

Any suggestions re: going “counter clockwise” from Barcelona to Lisbon? We’d like to catch San Sebastian/Bilbao and maybe part of the Camino on the way to Porto then head home from Lisbon (2-3 weeks). Thank you for sharing your great insight!

My understanding is that you’re wanting to cover Barcelona, San Sebastian/Bilbao, some of the Camino (we’ll call that 5-7 days), Porto, and Lisbon–but nowhere else on this itinerary.

If so, that’s doable over 3 weeks, though I’d consider trimming one stop (probably the Camino, as it’s a bit of a commitment even when doing a section) if you need to trim the trip down to 2 weeks.

You’ll also be in the lucky position of being able to take the train from Spain to Portugal, which is typically out of the question for most standard itineraries! There is a route from Vigo (you can connect there from Santiago de Compostela in Spain) to Porto that will get you across the border.

Great insight. Thank you!

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Portugal and Spain Itinerary: A 14-Day Iberian Journey

Trying to squeeze in the highlights of Spain and Portugal into a two-week trip can be tricky. Both are incredible countries with rich culture, varied landscapes, vibrant cities, and architectural wonders. After traveling all over the Iberian Peninsula, I’ve come up with a route that hits every city efficiently and makes the most out of your time. This two-week Portugal and Spain itinerary will cover the must-see landmarks in each city, activity suggestions, restaurant and hotel recommendations, and my personal favorites.

As a Portuguese-American woman, I’ve visited these Portuguese cities countless times and, after living in Seville for four months and traveling the country, I have combined all of my favorite things into one trip. Plus, I’ve included hidden gems that most tourists would miss!

Best Times to Visit Spain and Portugal

The best time to visit Portugal and Spain is either early summer or fall. The months of May through early July are less busy than the following summer months. You’ll still get nice weather and less tourism around you. If you choose to visit in the fall, the weather will be just as good, and you’ll get to experience even less tourism. Keep in mind that summer in Southern Spain is incredibly hot and November and April are both rainy months in Portugal.

Portugal and Spain Itinerary Overview

This itinerary starts in Porto, Portugal and ends in Barcelona, Spain. You can also flip this itinerary if you prefer to visit Spain first!

• Douro River cruise and wine tasting
• Dinner and a view
• Livraria Lello and Majestic Cafe for Harry Potter lovers
• The Praça de Liberdade (Liberty Square) 
• Michelin star restaurant
• Medieval town
• Castle of Óbidos
• Pousada do Castelo de Óbidos hotel
• Nazare beach
• Commerce Square and Alfama
• Tuk Tuk tours
• Cable car 
• Miradouro S. Luiza scenic spot
• Castelo S. Jorge
• 25 April Bridge
• Rossio Square
• Torre de Belém
• Sunset boat cruises on the Tagus River 
• Fado show 
• Pena Palace and the Quinta da Regaleira
• Cabo da Roca 
• Albufeira and Lagos
• Epic Sana Hotel or the Pine Cliff Resort 
• Martinhal Sagres Family Resort 
• Benagil Cave 
• Vila Joya and Bon Bon fine dining 
• Hotel Alfonso XIII or Hotel Palacio de Villapanes
• Cathedral of Seville
• Royal Alcazar
• Setas de Seville
• Plaza de Espana & Maria Luisa Park
• La Carbonería 
• Triana Market
• Paella cooking class
• Casa Manolo Lèon 
• Hotel Neri and Ohla 
• Gothic Quarter
• Las Ramblas
• Gaudi houses
• Park Güell
• Sagrada Família
• Paella and Catalan dishes 
• Montserrat mountains 

This map was created using Google My Maps and covers my suggested Portugal and Spain itinerary. You can click on the star next to the title and save this to your Google Maps account or click on the share icon to send it to yourself via email.

14-Day Portugal and Spain Itinerary

Note: This post contains affiliate links. If you click a link and make a purchase, I may receive a small commission at no cost to you.

For this itinerary, I recommend that you fly into Porto and out of Barcelona (or vice versa). It may be easiest if you rent a car to drive from city to city, but if you want, you can take the train or bus from place to place and then fly from Seville to Barcelona. Keep in mind that parking in cities like Lisbon and Porto can be quite challenging, so you could also consider just picking up a rental car for a portion of your trip.

Day 1-2: Porto, Portugal  

Once arriving in Porto, you should check into the PortoBay Flores Hotel or The Yeatman. Both are 5-star hotels but provide different experiences. PortoBay Flores is in the heart of Porto’s historic district. The hotel has an historic charm to it but still has plenty of modern luxuries, such as an indoor swimming pool. People who want to fully immerse themselves into the history and culture of Porto should stay here. The hotel is the perfect walking distance from plenty of landmarks such as Ribeira Square, the historical square of Porto.

The Yeatman Hotel is a luxury wine and spa hotel in the Vila Nova de Gaia historical district. For those who want to relax but also sightsee, this hotel is the best fit. You’re also able to have city views from the hotel of the famous Douro River. 

If you are starting in Porto and arriving after an overnight flight, you will want to start off by exploring some of the city’s highlights on a self-guided walking tour . Begin by walking around and experiencing what Porto has to offer from stores, cafés to the historical districts.

Harry Potter fans and those with children, should visit Livraria Lello and Majestic Cafe. The Livraria Lello is the book store that gave J.K. Rowling inspirations for Harry Potter’s world, such as the moving staircases in Hogwarts. Majestic Cafe is where Rowling hung out and wrote.

The Praça de Liberdade (Liberty Square) is Porto’s main square that connects the old town with the modern part of the city and also a great place to walk around. Be sure to following the narrow streets down to the Douro River and cross over the Luis I Bridge to the Vila Nova de Gaia neighborhood where you can visit the World of Wine, sample some port, and enjoy the fun vibe along the riverfront.

Finish up your first day with dinner at Terra Nora. Terra Nora is an intimate dining experience with traditional Portuguese cuisine. When making your reservation, request to sit at a window in order to see the Douro River as you dine. For sunset lovers, reserve a time a few minutes before it sets in order to see the sun set on the river. 

For your second day, no trip to Porto is the same without doing a cruise or tour through the Douro Valley to see vineyards and breathtaking scenery. There are so many options, but I always prefer the tours that last all day for a full experience. The authentic Douro River tours last about 9 hours, including travel time to and from the Douro Valley.

The ideal Douro River excursion would include winery visits and tastings of both authentic Port wine and the other wines grown in the region. The wine tasting would then be followed by a cruise on the Douro River and ending with a typical Portuguese lunch made with Douro region products. If you don’t want to spend a full day in the Douro Valley, you can also take a cruise on the river in Porto on an authentic boat that used to carry wine barrels down the river.

For the final night in Porto a perfect meal is needed. For those staying in the Yeatman Hotel, there is a Michelin Star restaurant downstairs that has amazing reviews. Seafood lovers should make a reservation for the restaurant Gruta . After dinner, Porto nightlife is something you don’t want to miss out on. But don’t stay out too late as we prepare for a travel day tomorrow. 

Day 3: Óbidos, Portugal

From Porto, you can travel to Óbidos by bus, train, or rental car. Óbidos is known for its medieval town surrounded by the Castle of Óbidos. For the one night you have here, stay at Pousada do Castelo de Óbidos hotel. The hotel is housed within the 12th-century medieval castle.

If you have a car, you can stop in Nazare on your way to Óbidos. Nazare’s beach is popular with surfers and known for its epically tall waves. Plus, there is a beautiful look-out point. 

Days 4-6: Lisbon & Sintra, Portugal

After your night in Óbidos, take a bus/train or drive to Lisbon. You should stay in the center of Lisbon by Commerce Square or the older part in Alfama. The Bairro Alto Hotel is a charming, centrally located stay that has a great restaurant within it. Another option is the Hotel Tivoli Avenida Liberdade Lisboa that is a large property out of the noisy city center on the tree-lined Avenida Liberdade.

The best way to see Lisbon is to just walk. Some streets are so narrow and steep that cars won’t fit through or get up. Lisbon’s infamous Tram 28 is a great tourist option to get explore the city. Tuk Tuk tours are also very popular for seeing Lisbon.

When going to popular scenic spots, it’s best to go early in the morning before 9:00 a.m. The Miradouro S. Luiza scenic spot has great views of Lisbon’s port and cathedral. It will be full of tourists the entire day, so get there early to get your picture. 

Once you’ve gotten all your pictures, make your way to the Castelo S. Jorge that is only a five-minute walk away. The views from the castle are, in my opinion, the best it gets. You can see multiple landmarks such as the 25 April Bridge that was inspired by the Golden Gate Bridge as well as the Sanctuary of Christ monument.

For clothes, shoes, and trinket lovers; Rossio is a great shopping area with high-end stores. I highly recommend checking out shoe stores, any you can find around there are great quality and affordable. Once you get tired from shopping so much, take a quick walk to Rossio Square for a place to relax and people watch. Some alternative must see sights for the remainder days in Lisbon are; Commerce Square, Torre de Belém, and Jerónimos Monastery. 

A sunset boat cruise on the Tagus River is my favorite activity to do in Lisbon by far. Nothing can beat being on a vintage sailboat with champagne in hand while eating Portuguese cheese and prosciutto. The sunset cruise I took was about two hours long, and I was able to sit right in the front of the boat on bean bag chairs while listening to the water and soft music. 

After the appetizers you consumed on the cruise, it’s now time for dinner. My top four restaurants in Lisbon are; BAHR , Alma , Solar dos Presuntos , and JNcQUOI Asia . All are traditional Portuguese dishes of meat and fish, except JNcQUOI Asia. Although I love Portuguese food, on this long of a trip I tend to want something different. JNcQUOI Asia offers four types of Asian cuisine: Indian, Thai, Chinese and Japanese.

Another option is to book a dinner and Fado show. Fado is a Portuguese music genre that consists of folk guitars, hand clapping, and singing. Parreirinha de Alfama is a small Portuguese restaurant that has Fado singing. The restaurant is very quaint in order for it to feel like a homespun restaurant. All the food is cooked in a tiny kitchen by one woman. 

After spending a day or two in Lisbon, it’s worth making a day trip to Sintra and the seaside town of Cascais. Sintra is known for the Pena Palace and the Quinta da Regaleira. The town is very small and can be seen in a few hours. On the way back from Sintra, make a stop in Cascais for the Cabo da Roca which is the cape of Portugal and the most western part of Europe. 

For more suggestions, see my 3 Day Lisbon Itinerary .

Days 7-8: Algarve, Portugal

Once you’ve seen everything I listed for Lisbon, it’s now time to head south to the Algarve for some relaxation. If you have a rental car, it’ll only be a three-hour drive to pure beauty. If you want to take the train, you would take the Lisbon to Faro train to stay in either the Albufeira or Lagos area. Both are easy to get to via Uber or bus from the station.

The Epic Sana Hotel or the Pine Cliff Resort are both nice hotels, followed by the Martinhal Sagres Family Resort , which is a great family resort great for those with children.

The first thing you have to do is head out to the beaches. Algarve beaches are tucked between stunning sandstone cliffs on one of the most beautiful coastlines in Europe. The most famous tourist attraction is a boat ride to visit the Benagil Cave, but there are many ways to explore the coastline.

Albufeira and Lagos both have spectacular beaches and shopping and nightlife. There are little villages all over to explore. If you’re lucky, some sort of festival will be held downtown that is full of great music, food, and drinks. There’s always something to celebrate in Algarve. Two popular restaurants are Vila Joya and Bon Bon for fine dining. 

Days 9-11: Seville, Spain

Enough relaxation, it’s time to get back into exploring and sightseeing and move on to Spain! The easiest way to get to Seville from Algarve is to drive or take a three-hour bus ride. Seville is the gateway to visiting the Andalusia region of Spain.

Choose to stay at either Hotel Alfonso XIII or Hotel Palacio de Villapanes . Both hotels are in the old town of Seville surrounded by history. Hotel Alfonso XII is the most famous hotel to stay at and has been around since the 1900s. The regal rooms and decor make this hotel stand out from others. 

Since you’d already be in the city center, you should visit the Cathedral of Seville as well as the Royal Alcazar. The Royal Alcazar is a historical royal palace with beautiful tile work and stunning gardens, which have been featured in many films and shows.

From there, Seville’s beauty is often found just while wandering around. After living there for four months, my favorite places were the ones I stumbled upon, even just a favorite bench. The center also has hundreds of stores to choose from for clothes, shoes, and souvenirs. While wandering around, you can’t miss the Setas de Seville. This large wooden structure is the best way to see the city from high up, the views are unbeatable. 

A 10-minute bus ride or 20-minute walk will take you to the Plaza de Espana. The Plaza de Espana is my favorite place in all of Seville. The square is beautifully built with authentic tiles all around.

The Maria Luisa Park is connected to the plaza and is a large garden made for lounging and relaxing with multiple fountains and benches. You’re able to rent a row boat to cruise on the river for an hour at your own pace or take a boat cruise.

Seville is also home to the famous dance of flamenco. There are multiple places that host flamenco performances, but you should have an authentic flamenco experience at a local restaurant. La Carbonería is a tavern with flamenco performances in an old coal warehouse. They have three flamenco shows every night, running from 8:30-10:30. 

Another activity to do is a paella cooking class. The Triana Market is a fresh food market with vendor stalls selling produce, meat, and prepared meals. Within the market, Taller Andaluz de Cocina , hosts cooking classes and a tour of the market. The cooking class is held in a makeshift kitchen with everything you need. The class consists of three authentic Seville courses such as gazpacho, paella, and spinach and chickpeas. 

The best restaurants in Seville are the Abantal, El Pinton , and Casa Manolo Lèon . Abantal is known for their fine dining with modern variations on Andalusian cuisines. El Pinton is well known tapas restaurant. Casa Manolo Lèon is my personal favorite, with authentic Andalusian cuisine and an outdoor patio filled with flowers and greenery. 

Also see things to do in Seville with kids .

Days 12-14: Barcelona, Spain & Montserrat 

From Seville, take a quick flight to Barcelona for Spain’s most famous city. Hotel Neri and Ohla are my picks for your stay. Both are located in the Gothic Quarter. I personally recommend always staying in that area because it’s in the center of all the landmarks, shopping, and restaurants.

You’re able to walk around and get to any place if you stay there. From the Gothic Quarter you’re able to see the Cathedral and the Las Ramblas scenic area. 

If you’re interested in art or architecture, you should book tickets to see the Gaudi houses. Casa Battló is one of Gaudi’s creations that we’re able to visit. The house belonged was lived in by Gaudi and his family. The design takes inspiration from the environment and its animals. Park Güell is an attraction I always go to when I’m in Barcelona. The park consists of Gaudi’s artwork within the framework and architecture of the gardens and buildings. 

The following day, you should visit the Sagrada Família. When booking tickets for the Sagrada, you will have to do it relatively very early and also try to get skip the line passes . This is Barcelona’s biggest attraction, and it gets very crowded in there.

After spending a few hours in the Sagrada Família, I would take the rest of the day to walk around the Gothic Quarter. The last time I was in Barcelona, wandering around, I stumbled upon a fashion show at a park as well as a music video in the streets. This city is filled with vibrant energy and people, just appreciate what’s around you. 

Barcelona is known for having some of the best restaurants. Disfrutar is considered as the top restaurant in Europe. Its experimental tasting menus are Mediterranean seafood based and more on the pricey side. Estimar is a hidden restaurant with an open kitchen view from your tabel. They’re known for their seafood and delicious seafood. If you’re tired of paella yet, Mana 75 specializes in paella and Catalan dishes. 

On your last day before flying back home to the U.S., I recommend taking a day trip to Montserrat in the mountains. It’s the perfect escape from the intense city life you’ve experienced the last few days. Montserrat is known for its stunning mountain views, historic buildings, and hiking trails.

Also see things to do in Barcelona with kids .

Read more about Portugal and Spain

• One-week Portugal itineraries (4 options)
• Portugal trip planning tips
• How much does a trip to Portugal cost?
• 3 Days in Lisbon
• Things to do in Madrid with kids
• Day trip to Segovia
• Day trip to Toledo

Emma Da Silva is a journalism major at the University of Rhode Island and an aspiring Travel Writer. Her love for photography and experience studying aboard have led her to want to write for other adventurers and inspire them to go out and make lasting memories.

Find this useful? Share it!

Publish Date: March 20, 2024

SIGN UP FOR OUR NEWSLETTER & RECEIVE A FAMILY VACATION PLANNING KIT!

We3Travel.com will use the information you provide on this form to send you newsletters. You can unsubscribe at any time by clicking the link in the footer of any email you receive from us, or by contacting [email protected] . By clicking below, you agree that we may process your information in accordance with these terms.

Start typing and press enter to search

Your Perfect Spain and Portugal Itinerary for 10 to 14 Days

February 1, 2023

Welcome to the complete Spain and Portugal itinerary planner. Enjoy the best of the Iberian peninsula and get ready for your next trip.

Table of Contents

Planning Your Trip Through Spain and Portugal

Many describe Spain and Portugal as some of the most beautiful destinations in the world. And what’s not to like about them? They have gorgeous beaches, centuries-old buildings, delicious food, and a mild climate that attracts tourists even in the winter.

Best of all, they sit next to each other, so you can easily create an amazing Spain and Portugal itinerary and see all the best places in one trip.

I lived in Spain for years and frequently crossed the border into Portugal. But I know that it can seem overwhelming when you’re sitting down to plan out an itinerary for the first time.

So, if you are not sure where to start, here’s a complete guide, including the best cities to visit, top hotels and restaurants, as well as some ideas for day trips in case you have extra time. Follow it as it is or adapt it to your budget and interests and have a fabulous time!

Disclosure: if you book or buy through any of the links on this page, we may earn a small commission at no extra cost to you.

Recommended

I love sharing the best travel resources I can find. 

• I never book a flight without looking on Skyscanner first
• My favourite one stop shop for airport transfers, food tours & excursions is Get Your Guide
• Out of the big accommodation machines, I use Expedia and Booking.com the most
• I’ve hand-picked useful travel gear and tools for you in my Amazon shop . Never leave home without a travel adapter or collapsible water bottle . I’d also recommend these soft ear plugs and a sleep mask .
• Access all our planners and budget spreadsheets in the Travel Toolbox ©
• Plan the perfect road trip with our Road Trip Planner & Toolkit ©
• Use these packing cubes to make life so much easier on the road.
• Save on mobile phone roaming charges with an eSIM from Airalo .

How Many Days Do You Need for a Spain & Portugal Trip?

There’s so much to see in Spain and Portugal that you’ll probably need months or even years to explore everything. However, you can see the main cities and taste a bit of the local culture in about 14 days. Some people race through both countries in seven days but that is a push and you will feel rushed. Spending around 10 days in Spain and Portugal is a decent amount of time but you will still be moving pretty quickly.

How to Tour Spain & Portugal

All the big towns in Spain and Portugal are connected through direct flights that are shorter than 1 hour and 30 minutes, so if you want to travel fast, it might be worth adding in some flights. You can find some tips to get cheaper plane tickets here.

However, flights bring problems, from having to turn up early to possibly losing your luggage to missing out on all the landscapes and smaller places between the big cities. Plus, the costs (and time) adds up travelling out and back to airports all the time.

Instead, I’d recommend looking at some of the sleek, fast trains and hiring a car in a few places for a great Iberian road trip.

Top Tip: Don’t forget about travel insurance . When you are visiting so many cities in a row, the chances of losing your luggage or experiencing a delay increase.

When Is the Best Time to Visit Spain & Portugal?

The summer months are extremely hot in Spain and Portugal, so it can be uncomfortable to hop from one city to another at 40 degrees Celsius (or higher in Seville.) Having said that, there are plenty of things to be enjoyed during a summer in Spain .

It is better to visit in the spring (March to May) or autumn (September to October) when the weather is still warm, the crowds are smaller, and the hotel prices are that bit lower.

Or, you could be unusual and see what it’s like to visit Spain in winter.

Your 14-Day Spain & Portugal Itinerary

This itinerary starts in Madrid, continues to two big cities in Portugal, and returns to Spain for more splendid destinations full of history and colour.

Madrid – 3 Days

The capital of Spain, Madrid, is a beautiful city, combining the charm of the old streets and churches with a more modern architectural vision. It is the first destination on your 14-day itinerary, and you have 3 days to explore its attractions and surroundings.

What to Visit in Madrid

One of the best ways to discover the main attractions in Madrid is to take a tour with a local guide. But you can also visit everything on your own if you are organised. We recommend using public transportation, as the streets are quite busy for a rental car.

Puerta del Sol

As soon as you arrive, head to the city centre to discover one of its most famous sites. Puerta del Sol is the square where all major streets meet. Check out the famous clock that’s the centre of attention on New Year’s Eve, when locals and tourists gather in the square to celebrate.

Plaza Mayor

Grab a coffee or have a bite to eat in Plaza Mayor, a magnificent square in the centre of Habsburg Madrid. This is the oldest part of the city, thronging with souvenir shops, restaurants, bars, and street artists and musicians.

Mercado de San Miguel

Tasty and well-heeled, this much loved madrileño market sells fresh produce and tasty snacks, everything from pastry to charcuterie, Venezuelan corn, and vermouth.

The Palacio Real de Madrid

The Royal Palace in Madrid was inspired by Bernini’s sketches for the Louvre, rejected in France but put to good work in Spain, where this architectural jewel was built. The structure has more than 3,000 rooms, some with special themes. Take the Royal Chemist’s room filled with natural medicine cabinets, for example (you can check out the prescriptions the medics wrote to the members of the royal family.) Or the Royal Chapel, home to a magnificent collection of string instruments made by Antonio Stradivarius.

Catedral de la Almudena

Step out of the Royal Palace and enter the grand Catedral del la Almudena, consecrated by Pope John Paul II in 1993. It is the most important cathedral in Madrid and houses a museum with objects related to the life of the local patron saints. If you’ve got a good pair of lungs, climb the stairs to the dome for a splendid view of the city.

Prado Museum

A huge art hub, the Prado houses over 8,600 paintings, so whatever you do, don’t plan on seeing them all. I would highly recommend booking a guide to help you understand and focus. Alternatively, Prado’s website suggests three itineraries that can help you find your way. Do not miss the highlights: the galleries dedicated to El Greco and the extended Goya collection.

El Retiro Park

In the afternoon, stroll around this huge park, recently declared a UNESCO World Heritage Site. It includes a large number of gardens and monuments spread across 125 hectares.

Snap a picture of the only statue in the world dedicated to the devil, the Fallen Angel, which sits at 666 meters above sea level, and check out the rare plants in the botanical garden. There’s also a puppet theatre that still holds shows, great for kids and adults.

Find out more fun facts about Madrid here.

Where to Stay in Madrid

Pick a hotel close to the centre to access the main attractions on foot. The Centro and La Latina areas are close to everything, including tapas bars and restaurants, and it’s easy to find a good stay here. You can also stay in Lavapiés or Huertas for a more colourful and bohemian atmosphere.

SLEEP’N Atocha and Petit Palace Triball come highly recommended.

Where to Eat in Madrid

La Latina is the best area for eating in Madrid, especially when you only have a few days. Check out Casa Lucas to try their famous black cannelloni, or take a seat at La Perjila for a plate of delicious tapas. If you fancy a steak, don’t miss Casa Lucio – it’s been sizzling since 1974.

Day Trips from Madrid

Dedicate one of the days when you’re based in Madrid to one of the nearby towns or villages for a taste of how life is outside the capital. We suggest Salamanca or Toledo.

A university city located 214 km from Madrid, Salamanca has earned a place on the UNESCO World Heritage Site list due to its splendid cathedral, the Monterrey Palace, and huge Plaza Mayor.

Only 73 km from Madrid, Toledo is the former capital and something of a museum city reflecting the Jewish, Muslim, and Christian heritage of the people who built it. You can visit the Cristo de la Luz Mosque, El Transito Synagogue, and the Toledo Cathedral to see how cultures crossed in this city that attracted Goya and Picasso.

Getting from Madrid to Porto

• Plane: 1 hour 15 minutes
• Train: 7 hours 15 minutes
• Car: 5 hours 50 minutes

Porto – 2 Days

Cross the border and stop in Porto, a magically romantic city famous for its harbour and wines. See also our fun guide on unusual things to do in Porto.

Top Attractions in Porto

You only have one day to explore the city, if you choose to do a day trip on the next one, so you will need to concentrate on the big attractions only.

Livraria Lello

Book lovers will be delighted to discover the impressive number of novels, poetry books, scientific and historic treatises and so on, all gathered in what seems to be a reader’s paradise. But even those who haven’t read a book in a while shouldn’t miss this place for its exquisite neo-gothic façade and stunning interior. It’s said to have inspired Harry Potter.

Igreja do Carmo

The next stop on your 2-day Porto itinerary, Igreja do Carmo, consists of two buildings connected through a very small home. It used to be a convent, with one building housing the nuns and the other the monks of the Carmelite Order in Porto. The narrow house between them was built to help preserve the chastity of the nuns and the monks’ vow of celibacy. Today, it’s a museum.

Check out the ‘azulejos’ on the exterior of Igreja do Carmo, which are hand-painted blue and white tiles specific to the area.

Sao Bento Train Station

A masterpiece of azulejo art, the palace-like Sao Bento Train Station unravels its imposing façade just a few steps from the Cathedral of Porto. Inspired by the “Beaux-Arts” style, it has a large vestibule covered in almost 20,000 tiles that depict scenes of daily life in Northern Portugal. The grandeur of the vestibule, along with its large glass ceiling, is simply fascinating. And you’ll see plenty of people hanging out here, trying to get that instagram shot.

Chapel of Souls

Probably the most photogenic building in Porto, the Chapel of Souls sits in the middle of the main shopping street. You will immediately recognise its impressive exterior covered in the popular blue and white azulejos depicting different religious episodes like the death of Saint Francis of Assisi or the martyrdom of Saint Catherine.

Porto Cathedral

The Sé do Porto is the oldest cathedral in the city, built in the 12th century and expanded over the centuries. It combines the Romanesque style with Baroque and Gothic influences and is designed more like a fortress with massive walls. Spend a moment of peace in its beautiful forecourt and then head inside to admire its baroque interior. The star is the Baroque loggia, lovely decorated with azulejos.

Ribeira Promenade

Spend the evening in the dreamy Ribeira neighbourhood, discovering the historic centre and admiring the sunset from the Dom Louis I Bridge which connects the two banks of the Douro River. This area of Porto was declared a UNESCO World Heritage Site. And a beautiful one it is too.

Where to Stay in Porto

The Centro-Baixa and Ribeira are the best areas to stay in Porto due to their proximity to the main attractions. The PortoBay Flores is a popular hotel for its luxurious rooms and great service, but if you are looking for mid-range accommodation, Hotel Mercure Porto Centro Aliados offers everything you need at an excellent price.

Where to Eat in Porto

Porto is famous for its tapas, fish, meats, pastel de nata, and wine. Stop by A Bolina for a nice glass of wine over a plate of tapas, and visit O Caseirinho if you want to try an authentic Portuguese fish-based dish. For the best pastel de nata, Confeitaria do Bolhão is your place.

Day Trip from Porto: Douro River Cruise

On your second day in Porto, cruise along the Douro River and visit the Douro Valley, the region famous for producing grapes for the Porto wine. The river cruises start at Porto’s Ribeira pier and can last from a few hours to a whole day.

Porto to Lisbon

• Plane: 55 minutes (plus airport time)
• Train: 3 hours 23 minutes
• Car: 3 hours 10 minutes

Lisbon – 3 Days

A 3-day Lisbon itinerary is the right amount of time to explore the city itself and take a road trip to one of the nearby cities. But if you have less time, you can skip Sintra or Cascais and head directly to Seville.

What to Visit in Lisbon

Lisbon is an acquired taste. Her joy lies in the tumbling ruins and steep streets, her shareable food and her people far more than her checklist of sights. So, don’t rush your first day in the city. Instead, try to connect to the general vibe.

São Jorge Castle

Dating back to the 5th century, this huge castle sits on the summit of São Jorge hill, the highest point in Lisbon. It will take several hours to see it all, along with the small museum inside, so try to be there early in the morning to avoid the crowds. Climb to the top of the fortress for a magnificent view of the city.

Next to São Jorge Castle, you will find the Alfama district with its massive cathedral, the St. Vincent Monastery, and the National Pantheon. Stop by the Lisbon Cathedral to see where St Anthony was baptised. And, if you are a literature lover, don’t miss Casa dos Bicos, where you will find an exhibition space dedicated to Nobel Prize winner Jose Saramago.

Santa Justa Lift

Step on this historic lift, which takes you from the Baixa neighbourhood to Bairro Alto. It has a wonderful observation deck that reveals the views over Baixa.

Chiado and Bairro Alto

Stroll around these picturesque neighbourhoods. Chiado is elegant and bohemian, with gorgeous cafes and theatres, whilst Bairro Alto is famous for its great fado restaurants and graffiti art.

Parque das Nações

If you still have time, spend the rest of the day at this modern park, which manages to include an oceanarium with over 25,000 sea creatures, the Vasco da Gama bridge and tower, the Lisbon Casino, and the Vasco da Gama Centre, a huge mall with stores and spaces for entertainment. Other iconic buildings to visit here are the Oriente Station, the turtle-like Altice Arena, and the Portugal Pavilion.

Day 2 – Belem

On your second day in Lisbon, leave the city centre and visit the Belem district at the mouth of the river Tagus. This is the place from where many Portuguese explorers set sail to other parts of the world, returning with incredible riches. Visit the Jeronimo Monastery (another UNESCO World Heritage Site) and the Belem Tower and stop at the Pastéis de Belém, the place where the delicious Portuguese egg tarts were invented.

Where to Stay in Lisbon

Baixa is the most popular neighbourhood in the city, with lots of accommodation options. But the Rossio, Chiado and Cais do Sodre are close to the biggest attractions as well. If you want a 5-star hotel, book a room at the Avenida Palace, or go for Hotel Santa Justa for something more mid-range.

• Look at our guide on the best places to stay in Lisbon here.

Where to Eat in Lisbon

The food in Lisbon is simply divine, and there are plenty of restaurants cooking it to perfection. Choose Invicta if you crave fish or langoustines plucked fresh from the ocean.

Food writers say that the best octopus in town is served at Frade dos Mares, and Floresta Das Escadinhas is genius when it comes to ribs.

For more about what to eat in Lisbon, check out our Lisbon food guide here.

Day Trips from Lisbon

If you can spare one more day, take a short trip to the nearby spots of Sintra or Cascais. The easiest way to get there is by car or bus, although you can manage a train and bus combination to Sintra, if you don’ t mind a steep climb at the end.

Sintra is a sight to behold, full of colourful whimsy, history and heritage. UNESCO World Heritage. Visit Vila Palace, the former summer resort of the Portuguese kings, and then stop at the glorious Pena Palace which overlooks the town from its hill.

Even if you don’t have much time, you can pay a quick visit to the fishing village of Cascais, which is only half an hour from Lisbon. Lots of shops and restaurants and sunny beaches make this place worth visiting. It is also famous for its fresh fish and shellfish, so you are in for a feast.

• Recommended reading: the best souvenirs from Porto

Lisbon to Seville

• Train: 6 hours 45 minutes
• Car: 4 hours 25 minutes

Seville – 2 Days

Cross the border again, this time to discover Southern Spain, where sun-kissed beaches and century-old buildings are only two of the best things to explore.

Seville Tourist Attractions

Seville cathedral and la giralda.

All visits to Seville find themselves in front of the Catedral de Santa Maria de la Sede, or simply the Seville Cathedral. Only by St Paul’s Cathedral in London and St Peter’s Basilica in Rome surpasses this monumental building in size.

The main point of focus is the tomb of Christopher Columbus, but the collection of gold and jewellery is something to behold.

The main cathedral tower is the landmark of the city and nicknamed La Giralda. The geometric patterns give away its youth: it was first part of a mosque which once stood upon this land.

Real Alcázar of Seville

Next on, the Royal Alcázar of Seville is a spectacular palace with a lush garden and sumptuous decorations. It was here that Columbus applied for funding for his voyage to “India” and here, too, where the Game of Thrones filmed their palace in the Kingdom of Dorne. Today, it is also a UNESCO World Heritage Site, although for the former rather than latter fact, I believe.

Barrio Santa Cruz

Leave the grand buildings behind and wander through Seville’s most tight-streeted neighbourhood, the former Jewish Quarter in the city. Step by the Centro de Interpretacion Juderia de Sevilla to learn more about their tragic history. And elsewhere, enjoy the bodegas and boutique shops which have sprung up around this lively part of the city.

Casa del Pilatos

The second most beautiful palace in Sevilla, Casa del Pilatos, was inspired by Pontius Pilate’s house in Jerusalem. It combines the Gothic, Italian Renaissance, and Mudéjar styles in an architectural masterpiece decorated with marble columns, azulejos, and flowers. Spend some time in the garden before ending the day on the Guadalquivir River waterfront.

Plaza de Espana and Maria Luisa Park

On the next day, visit Maria Luisa Park, which displays a spectacular collection of Mediterranean trees and plants. It is an oasis of peace in the middle of the town, providing a sweet relief for locals and tourists alike during the summer.

Next to the park, you will find the Plaza de España, a grand affair built for the 1929 Ibero-American exhibition.

Museum of Fine Arts

Probably the second most important museum in Spain after the Prado, the Museo de Bellas Artes in Seville sits in an old monastery building. The façade of the building, as well as the interior, is exquisite, and the collections are not something to miss. Here’s a taste: El Greco, Velásquez, Zurbarán, and Murillo.

Where to Stay in Seville

As in most cities, the city centre is the best place to stay, and you have some fabulous hotels here that seem to be the smaller copies of the palaces in town – the Boutique Hotel Casa del Poeta and the Hotel Gravina51, for example. For a picturesque view and more affordable prices, you can book a room in Barrio Santa Cruz – we recommend H10 Casa de la Plata.

Where to Eat in Seville

Sevilla is home to lots of upscale restaurants where you can try divine dishes in a gorgeous venue, often decorated with plants and small trees. Ispal Restaurante is one of the most popular places in town, and you will have a lovely time here, but if you want a royal experience, try the Michelin-starred Restaurante Az-Zait.

• Check out our guide to the best tapas bars in Seville.

Day Trips from Seville

Andalusia, the region around Seville, deserves a road trip of its own. And that’s why we wrote one here. However, if you don’t have time for that, you can arrange for some absolutely spectacular day trips to three of the south’s big hitters: Cordoba, Granada, or Malaga.

The Mezquita in Cordoba is one of the most beautiful buildings in the world. Cordoba itself is a fragrant, picturesque Andalusian town. It’s the perfect place to sip on a lemonade or tinto de verano and watch a flamenco performance on one of the lively terraces. But it’s the UNESCO World Heritage Site of the Mezquita, a mosque turned into cathedral, which will linger in your memory for decades to come.

At the foot of the Sierra Nevada Mountains lies the wonderful city of Granada. It’s lively, it’s pretty, it’s fun. And it’s the closest city to the UNESCO World Heritage Site of the Alhambra, a masterpiece of a Moorish palace and a symbol of defeat and despair. See this Alhambra quote Do not weep like a woman…

Beach lovers should head to Malaga for a relaxing day in the sun. It’s not all about the beach (although it can be if you want it to be.)

Malaga is also the birthplace of Picasso, with a museum dedicated to the artist, and an extremely lively town offering tapas and nightlife galore.

Seville to Barcelona

• Plane: 1 hour 35 minutes
• Train: 5 hours 54 minutes
• Car: 9 hours 15 minutes

Barcelona – 3 Days

The last stop on your Spain-Portugal trip, Barcelona is the heart of the autonomous region of Catalunya, and a popular spot, receiving over 8 million visitors each year.

Barcelona Tourist Attractions

Sagrada familia.

The most iconic building in Barcelona, the Sagrada Familia, is still under construction. And it has been since 1882.

It is the work of the famous Antonio Gaudi, and like no religious building you’ve ever seen. The best way to visit the basilica is to take a walking tour with a local guide who will give you more information on Gaudi’s vision and the history of the place. Also, book in advance, as tickets to the Sagrada Familia quickly become sold out.

Sant Pau Recinte Modernista

This complex was built at the beginning of the 19th century to serve as a garden city for nursing the sick. It is an exceptional architectural ensemble built in the Art-Nouveau style and declared a World Heritage Site in 1997. A visit here will take you through the history of medicine in Barcelona whilst you admire an outstanding architectural piece.

Barcelona and Gaudi are two inseparable entities. Barcelona left its mark on Gaudi, and Gaudi left his mark on the city. And Park Guell is a prime example. Spend a few hours in this park, considered one of the most iconic Modernist works in the world, and visit the Gaudi House and Museum to learn more about the most loved architect of Barcelona.

A temple for football worshipers, Camp Nou is the mythical stadium of the beloved FC Barcelona. You can take a tour of the stadium and then visit the museum inside. It is the best place to buy yourself a nice FC Barcelona souvenir.

If you are not a big football fan, you can skip Camp Nou and head to Tibidado, a 520-meter mountain. Besides the dramatic views, it is a place of fun, housing an amusement park with a Ferris wheel and a roller coaster.

Casa Batlló

Start your second day in Barcelona at Casa Batlló, another famous Gaudi masterpiece built between 1904 and 1906. Admire the colourful façade and step in to visit the former residence of the Batlló family bathed in light.

Also known as Casa Milà, La Pedrera got its name from its rocky exterior. At the time, the neighbours found this quite unusual, if not downright ugly. When it was built, it completely broke with the conventions of the time. And, yes, it is another fine piece of work from Gaudi.

Montjuic and the Magic Fountain

For an impressive show with music and lights, visit the magic fountain of Montjic in the evening. It usually plays classical music, and is a great place to relax.

Where to Stay in Barcelona

The best neighbourhoods to book a room in Barcelona are Barri Gòtic, La Rambla, and El Raval since they are close to the centre. For a luxurious experience, you can stay at the Serras Barcelona or Seventy Barcelona.

Where to Eat in Barcelona

Bodega Biarritz 1881 has a long history of serving delicious tapas and local dishes, so it’s worth visiting. We also recommend L’Antic Bocoi del Gotic if you want to try a Barcelona fish speciality.

Day Trips from Barcelona

On one of your three days in Barcelona, visit Costa Brava or Sitges for a more small-town vibe.

Costa Brava

Barcelona has a wonderful beach, but Costs Brava is an entire coast of beaches, with inland mountains, volcanic craters and more. You can spend a full day driving around the coast, stopping to visit the medieval city of Girona, zipping off to Michelin starred museums and taking in the surreal nature of the Dali Museum.

At only 39 km from Barcelona, this town is fully surrounded by nature and has a charming historic quarter. It is once again a beach destination that attracts sun worshippers every year. It has an overall bohemian vibe and used to be a meeting point for poets and artists at the end of the 19th century.

More Ideas for Your Spain and Portugal Itinerary

As you can see, this Portugal and Spain itinerary takes in a lot in two weeks. But it also misses a lot out.

There are so many more wonderful road trips through Spain to take. So many more city breaks to enjoy.

In the north, you can visit the Guggenheim Museum in Bilbao and discover the religious (and foodie) heritage of San Sebastian. A road trip through Asturias reveals magical mountains and delicious food, and the coast of Galicia can keep you entertained as well.

In the south, you can spend one or two weeks driving around Andalusia in southern Spain or spend a week roaming through the Algarve or walking the overlooked Costa Vicente in Portugal.

Looking for a slightly different experience? Check out our r eview of the Avalon Alegria Douro River Cruise .

More Travel Articles about Spain

• The Spain quiz for curious people
• 49 Interesting facts about Spain
• Spain in one week: an itinerary for your first time in Spain
• How to plan a road trip through Andalucia
• Galicia: how to travel through the salty north of Spain
• The best road trips in Spain
• How to spend a summer in Spain
• Bilbao or San Sebastian for your next trip?
• The ultimate Spain packing list

The best time to visit Portugal

Dec 18, 2023 • 5 min read

Whether you're looking for parties or peace and quiet, find the best time to visit to Portugal with our guide to all four seasons © iStock

For a packed calendar of traditional celebrations, decadent food festivals, outdoor concerts and many other events, head to Portugal . Summer is the time to catch the biggest range of activities, but in truth, there’s always something happening here . 

Festivals aside, it’s not easy to pin down the best month to visit Portugal – that really depends on what you’re after. Outdoor activities in the south? Go in winter, when the crowds are thinnest, the  prices are lowest , and the weather is pleasant but not hot. Beach days with plenty of time in the surf ? Visit in summer, when the water temperatures are warmest. A mix of urban exploration and hiking adventures in the wilderness in the north? Opt for the shoulder season, when it’s not so rainy and the cities aren’t yet filled with tourists.

No matter what type of experience you’re seeking, you’ll find your ideal scenario in our comprehensive guide to what's going on when in Portugal. Here's what's happening month-by-month throughout the year.

The high season – June to August – is the best time for the beach

Early summer is one of the liveliest times to visit Portugal, as the festival calendar is packed. Warm, sunny days are the norm, and while tourism picks up, the hordes have yet to arrive, particularly in the first half of June.

During the summer months, you’ll also find warmer ocean temperatures, especially as you head south to the Algarve . Water temps and crowds both peak in July and August, though, so plan on sharing those pretty beaches with plenty of other sunseekers. Lisbon and Porto also swell with crowds, and prices soar in July and August. Book outdoor dining at terrace restaurants overlooking the seaside, catch open-air concerts and film screenings and browse for treasures at street markets. August is Portugal’s busiest tourist month, and reserving months ahead is essential.

Expect higher prices wherever you go, as accommodation prices typically increase by 30% or more during the summer high season. On the plus side, summer is one of the most festive times to be in Portugal, with big national celebrations and lots of local outdoor events.

Low-season months of November to March are a cheaper time to visit

If you want to escape the crowds and enjoy rock-bottom prices on accommodations, plan your trip for the low season. Many museums and other attractions keep shorter hours, though you’ll still find a full lineup of performances in cities and bigger towns.

If you come in the winter, you’ll need to prepare for changing weather conditions – rain in Porto and the north, and freezing temperatures at higher elevations. The south, however, has ample sunshine, so it’s a fine time for clifftop walks in the Algarve.

Visit in November and stay along the coast, and you’ll have lovely seaside views all to yourself – but you'll need to pack a light jacket for cooler days and nights, plus the odd rain shower. In the north, it's getting even colder and wetter.

Long nights and cooler days can’t dampen the Christmas spirit in December, with holiday markets, roasted chestnuts and colorfully decorated squares. Days are mostly pleasant in the south but brisk at night, while the north sees cold, rainy days and nights. The sea is quite cold, too, but the biggest waves arrive this month, making it a big draw for surfers.

January is a peaceful time to visit, though the weather can be patchy and cool. Dia de Reis (Three Kings' Day) brings the Christmas festivities to a close on January 6.

February is one of the quietest times for overseas visitors, meaning you won’t have to book lodging months in advance. It can be quite rainy in the north, and you can even go skiing at Torres (Portugal’s sole ski resort). Coastal temperatures are cool but mild.

March days are rainy and chilly in the interior and the north of Portugal, though the south sees ample sunshine. Prices and visitor numbers remain low.

Go in April, May, September and October for outdoor adventures

During the shoulder season, you’ll find mild, often sunny days that are ideal for hikes, bike rides and other outdoor activities. This is a great time to check out  Portugal’s top natural wonders without the heavy crowds.

Spring arrives with a flourish, bringing warmer temperatures and abundant sunshine in both the north and the south, as well as some major religious holidays, like Holy Week. April sees a profusion of wildflowers in the south, and Easter processions add excitement, as does Liberation Day (April 25), when you can see parades and fireworks in some towns.

Lovely sunny weather makes May an ideal time to visit, especially if you’re hitting a long-distance trail, such as the Via Algarviana or the Rota Vicentina. The crowds are beginning to arrive in Lisbon , Porto and the Algarve, though it’s still a fairly relaxed scene compared to the summertime high season.

The fall can be a magical time to visit Portugal, with changing leaves in the north coupled with grape harvests (and harvest festivals). As in spring, the beaches are much quieter and quite inviting, though ocean temperatures can be bracing. Ongoing warm weather ensures beaches remain packed until mid-September, when peak tourist season officially ends. Then things cool down a bit and prices dip, as the crowds dissipate toward the end of the month.

As the temperatures cool, head to the vineyards of the Douro , where you can see grape harvesting and treading, and even help out. October is also a great month for bird-watching, with many species passing through en route to Africa during the annual fall migration.

This article was first published Feb 23, 2021 and updated Dec 18, 2023.

Explore related stories

Tips & Advice

Aug 7, 2024 • 10 min read

It happens to all of us. We plan the perfect trip, and something somehow goes horribly wrong.

Aug 1, 2024 • 5 min read

Jul 26, 2024 • 6 min read

Jun 28, 2024 • 5 min read

Jun 19, 2024 • 6 min read

Jun 14, 2024 • 4 min read

Jun 12, 2024 • 12 min read

May 27, 2024 • 6 min read

Apr 4, 2024 • 4 min read

Mar 25, 2024 • 6 min read

Spain and Portugal Itinerary: 14 Days Guide

Are you planning a trip to Spain and Portugal, but not quite sure where to start?  

Having lived in Spain for several years , I’ve had plenty of opportunities to explore the country and its neighbour.

So what can you expect in this two weeks Spain and Portugal itinerary? 14 days of cultural immersion , that’s what. It includes the two capitals; Madrid and Lisbon, fairy tale castles in Sinatra, the UNESCO heritage sites of Cordoba, and the Alhambra and a whole lot more.

I tell you exactly how to get the most out of each destination in the most efficient way as well as insider tips in this detailed travel guide.

Read on and discover the best itinerary for Spain and Portugal in just two weeks.

Some of the links on Meet Me In Departures are affiliate links. If you click through and make a purchase, we may earn a small commission at no extra cost to you. Thank you for your support!

Table of Contents

Best Spain and Portugal Itinerary 14 Days

This 14 day Spain and Portugal trip starts in Barcelona, Spain and finishes in Porto, Portugal. However, there’s no reason why you can’t do it in reverse.

No time to read? Then download this day breakdown, map and attraction checklist covered in this article straight to your inbox.

14 Days in Spain and Portugal Overview 

• Day 1 & 2: Barcelona, Spain
• Day 3 & 4: Madrid, Spain
• Day 5 & 6: Granada, Spain
• Day 7: Cordoba, Spain
• Day 8 & 9: Seville, Spain
• Day 10, 11 & 12:  Lisbon, Portugal
• Day 11: Day trip to Sintra from Lisbon
• Day 13 & 14: Porto, Portugal

📍 Trip Highlights: The Best of Spain and Portugal 📍

• La Sagrada Familia and Gaudi’s Landmarks (Barcelona)
• The Gothic Quarter (Barcelona)
• Museo Nacional del Prado (Madird)
• Museo Nacional Centro de Arte Reina Sofía (Madrid)
• Palacio Real de Madrid (Madrid)
• The Alhambra Complex (Granada)
• Mosque-Cathedral (Cordoba)
• Cathedral of Seville and Giralda (Seville)
• Real Alcazar (Seville)
• Plaza de España (Seville)
• Alfama District (Lisbon)
• Mosteiro dos Jerónimos (Lisbon)
• Belém Tower (Lisbon)
• Pena Palace (Sintra)
• Porto Old Town (Porto)
• Douro Valley Vineyards Tour (Porto)

Spain and Portugal Itinerary Map

This map shows all the cities I’ve included in this 2 week Portugal and Spain itinerary. I’ve chosen these cities because they are well connected by public transport.

I go into detail on how to get around the two countries in the next section.

Downloadable Spain & Portugal Itinerary Planner

This Portugal and Spain trip does involve a full-on schedule and although doable, if you have a longer time scale, or prefer a slower style of travel, then extend this itinerary to suit.

Use this itinerary planner to help organise and plan a trip to Portugal and Spain.

Trip Budget Calculator

The cost of this trip will vary a lot based on your travel style. If you’re travelling on a budget, then you could do it for less than Є2000, but if you’re looking to splurge a bit then I would budget around Є4000 for two weeks. To work out how much this Portugal and Spain travel itinerary might cost, use my trip cost calculator . 

Planning Your Perfect Itinerary for Spain and Portugal

Before you start planning your itinerary for Spain and Portugal , here are some things you’ll want to think about.

How Many Days Do You Need in Spain and Portugal?

Spain and Portugal are two of the most popular destinations in Europe.

You could easily spend at least 2 weeks in Spain and 2 weeks in Portugal as individual trips, and barely scratch the surface.

I’ve put this two week guide together so that it covers the highlights of both countries in the quickest way possible.

When Is the Best Time to Visit Spain and Portugal?

If you are planning to visit Spain and Portugal, the best time to go is during spring or autumn.

The weather during these seasons is mild and pleasant, making it perfect for exploring and sightseeing.

Winters in parts of central Spain and western Portugal can be cool and wet – especially in Madrid, Lisbon and Porto. Whereas in summer, places like Seville, Cordoba and Granada can get insanely hot.

Getting Around in Spain and Portugal

These two weeks in Spain and Portugal have been based on public transport to get around and use a mix of;

I’ve included information on how to do this in each section. To get the best deals, it’s better to book transport early. I use the Omio App which can compare travel times and prices of bus, train and flights.

Alternatively, you could opt to do this route as a road trip – however, I suggest extending this Spain and Portugal 2 weeks itinerary into a 3 week, or even a month-long trip due to the distances travelled.

The Best 14 Days Itinerary for Spain and Portugal

Day 1 & 2: barcelona, top things to do in barcelona.

• Gaudi Architecture: Casa Milà, Casa Batlló and Park Güell
• La Sagrada Familia
• Montjuic Hill
• Mercado de La Boqueria
• Gothic Quarter
• Nightlife at El Raval and El Born

Your 2 week Spain and Portugal itinerary starts in the beautiful city of Barcelona. It’s home to some of the most beautiful architecture in Europe.

Allow two days in the city of Barcelona. This will give you enough time to see the highlights of Barcelona and get a feel for one of Spain’s most cosmopolitan cities.

Day 1 in Barcelona: Gaudi Day

Spend the first day visiting some of the iconic Gaudi buildings. Start with La Sagrada Familia .

Building work on the started in 1882.  When Gaudi died in 1926, only about a quarter of the construction was complete. It’s still incomplete and clad in scaffolding although they are hoping to finish construction in 2026 to make the centenary of Gaudi’s death.

The UNESCO World Heritage site is heavily decorated in a mixture of Gothic and Art Nouveau styles . It’s covered in hidden and subliminal messages concealed in the details.

From Sagrada Familai visit Casa Milà, Casa Batlló and of course, Park Güell . All three of these get extremely busy, so start early in the day and book tickets in advance to skip the queue.

👉 Insider Tip: I’d definitely recommend booking your tickets for La Sagrada Familia as soon as you know your travel dates; they sell out fast! There are different options for tours, go for the tour with roof access to see the details on the roof up close.

I also suggest starting your day early to beat the crowds at any of Gaudi’s masterpieces. They are all popular, so expect queues and crowds.

📖 Read More: Barcelona Bucket List: 32 Best Things to Do in Barcelona, Spain

Day 2 in Barcelona: Explore Old Town

Before the heat of the day, head to Montjuic Hill . If you’re not feeling energetic, then take a cable car up instead for amazing city views. It’s a great spot for photos!

In the afternoon wander down La Ramblas , a lively street full of shops and performers. Then, dive into Mercado de La Boqueria for authentic Spanish street food – as a vegetarian traveller, there were plenty of options for food here.

Finish the afternoon by exploring the Gothic Quarter with its narrow streets and old buildings.

In the evening I recommend the districts of El Raval and El Born where you’ll find plenty of cool bars and nightlife.

📖 Read More: 38 Most Famous Landmarks in Spain

Getting to Barcelona from Barcelona Airport

After arriving at Barcelona Airport, here are the best ways to get to the city centre.

• Taxi: I recommend this if you’re after convenience. Pre-book your taxi to take you straight to your hotel.
• Train (RENFE): Runs every 30 minutes from the Barcelona Airport to Barcelona Sants Station (Sants Estació).
• Aerobus: Quick and regular, with Aerobús A1 and A2 being your go-to options for the best service. This is usually the option I choose.

Where to Stay in Barcelona

5* Monument Hotel, Barcelona

✅ Swimming Pool

✅ Central Location

✅ Sauna and Fitness Room

Primavera Hostel, Barcelona

✅ Private or Dorm Room Option

✅ 8 minutes from La Sagrada Familia

✅ Wide range of facilities

Day 3 & 4: Madrid

Top things to do in madrid.

• Museo Nacional del Prado
• Museo Nacional Centro de Arte Reina Sofía.
• ‘Point 0’ in Puerta del Sol
• Plaza Mayor
• Mercado de San Fernando and San Miguel.
• Parque El Retiro
• Palacio Real de Madrid

You’ll be spending 2 days in Madrid . This gives you enough time to explore some of the best museums in Spain as well as delve into some of the city’s beautiful architecture and cool hipster districts .

Day 1 in Madrid: Iconic Landmarks

Start your day at Puerta del Sol . This is the heart of the city (and Spain!), known as Point 0 . You’ll find a plaque on the ground to show you the exact position.  Then look up, and you’ll see the iconic Tio Pepe sign.

From there, walk to Plaza Mayor . This public square dates back to the late 1500s, and was once home to Madrid’s main city market. If you’re interested in finding out more about the history of the city by joining a guided city tour .

One of the most opulent buildings in Madrid is the Palacio Real de Madrid (Royal Palace of Madrid). This is the official residence of the Spanish Royal family. It dates back to the 1700s, and if you’re into over-the-top grandeur, then it’s certainly worth a tour inside.

Opposite the Royal Palace, you’ll find the Almudena Cathedral (Santa Maria la Real de La Almudena) . Construction on this building started in 1879, although it wasn’t finished until 1993! Check out the interior. I loved the vibrant paintwork here giving it a Pop Art kind of feel.

In the evening I recommend checking out the food market scene. San Fernando in Lavapiés or the hipster and upmarket one in San Miguel are both great options. Then finish off at the bars in the trendy Malasaña District .

👉 Insider Tip: If you’re after something a little more quirky, then I think you’ll love Cahmberi/Anden0. Especially if you’re visiting the city in the off-season and looking to escape the cold, then this is one of the best things to do in Madrid in winter .

This abandoned metro station was closed off until recently. It’s now been reopened as a museum and looks just as it did back in the 1950s!

📖 Read More: Best Madrid 2 Day Itinerary: By A Local!

Day 2 in Madrid: City Culture

Start by exploring the city’s cultural scene. Three art galleries make up Madrid’s Golden Triangle of Art;  the Prado Museum , (Spanish and South American Art) the Reina Sofia Museum (modern art, including Picasso’s Guernica masterpiece), and the Thyssen-Bornemisza for classical to modern European art.

After explore Parque El Retiro . It’s the biggest park in the city before heading down Calle Gran Vía – don’t miss the iconic Schweppes Building .

Finish your day in Barrio La Latina known for its lively atmosphere, and a great selection of bars – it’s also popular with the locals.

👉 Insider Tip: When you know your travel dates for Madrid, I strongly suggest booking your museum tickets early, especially for the Prado and Reina Sofía. These places are super popular and get crowded.

Madrid is also a sprawling city, so to make the most of your time I do recommend using the metro. This is the cheaper option. Alternatively, use the Madrid hop-off bus which stops at all the major attractions without the hassle of navigating the metro system!

Getting to Madrid from Barcelona

It’s about 500km between Madrid and Barcelona . For this leg of the 2 week itinerary, you have a couple of options to make this journey.

• Train (RENFE): I recommend taking the train.  The train is quick, around 2 hours 40 minutes , and leaves from Barcelona Sants to Madrid Atocha . Book your Madrid to Barcelona train ticket in advance for the best prices.
• Plane:   Flights are roughly 1 hour and 15 minutes . However, keep in mind that you will have to factor in time for getting to the airport, check-in, security, etc. So overall travel time may not be much shorter than taking the train.
• Bus: Skip the bus; it takes over 7 hours. I don’t recommend this unless you are on a tight budget or have plenty of time to spare.

Where to Stay in Madrid

5* Gran Hotel Ingles, Madrid

✅ Central location

✅ On-site spa and fitness centre

✅ 24-hour front desk

Ok! Hostel, Madrid

✅ Wifi in all rooms

✅ Option for private or dorm room

Day 5 & 6: Granada

Top things to do in granada.

• The Alhambra Complex
• Mirador San Nicolas
• Albaicín District
• Alcaiceria Bazaar
• Granada Cathedral
• Hammam Al Ándalus Arab Baths

Granada is home to one of the most stunning landmarks in Spain ; the UNESCO Heritage Site and the Moorish complex of the Alhambra. I’ve allocated two days 14 day Spain Portugal itinerary to really do it justice.

Day 1: The Alhambra Complex

The complex is huge and there’s a lot to see in one day at the Alhambra .

It gets insanely busy, so I suggest starting early, having your Alhambra tickets booked in advance and being at the gate before it opens to avoid the crowds.

Your ticket will give you entrance to different areas of the complex. You can enter once at a time of your choice. For the Nasrid Palace, you’ll be given a time-allocated slot .

When I visited, I started my day at the Generalife so I could get gorgeous photos of the gardens without people in them.

After I did the Alcazar , I then had my timed Nasrid Palace visit – which is when you get to see the famous Patio de Los Leones , before finishing off with the Palace of Charles V and the remainder of the gardens.

📖 Read More: Complete 2 Days in Granada Itinerary

Day 2: Explore Granada City

Start your day two in Granada with a visit to Mirador San Nicolas . This viewpoint is where you get that stunning picture of the Alhambra complex against the backdrop of the Sierra Nevada Mountains . I’m not a morning person, but it was worth the early start to walk up there to take the photo and enjoy the lookout point without the crowds.

From there take a slow and meandering walk through the Albaicín District . This is one of the oldest parts of Granada, and another designated UNESCO World Heritage site. It’s easy to get lost here, in the narrow streets, but you’ll stumble on beautiful Arabic-inspired architecture.

In the afternoon focus on the city centre and the enormous Granada Cathedral .

If you’re looking for souvenirs, then I recommend the Old Silk Market, also known as Alcaiceria Bazaar – it’s opposite the cathedral.

Then finish your day with a relaxing soak at the Hammam Al Ándalus Arab Baths .

👉 Insider Travel Tips: I 100% recommend booking your Nasrid Palace and Alhambra tickets as soon as you know the data you’ll be in Granada The Nasrid Palace only has a limited number of admissions a day and is done on a time slot basis.

My other recommendation is to use the shuttle bus – it’s only a few euros and has a regular timetable. It departs from Granada town centre and drops off at the entrance of the site.

Getting to Granada from Madrid

• Train: This is the fastest way. It takes about 3.5 hours . About three services a day do the route from Madrid Atocha to Granada Train Station . I recommend booking early for the best prices .
• Bus: This is the cheaper but slower option. It takes over 4.5 hours and departs from Madrid Estacion Sur to Granada Bus Station . There are several services a day, some are direct, and others have a change. I’d only opt for this if you’re on a tight budget or not in a rush.

Where to Stay in Granada

5* Haxaris Casa Boutique, Granada

✅ Panoramic city views

✅ Full living facilities

TOC Hostel, Granada

✅ Private or dorm room option

✅ On-site bar and social areas

✅ Great location close to attractions

Day 7: Cordoba

Top things to do in cordoba.

• Mosque-Cathedral and Patio de Los Naranjos
• Historical Centre and Jewish Quarter.
• Colourful flower-laden patios and alleys
• Alcazar de los Reyes Cristianos
• Roman Bridge

Cordoba is blessed with an abundance of historical sites. These include the UNESCO-listed historical centre, the beautiful Alcazar stunning Mosque-Cathedral of Cordoba – also known as the Mezquita .

Although there are loads of things to do in Cordoba , you can see the highlights in one day.

Start with Cordoba’s Mosque-Cathedral. It seamlessly combines Moorish and Christan architecture. It’s filled with columned archways – 856 of them – which feature red and cream-coloured blocks.

Two of my favourite places here were the Capilla Mayor with its gigantic central dome and the intricate Marsura Dome .

📖 Read More: What To See In Cordoba in One Day

Don’t miss the Patio de Los Naranjos , which is one of the oldest parts of the building, and then go up the tower for a view looking down over the city.

After you’ve visited the Mezquita, explore the historical centre and the Jewish Quarter .

I recommend spending a couple of hours exploring the quaint cobblestoned alleyways and courtyards – don’t miss the Calleja de las Flores .

If you visit Cordoba at the start of May, then your visit will coincide with the Los Patios festival. During this time every courtyard, alleyway, and square is heavily decorated with flowers.

Another not-to-miss landmark is the Alcazar de Los Reyes Cristianos . Historically, this building has served both as a fortress and a palace. A few highlights to look out for here are the Hall of the Mosaics , the Arab baths and the Mudejar courtyards .

As the sun starts to set, walk over the Roman Bridge for a fantastic panoramic photo of the city.

👉 Insider Tip: To get the most out of a day in Cordoba , I recommend booking your tickets for Cordoba’s Mosque-Cathedral ahead of time – it can get insanely busy. Arrive early to beat the beat the crowds.

You can opt to explore the Mosque at your own pace, however, the downside I found was that there was a real lack of information about anything. The audio-guided tour of the Mosque-Cathedral is a great option if you prefer to explore at your own pace, but want the detailed insight of a guide.

Getting to Cordoba from Granada

• Train: This is the best option and takes around 1.5 hours . There are several departures a day leaving from Granada station and arriving at Cordoba Central . This is my go-to choice. Book trains in advance to secure the best price.
• Bus: The bus takes a bit longer, roughly 2.5 hours. There are a few departures per day from Granada Bus Station and arrive at Cordoba Bus Station .

Where to stay in Cordoba

Balcón de Córdoba

✅ Rooftop terrace with Mezquita views

✅ Located in the historic centre

✅ 3 secluded patios for relaxation

Eurostars Patios de Cordoba

✅ Set in a 12th century building

✅ Centrally located

✅ Mezquita views

Day 8 & 9: Seville

Top things to do in seville.

• Cathedral of Seville and Giralda
• Real Alcazar.
• Barrio Santa Cruz
• Plaza de España
• Parque de Maria Luisa
• Watch a Flamenco show
• La Casa de Pilatos
• The Metropol Parasol

Seville is a city bursting at the seams with beautiful architecture, and stunning landmarks. It’s home to plenty of UNESCO World Heritage sites and of course the home of flamenco.

I’ve lived in Seville for several years, and although I’ve dedicated two days in this Portugal Spain itinerary to the Andalucian capital, I do recommend spending at least three days in Seville to absorb everything.

Day 1: Historic Seville

Spend day 1 exploring the historical centre. This includes Seville Cathedral and the Girlada, Real Alcazar and Barrio Santa Cruz; the old Jewish District.

The Real Alcazar is my favourite landmark in Seville, so I suggest putting it at the top of your Seville Bucket List as it gets extremely busy.

The Alcazar has a limit of around 750 visitors a day, so at peak season, these do sell out. So make sure you book your ticket tickets for the Real Alcazar in advance. 

Inside the Alcazar, my favourite places were the Salón de Embajadores (Ambassador’s Hall), and the Patio de las Donacellas (The Courtyard of the Maidens).  The gardens are also huge, so I’d allow at least 2 or 3 hours to do this the Real Alcazar justice.

📖 Read More: A Local’s Guide To Seville

After the Real Alcazar, visit Seville Cathedral . Here you’ll find the tomb of Christopher Colombus . You’ll also get to climb the Giralda Tower . This part of the cathedral dates back to when Seville was under Arab rule and used to be the minaret of a mosque.

👉 Useful to Know: If you love ornate cathedrals, like the one in Seville, and you’re visiting Spain for an extended amount of time, then check out the equally stunning cathedral facade of San Sebastian in the Basque country.

Spend the remainder of the day exploring the labyrinth-like streets of Bario Santa Cruz .

Seville has deep roots in its folklore. This heavily influences its music and dance. If you want to experience Spain authentically, then take the opportunity to watch a Flamenco show in its birthplace in the evening.

📖 Read More: 35+ Best Things To Do In Seville

Day 2: Seville Landmarks

On your second day, starting at the gargantuan Plaza de España. It was built in 1929 as part of an Expo, it’s free to enter – there is talk of charging for entry – and features beautiful tile work depicting all the provinces in Spain.

If you love the tile work in Seville, then I recommend adding in a trip to Triana district across the river, to see the factory where they were traditionally made.

Next to Plaza de España, you’ll find Parque de Maria Luisa.

To finish the afternoon, explore some of the photogenic old palaces dotted around the city; La Casa de Pilatos is my top suggestion.

As the sun sets, go up the Metropol Parasol – affectionately known as Las Setas or “the Mushrooms” in English thanks to their shape. Then head up to Alameda de Hercules for tapas and drinks. 

👉 Alternative Suggestion: If this 14 day itinerary feels too rushed, then you might prefer this 7 day road trip in Andalucia , and sticking to just one region instead.

An alternative plan; because Cordoba is a city near Seville , you could skip staying overnight in Cordoba. Stop in Cordoba for the day en route from Granada to Seville.

If you’re craving the sea and sand, then use one of the days in Seville to check out some of the coastal regions – Cadiz is a great option, but there are plenty of other great beaches close to Seville .

Getting to Seville from Cordoba

• Train: The quickest way to Seville from Cordoba, taking under an hour. Trains depart several times a day from Cordoba Central to Santa Justa Station in Seville. I recommend booking early for cheaper tickets . Santa Justa is a little way out of Seville city centre, so when you arrive take either a taxi or a bus to the centre the airport shuttle makes a stop here – look out for the AE service.
• Bus: A slower option, taking just under two hours. Buses go from Cordoba Bus Station to Plaza de Armas in Seville. There are several services a day.

Where to stay in Seville

5* Hotel Alfonso XIII Hotel, Seville

✅ Rooftop swimming pool

✅ Centrally located historic building

✅ Variety of on-site bars and restaurants

Petit Palace Vargas, Seville

✅ Modern and clean decor

✅ Great location

✅ Excellent breakfast

👉 Good to Know: Did you know that you can see Morocco from Spain’s southern coast ? They are a mere 14km apart.

If you’ve enjoyed the Moorish architecture of Granada, Cordoba and Seville, then I highly recommend visiting Morocco.

And if you have time, then you could tag on a day trip to Morocco from Spain. To get there, take the ferry from Tarifa on the south coast for the 90-minute crossing to Tangier.

Alternatively, check out this organised day tour to Morocco from Seville .

Day 10, 11 & 12: Lisbon and Sintra

Top things to do in lisbon.

• Praça do Comercio
• Arco de Rue Augusta
• Lisbon Cathedral
• Alfama District
• São Jorge Castle
• Santa Justa Lift
• E28 Yellow Tram
• Eat Pastel de Natas
• Carmo Convent
• Mosteiro dos Jerónimos
• Belém Tower

You’ve finally made it to the Portuguese leg of this 2 week itinerary.

I’ve allocated three days in the nation’s capital. You can easily see the main highlights of Lisbon in 2 days , and then there’s one day dedicated to a Sintra.

Day 1: History and Culture

If you wondering why visit Lisbon , you’ll be glad to know that in this relatively small city, you’ll find an abundance of history, adorable barrios and delicious food.

On your first day in Lisbon , start in the Praça do Comercio (Commerce Square). This is one of Lisbon’s most recognisable landmarks with the iconic yellow Arco de Rue Augusta on one side and the Targus River on the other. This square is also where most of Lisbon’s wa l king tours start.

👉 Insider Tip: I f you’re lucky and time it right, you can get a gorgeous photo of the yellow Arco de Rue Augusta with one of Lisbon’s signature yellow trams trundling past. Another of my favourite photo spots is on the corner of the cathedral – wait here and you’ll get a photo of the yellow trams going past.

From here visit Lisbon Cathedral and meander your way up through the oldest part of the city; Alfama District . You’ll probably spend a decent amount of time getting lost in these streets which ooze with history. Eventually, if you keep heading upwards, you’ll come out to São Jorge Castle .

From there, head back down going via Bairro Alto where you can find street art. I also recommend taking a ride on the famous E28 Tram .

After, visit the Santa Justa Lift. Take the lift to the upper part of town and visit the ruins of the Carmo Convent .

In the evening catch the metro over to the Time Out Market to eat your way around stalls selling local artisan foods.

📖 Read More: The Best 2 Days in Lisbon Itinerary

Day 2: Sintra Day Trip

Sintra is where you’ll find some of the most beautiful castles in the whole of Europe and one of the easiest day trips from Lisbon.

I’ll go into Sintra in more detail in the section below.

Day 3: Lisbon Landmarks

On the third day, pick up the local train to two of Portugal’s most beautiful landmarks : Mosteiro dos Jerónimos and the Belém Tower.

Both sites have UNESCO World Heritage status.

Start with the Mosteiro dos Jerónimos – it’s one of the most important monasteries in Portugal and a must-visit for history lovers.

Make sure to also try the famous Pastéis de Belém while you’re in the area.

Hang about Belem Tower until sunset – it looks stunning in this light and is popular at this time of day with locals and tourists.

👉 Insider Tip: Lisbon is a hilly city, and lots of the attractions in Lisbon are fairly spread out.

If you’re not keen on walking to each of the landmarks or navigating the metro system then opt for the Lisbon hop-on-hop-off bus which will pick up and drop you off at all the locations I’ve mentioned.

📖 Read More: 36 Most Famous Landmarks in Portugal

Getting to Lisbon from Seville

The city of Seville is well connected to Lisbon, by bus and plane – there is no direct train route .

• Bus: Catch an overnight bus from Seville’s Plaza de Armas to Lisbon Oriente . This direct bus takes about 7 hours, saves a night’s accommodation, and is super budget-friendly. I recommend booking early to get the best deals.
• Flight: For a quicker option, you can fly from Seville Airport to Lisbon Portela . It’s just over an hour and there are several flights daily. Use the airport shuttles at both ends to get to and from the city centres easily. Booking in advance to get the best prices.

Where to Stay in Lisbon

4* AlmaLusa Baixa, Lisbon

✅ Renovated 18th century building

✅ Located next to Rossio Square

✅ Each room has unique decor

This Is Lisbon Hostel

✅ Roof terrace with panoramic views

✅ Daily breakfast, and kitchen facilities

Day 11: Sintra Day Trip From Lisbon

Top things to do in sintra.

• Pena Palace and Gardens
• Castelo dos Mouros
• Sintra Old Town
• Quinta da Regaleira
• Palácio de Monserrate

Just a short distance from the capital, you’ll find thick and luscious green forests and rolling hills, Dotted between you’ll find fairy-tale castles which look like they’ve been plucked straight from a Disney film set.

Start your day trip to Sintra early as it does get very busy.

Start with Palacio da Pena .  Spend time exploring the incredible interior of this 19th-century Romanticist palace. It mixes vibrant colours with geometric patterns and sits within well-manicured gardens.

📖 Read More: How to Do a Lisbon to Sintra Day Trip

After visiting the palace, head over to the visit the Castelo dos Mouros . This Moorish Castle dates back to the 8th century and gives stunning panoramic views of Sintra and its surroundings – on a clear day you can see all the way to the Atlantic Ocean .

From the Moorish Castle, head back down to Sintra Old Town and straight through to Quinta da Regaleira.

I absolutely loved it here and spent far too long exploring the gardens and the house. Quinta da Regaleira features Gothic-style architecture. Gargoyles, balconies and grottoes fill the grounds.

It was designed as an aristocrat’s playground with terrace gardens, folly castles and towers, underground mazes and the iconic Initiation Well. Head to the Initiation Well first.

If you have any time left on your day trip to Sintra, then I also recommend a quick visit to the Moorish-influenced Palácio de Monserrate .

Finish off at Sintra Old Town – although it’s small, it has some very cute little alleyways. Finally, catch the train back to Lisbon.

👉 Insider Tip: To avoid the queues at Sintra, I recommend booking skip-the-line tickets in advance! 

Several full-day tours include transportation and priority access which is a more efficient way to visit the area. 

Getting to Sintra from Lisbon

Bus: Take the train from Lisbon’s Rossio Station ; it’s about a 40-minute ride. Once in Sintra, take the shuttle buses 434 or 435 to get to the main attractions without wasting time.

Organised Tour: If you’re after an easier way to do it, then take a look at this full day tour from Lisbon to Sintra , it includes all your transportation.

Day 13 & 14: Porto

Top things to do in porto.

• Porto Old Town
• Livraria Lello
• Clérigos Church
• Azulejo tiles at Porto Sao Bento Train Station
• Luis I Bridge
• Douro Valley Vineyards Tour

We’ve reached the last stop on your 2 weeks in Spain and Portugal itinerary: Porto!

This city is all about exploring by foot with plenty of stops to sip on a glass of delicious local port wine.

Day 1: Porto Old Town

Start in the Porto Old Town

Porto is the second-largest city in Portugal, after Lisbon, and is a hub for great food and drink.

It’s best to explore the historical centre on foot so it gives you plenty of opportunities to stop off and try the local wine.

If you’re a Harry Potter fan, then don’t miss Livraria Lello. It’s said that it was part of the inspiration f or JK Rowling’s magical world. Even if you’re not a fan of the series, the iconic library is still worth a visit to see the pretty spiral staircase and ancient books on the shelves.

From there, I recommend visiting the Clérigos Church –  an ornately decorated Baroque church. Climb up the narrow tower for a fantastic view of Porto.

From the church, head up towards Miradouro da Vitoria, for a different panoramic lookout point. If you love beautiful architecture, then it’s also worth taking a guided tour of the Palácio da Bolsa .

Another must-see in Porto is the beautiful Azulejo tiles at the Porto Sao Bento Train Station .

Finish your day with a walk across the Luis I Bridge.

This is one of the top landmarks in Portugal . The bridge has become a bit of an icon to the city, which connects the two sides. You have the option of walking across on the upper level or the lower level – both give great views of the city, especially at sunset.

Day 2: Douro Valley Wine Tour

The best way to experience the Douro Valley is by booking one of the full-day wine tours from Porto .

There are typically two ways to do one of these small group tours, by mini-van or by riverboat  – I opted for the boat tour.

Both types of tours will stop at various vineyards where you’ll have a short tour of the vineyard or factory and then get to try a variety of their locally produced wines and ports. You can then buy bottles (or cases) directly from the sellers to enjoy back home.

👉 Insider Tip : Make sure to pack some snacks and water for the boat tour for starters, it can get quite warm on the river.

Also, I know after all the samples of wine – I definitely got the munchies way too early in the day. Don’t make my mistake, eat a huge breakfast AND bring snacks.

Getting to Porto from Lisbon

• Trains: Catch the direct train from Lisbon Oriente to Porto Campanh. The journey time is about 3 hours . Book tickets in advance for the best prices. 
• Bus: These depart from Sete Rios Station and arrive at Oporto Campo 24 Agosto . The direct bus takes just over 3 hours . Compare prices for bus and train .
• Plane: The flight takes around 1 hour and departs from Lisbon Portela Airport. departs Porto Airport . There are shuttle services between the city centres and the airports.

Where to Stay in Porto

5* Torel 1884 Suites & Apartments

✅ Exceptional breakfast

✅ Rooms come with a patio or city views

Being Porto Hostel

Spain Portugal Itinerary 14 days – FAQs

The answer depends on your travel style and of course, how long you have to travel. Generally speaking, spending at least 10-14 days in these two countries will allow you to see the major highlights.

This two-week itinerary for Spain and Portugal is designed to help you explore the highlights of both countries efficiently. If you prefer a slower pace, you can extend this itinerary to a month.

What Is the Best Time to Visit Spain and Portugal?

The best time to visit Portugal and Spain is during the spring (March to May) and autumn  (September to November) months.

Peak prices and crowds are in July and August and Easter in March/April is also busy. Winters can be cold and even wet in places like  Madrid, Lisbon and Porto.

How Much Will This Spain Portugal Trip Cost?

This will vary greatly depending on your travel style and if you’re travelling on a budget or plan to splurge a bit. I would budget anywhere between Є2000 to Є4000 for two weeks.

For a more accurate idea, use my trip cost calculator to work out how much it will cost. 

Should I Visit Spain or Portugal First?

Essentially it doesn’t really matter if you travel to Spain or Portugal first. I would say, check which airports are the easiest to get to and base it on that. It might be easier for you to do this itinerary from Portugal to Spain instead, and then work backwards.

Can I Do This Itinerary as a Spain and Portugal Road Trip?

I don’t recommend doing this exact itinerary as a road trip in Spain and Portugal unless you want to spend a large portion of the two weeks behind the wheel. Although the two countries share a border, the overall Spain to Portugal distance this itinerary covers is too much for just 14 days.

You could follow the same route, but plan for extra days and stop off in lots of the smaller towns in between the main cities.

Head over to Andalucía Explored , which is a site dedicated to road-tripping in the Iberia region for some great ideas.

What Is Driving Like in Spain and Portugal?

Driving in both of these countries is straightforward. Roads are generally well maintained with good signposting and outside of the cities traffic is minimal. Some roads do have a toll on them, which is something you should be aware of.

Before you get behind the wheel, it’s worth reading up on the highway code if you’re not familiar with driving in Europe.

📖 Read More: Road Trip Essentials Checklist

What’s the Best Way to Get Around Portugal and Spain?

Spain & Portugal have a well-developed public transport system, making it easy to get around the countries without a car.

Both countries have an extensive network of trains, buses, subways, and flights that connect major cities and towns. One app that I’m obsessed with for comparing transport times and prices is Omio .

Packing for This Trip

The weather in Portugal and Spain varies a lot – this goes for the different locations as well as the time of year. Even in summer, I would say it’s wise to take a lightweight jacket, and in winter you’ll definitely need a thick jacket – it can snow in Granada and Madrid!

When you travel to Spain and Portugal, I suggest checking the weather in each location before you pack. 

Are There Any Small Group Tours That Offer a Similar Trip?

Yes. If you’re not into solo travel, or you prefer the convenience of everything done for you, then small group tours are a great way to travel.

Here are two great options for Spain and Portugal tours: 14 Day Best of Spain & Portugal Small Group Tour 21 Day Ultimate Spain & Portugal Small Group Tour

Can I Visit Morocco From Spain?

Yes! You can easily tag on a trip to Morocco , especially from the South of Spain. From Seville, you can fly to Morocco in less than an hour, or if you’re driving, catch the ferry over from Algeciras or Tarifa on Spain’s southern coast, and arrive in Tangier in the north of Morocco.

And there you have it, a whirlwind two weeks in Spain and Portugal. As I said at the start, this is a fast-paced trip which packs in so many highlights from both these countries in the most efficient way.

Although I generally prefer slower travel, I totally get that sometimes you’ve only got limited time to pack in as much as possible. I hope this itinerary for Portugal and Spain helps you make the most out of your trip. 

Ready to plan your trip, then check out these other articles about Spain and Portugal and get started today.

General Spain Travel

• Ultimate 10 Days In Spain Itinerary
• 2 Week Spain and Portugal Itinerary
• How Many Days Should I Spend in Spain and Portugal?
• 50+ Best Experiences for Your Spanish Bucket List
• 38 Most Famous Landmarks in Spain
• Can You See Morocco From Spain?

Madrid And Surrounding Area

• Is Madrid Worth Visiting?
• 28 Best Things to Do in Madrid, Spain
• Best Madrid 2 Day Itinerary By A Local!
• 30 Things to Do In Winter in Madrid
• Madrid vs Lisbon Comparison Guide
• How to Visit Segovia From Madrid in a Day
• A Day Trip to Toledo from Madrid

Andalucia and South Spain

• Southern Spain Itinerary: Best 7 Days in Andalucia
• Local’s Guide To Seville in 3 Days
• 35+ Top Things To Do In Seville
• 23 Best Day Trips From Seville, Spain
• How to Do A Seville to Cordoba Day Trip
• Where Is the Nearest Beach to Seville?
• How To Spend One Day in Granada
• Best 2 Days in Granada Itinerary
• The Best Cordoba in One Day Itinerary
• 5 Places for the Best Glamping in Spain’s Southern Coast

Portugal Travel Tips

• How Many Days in Spain and Portugal?
• The Best 2 Days in Lisbon Itinerary
• Most Famous Landmarks in Portugal
• Should You Visit Barcelona or Lisbon?
• Should You Visit Lisbon or Madrid?
• 18 Best Things to Do in Lisbon in the Rain
• How to Do a Lisbon to Sintra Day Trip
• 16 Great Reasons to Visit Lisbon

Hey, I'm Becki......and I'm a self-confessed DIY travel addict and experience connoisseur!

In other words, I’m a solo traveller on a mission to experience the best adventures our fabulous little planet offers. I love creating my own itineraries that focus on unforgettable experiences, from climbing mountains and scuba diving to spotting wildlife and exploring ancient ruins.

When I'm not on an adventure, you'll probably find me sipping coffee or with a glass of wine in hand, planning my next journey.

Let's be friends! Sign up receive our monthly newsletter with updates and new in-depth guides. 

How to Plan an Amazing Spain and Portugal Itinerary

With the notable exception of Italy (mi amore!), which we’ve visited every single year for the past three, Spain and Portugal are the two European countries where we’ve spent the most time over the past several years, including a full two months a few years back, a return trip to Spain this spring (April/May of 2024), and return trip to Portugal slated for early 2025 that we couldn’t be more excited for. 

One thing we’re constantly blown away by when we visit the Iberian Peninsula – which is the hunk of land that Spain and Portugal occupy at the southwestern corner of mainland Europe – is the amount of history here.

Over roughly 2,000 years, numerous different factions have controlled huge swaths of land, including – but not limited to – the Roman Empire, the Visigoths, and the Islamic Caliphates. 

In fact, there was an 800 year war fought between the Islamic kingdoms in southern Spain and Portugal and the Christian kingdoms coming from northern Spain for control of the peninsula. 

And all that history happens well before Spain and Portugal both become two of the most powerful empires in the world, sailing all over the world (I recently learned that the Philippines are actually named after King Phillip from Spain), and changing the course of world history. 

And the food! Spain and Portugal both have great food cultures, with a bounty of amazing ingredients to use to create tapas, pintxos, and alcoholic drinks of various types (cava, port, vermut, and all of the wine) that we’re 100% here for. 

As you can see from this opening few paragraphs (read: love letter), we love Spain and Portugal, and we think you probably will too. 

In this guide to planning your Spain and Portugal itinerary, here’s what we’re going to cover:

• Exactly how to plan out your 14 day trip to Spain and Portugal, including what stops to make, what route to take, and all the important logistics we think you need to know
• A guide to what to do, where to stay, and how to get there for each stop on the itinerary
• Options for shorter and longer trips if you have more or less time

Throughout the guide, we’ll share our favorite finds and experiences in Spain and Portugal based on our multiple trips (including two months in Spain and Portugal a few years ago, and a more recent trip to Spain in 2024) to help you plan your unforgettable trip.

Sound good to you? Let’s get into it.

Disclaimer: Some of the links in this post, like hotel links, are affiliate links, meaning at no additional cost to you, we make a little bit of money if you click through and book. That being said, we would never recommend something to you that we don’t stand behind 100%.

How Many Days Do You Need to Visit Spain AND Portugal?

Two weeks is a great start to exploring Spain and Portugal, which are both interesting – and very distinct from one another – from a historical, cultural, and gastronomical perspective.  

Is it enough time to see everything? No, definitely not.

But (roughly) a week in each country is enough time to take in some of the main highlights, connect with locals and see their cities and countries through a different lens, eat some great food and drink some great wine, and get a taste for what makes each country special (and to populate your list for places you want to go on your return trip!). 

One thing we would say after a few iterations of this guide in the editing process is that two extra days (dedicating one to each country) would go a LONG way to making this trip feel a little less rushed. 

So if you have 16 days, we think that would be an ideal balance!

In general, we don’t recommend spending anything less than 2 days in a major city . 

In fact, we usually recommend 3-4 days or more, because that gives you plenty of time to dive below the surface level of a city, fit in a day trip, and split up major attractions so that you’re not trying to do, say, the Vatican and Colosseum on the same day (which is exhausting). 

Here, we’re dedicating roughly three days to every major city (except Porto, which we think warrants two given limited time), with a day trip taking up one of those days in every city except Barcelona. 

One thing we would say here is that if you have 10 days or less, we would STRONGLY consider limiting yourself to one country or the other . 

With 10 days, you’ll be spending a lot of your time moving around (at least 2-3 long travel days), which will take away from your time actually exploring. 

The Best Time to Plan a Trip to Spain and Portugal

Spain and Portugal’s Mediterranean climate makes it a very pleasant destination basically year round, and a nice escape from the parts of Europe that have cold and dreary winters. 

Summer is blazing hot, and we’d say that visiting Lisbon in the summer is not ideal for two reasons. 

First is the heat , which feels even warmer when you’re in Lisbon trekking straight up a hill.  

Second is the crowds , which are pretty overwhelming during July and August when it is the peak summer season in both Spain and Portugal. It’s even worse when cruise ships are docked at the ports in Lisbon, Sevilla, or Barcelona. 

Visiting Spain and Portugal during shoulder season is our pick , which means spring and fall. 

Our first two month trip to Spain and Portugal was over the course of September, October, and November, and the weather was pleasantly warm (bordering on hot), and crowds were around, but nowhere near what you’d see at the height of summer. 

We spent the first few days of December in Lisbon a few years back, and it was perfectly lovely in terms of climate. It was a little more gray, and definitely a little chillier, but still in the mid-50’s or 60’s fahrenheit during the day. 

How to Structure Your Itinerary

The way we’d recommend structuring your itinerary is to split your time roughly in thirds, and dedicate one third of your trip to Portugal, and two thirds of your trip to Spain. 

In this case where we’re writing a 14 day itinerary, after a few iterations of this itinerary trying to fit in all of the things in Spain that we loved and think you should see, we landed on five days in Portugal and nine days in Spain. 

An extra day in each country, making it 16 total days, would be ideal, we think. 

While the countries are adjacent to each other, it’s worth taking a second to look at a map to orient yourself here because it’s not particularly easy to travel back and forth between the two countries.

The two main cities we’re featuring in Portugal – Lisbon and Porto – are on the western coast of Portugal, with Lisbon being roughly in the middle of the coastline, and Porto being towards the northern end. 

The cities we’re focusing on in Spain – Sevilla, Madrid, and Barcelona – are not close to either Portuguese city. At best, you’re looking at Madrid, which basically sits smack dab in the middle of Spain. 

The train or bus journey between Lisbon and Madrid is an eight hour trip, with very limited direct options between the two. 

Why are we covering all of this here? Because we’d recommend flying between the two countries , covering the first half of your trip in one, and then flying onwards to start your time in the second country.

Within each country, there is a robust train network of regional and high speed trains to cover the ground you’ll need, and it will be faster, cheaper, and better for the planet to stick to trains for those journeys within a country . 

Where to Start and End Your Trip

We want to start this section by saying that this piece has the potential to vary wildly based on where you’re coming from. 

The short answer here is that you should fly into Porto’s Francisco Sá Carneiro Airport (OPO) and fly out of Barcelona’s El Prat Airport (BCN) for the best setup in terms of international flights and the best connections between Spain and Portugal.  

Here’s the slightly longer answer. 

For most destinations, the cities with the best international flights are going to be Lisbon (in Portugal) and either Madrid or Barcelona (they’re roughly equal) in Spain. 

That means you’re going to want to start and end your trip in one of those cities to minimize your flight time on the way in and out. 

HOWEVER, there’s an important caveat here: There are very, very few (if any) direct flights between Porto and Sevilla. But there are tons of direct flights between Lisbon and Sevilla, so we’d recommend starting your Portugal leg in Porto and working your way south to Lisbon . 

Given that most people coming from abroad are going to have to make a connection on their way to Portugal anyway (usually through London, Paris, Amsterdam, or Frankfurt), we think it makes the most sense to do it that way. 

When you think about planning your time in Spain, you should consider the three cities in Spain and their geography – Sevilla, Madrid, and Barcelona. 

Madrid is in the middle of the country between the other two), so it makes the most sense to put Barcelona at the end and fly out home from there. Which means your Spain leg goes Sevilla → Madrid → Barcelona.  

Getting Around Spain and Portugal

Let’s talk about getting around during your Portugal and Spain trip. 

The first thing we want to say is that you really don’t need to rent a car to do this trip . 

In fact, we’d advise against it if you’re following the itinerary below as written (or close to it) because the car is going to be more hindrance than help in the cities, which is where you’ll spend most of your time (doing day trips from your home base in each city).

The second thing to know is that both Spain and Portugal have robust train networks , and that’s what you should use to get between cities. 

We LOVE train travel (especially high speed train travel), and it is by far the most efficient way to connect Lisbon and Porto or Madrid, Sevilla, and Barcelona. 

However, we would say that we found that the two agency’s websites – Renfe in Spain, and Comboios de Portugal in Portugal (obviously) – tended to have some glitches. 

We used Omio often to book trains in Spain and Portugal, which was a far more streamlined experience (in English, no less).

The last thing we’d say is that you should absolutely fly between the two countries to save time on the journey. Usually, we’re big proponents of train and bus travel, but it just doesn’t make sense here, especially with limited time. 

How to Plan a Perfect Two Week Spain and Portugal Itinerary

Now let’s talk about exactly what to do with two weeks in Spain and Portugal. 

A note on our travel style before we get into it – we’re not huge museum people, nor are we into going inside every single church in a city (there are too many to cover anyway, in two countries that are still heavily Catholic). 

We’re far more into experiences that connect us with locals who can show us their version of the city, which is why you’ll find a walking tour and a food tour on our itinerary rather than a list of six churches and three museums. 

Different strokes for different folks, I suppose, but we’d much rather spend our time going deeper on fewer things than running around from tourist sight to tourist sight trying to see it all. 

Putting all of our advice above together, here’s what this itinerary looks like written out: 

• Day 0: Arrive in Porto
• Day 1: Porto
• Day 2: Day Trip to Douro Valley (stay in Porto)
• Day 3: Early Morning Travel to Lisbon
• Day 4: Lisbon
• Day 5: Half Day Trip to Sintra + Lisbon
• Day 6: Fly to Sevilla
• Day 7: Sevilla
• Day 8: Day Trip to Córdoba
• Day 9: Travel to Madrid + Explore
• Day 10: Madrid
• Day 11: Day Trip to Toledo
• Day 12: Travel to Barcelona
• Day 13: Barcelona
• Day 14 : Barcelona

Of course, depending on flight times and prices, you could also reverse the itinerary, starting in Barcelona, making your way to Sevilla via Madrid, and flying to Lisbon before ending in Porto. 

Days 1-2: Porto & the Douro Valley

Start your trip to Spain and Portugal off in Porto, which is the second biggest city in Portugal (after Lisbon, which is your next stop).

Porto and Lisbon have a friendly (ish) rivalry going back centuries. One tour guide in Porto gleefully mentioned that only one of the two cities has the root of the country’s name in its own name… and it’s not Lisbon. 

Compared to other second cities around Europe, like Barcelona in Spain, Porto is a fairly small and compact city set on the northern banks of the Douro River. Climbing up the steep hillsides along the river, Porto is a particularly beautiful city, and it’s compact enough to see the highlights in a day and a half. 

It’s particularly famous for being the home of port wine, the sweet but surprisingly complex viscous wine that you’ll certainly be acquainted with by the end of your time in Porto. 

Though, technically, that wine is made over in Vila Nova de Gaia, the city on the other side of the river. 

Ordinarily we wouldn’t recommend a day trip with just two days in a city, but we enjoyed our tour of the Douro Valley – the oldest wine region in the world where the grapes for port are grown in beautiful terraced vineyards – and think it is well worth taking a day of your precious time to do. 

Getting to Porto

As it’s the start of your trip, you’ll be flying into Porto’s Francisco Sá Carneiro Airport (OPO) from wherever you call home. 

The airport itself is located just 11 km north of Porto, so getting into the city center is super quick and easy. The metro is the easiest and cheapest way to reach the city from the airport – and the method that we’d recommend using.

Buses and taxis are available too and slightly more convenient if you’re traveling with a lot of heavy luggage.

• By Metro – Line E (purple) of the Porto Metro runs between the airport and city center every 20-30 minutes from 6:00 am to midnight. The journey takes around 25 minutes to reach ​​Trindade station. A single ticket costs €2. You’ll also need to pay a refundable card fee of €0.60.
• By Bus – A direct airport shuttle is operated by GetBus . The bus takes 25 minutes to reach the center and costs €2.80. However, GetBus only runs six times a day, so you’ll have to time your journey well to catch it. STCP runs more regular public buses between the airport and the city center. But these are much slower and the routes/timetables can be confusing, so we wouldn’t recommend using them.
• By Taxi – You can also book an Uber or jump in a taxi outside of arrivals. A taxi from the airport to central Porto takes just 20 minutes and should cost you around €25. If you’re arriving early in the morning or late at night, a taxi is your best option.

What to Do in Porto (and the Douro Valley)

Porto is a compact, charming city, and while it would probably be ideal to have three days in Porto (including the day trip to the Douro Valley, which was our #1 highlight on our three month European extravaganza), two days will do just fine. 

At a very high level, there are three main highlights that you shouldn’t miss: viewpoints, port, and Azulejos, the iconic blue and white tiles that adorn various churches around Porto. 

Here is a slightly deeper dive into each of those aspects. 

• Miradouros: Porto is basically a city built on a hill overlooking the Douro River, with Porto on one side of the river and Vila Nova de Gaia on the other side (which is where all of the port houses are located). As a result of that geography, there are a plethora of great views to be had around the city. Our favorites – in order of preference – were Miradouro da Vitória (great view looking east at the church on the hill), Miradouro da Serra do Pilar (great view from the other side of the river looking back at Porto), and the view from the top deck of Ponte Luís I , the tall bridge over the river. 
• Port: Now, technically, you’re leaving Porto and venturing over to Vila Nova de Gaia for this one, but it’s a short walk (or ferry ride) across the river to get there, so we’re including it. Port is a must-try in Porto, and the best place to do it is at a winery where they can walk you through the history and a guided tasting, which makes for a much more enriching and engaging experience. There are a nearly unlimited number of port houses you could go to, but we very much enjoyed the tour and tasting at Graham’s . Worth stopping at the garden at Churchill’s backyard garden bar while you’re up there for a port tonic with a view. 
• Azulejos: There are countless churches around Porto adorned with the iconic blue and white tiles, which are called azulejos. In our opinion, the best places to see them are Igreja do Carmo ( here on Google Maps) with its tall walls covered in them, Igreja Paroquial de Santo Ildefonso ( here on Google Maps), and, ironically, São Bento Station (the train station in central Porto). 
• Eating and Drinking in Porto: Generally speaking, the best way to experience the food culture of a place is to have someone who knows what they’re talking about show you around. However, Matt has Celiac Disease, and most food tours in Portugal weren’t particularly suitable for his gluten free needs. That doesn’t mean you shouldn’t do one, though! My mom and her friend did this highly rated food tour in Porto , and highly recommended it. If you don’t want to do a full tour, the two dishes you should definitely try are the bifana, a traditional sandwich consisting of a soft bread roll filled with thin slices of marinated pork and plenty of mustard and piri-piri sauce (try it at Conga , which was recommended to us by a walking tour guide and my brother enjoyed), and a francesinha, which is an indulgent sandwich filled with various meats and smothered in a beer-based red-colored sauce. 

There are plenty of other things to do and see in Porto (we’d highly recommend this walking tour , which we did and loved). For more, read our 3 day Porto itinerary or our guide to spending one day in Porto .

Planning Your Day Trip to the Douro Valley

It’s not an exaggeration to say that our day trip out to the Douro Valley was the highlight of our three months we spent galavanting around Europe.

Between the unique terraced vineyards lining the steep hillsides of the valley and the winding Douro River, it’s one of the most beautiful wine regions we’ve ever been to. 

We tell EVERYONE about it the second they say that they’re thinking about a trip to Portugal, because it is well worth setting aside a day for, even with a relatively limited time in Portugal. 

Basically, you could do this as a self-guided day trip on your own, but that presents a couple of problems.

Either you have to rent a car (which is inconvenient and means you can’t enjoy the wine as fully), or you have to take the train (which means you’ll miss a bunch of the viewpoints and wineries that a car allows you to get to). 

We considered it, but at the end of the day, we went with this full day tour , loved it, and have sent multiple friends and family members on the same exact tour since. 

Here are the highlights: 

• It includes pickup in central Porto , so you don’t have to worry about getting out there on your own (it’s a 1.5-2 hour journey by car or train).
• It includes multiple wine tastings – a guided port tasting, tons of wine with lunch, and a port tonic on the boat ride. 
• It includes a HUGE lunch , complete with different non-port wines to try, in a tiny town where one of the owner’s parents grew up. I do mean huge – we thought the first course was the entire thing, and ended up being so full by the end.
• You get to hop on a boat ride on the Douro River to see the terraced vineyards of the Douro Valley from a different perspective than most people.

At the end of the day, it’s definitely not the cheapest way to see the Douro Valley, but we came away thinking it was a good value, and absolutely loved the experience from start to finish. 

And we haven’t even mentioned the friendly guides who you’ll spend the day with! They’ll give you some insight and commentary on life in Porto, give you recommendations on where to eat and drink in the city, and you’ll get to meet other like-minded travelers who are on the tour with you. 

Click here to check prices and availability for your trip to the Douro Valley

Where to Stay in Porto

Porto, unlike some of the bigger cities you’ll visit like Madrid, Lisbon, and Barcelona, is pretty compact. For that reason, it matters a little less what area you choose to stay in. 

We have an entire guide dedicated to finding the perfect place to stay in Porto . Read that for far more detail than we’re including in this section. 

At a high level, the two main neighborhoods that we’d recommend in Porto form the central spine of the city, which is set along the banks of the Douro River, sprawling north up the hillside. 

The first neighborhood – Ribeira – is right along the river, and it’s pretty clearly the best location in Porto.

From the streets of Ribeira, you’ll have a nice view of the river and Villa Nova de Gaia beyond, which is where most of the port houses are located. 

The downsides here are that it’s consistently busy and loud, packed with tourists soaking up the river views and mediocre food and drink options (which is a second downside). You’ll also be paying for the location, which makes it one of the most expensive areas to stay. 

However, it’s hard to argue with the convenience of being within five or ten minutes of the river, some of the best views in Porto, and the main train station in central Porto. 

Our first choice in Ribeira would be the surprisingly budget-friendly Rio da Vila , which is a great location right in the middle of the neighborhood, across the street from the Palácio da Bolsa and three minutes to the riverfront. 

If you’re looking for a serviced apartment with a little more room, we also have Mouzinho 160 saved for a future trip. It’s in the same vicinity as the guesthouse above, but the rooms are spacious apartments, which can be especially useful for groups and families (we think it’s better to do a two bedroom apartment as a group of four than two separate hotel rooms). 

Click here to find the perfect place to stay in Ribeira

The second neighborhood we’re big fans of is what we’re calling “ Baixa ,” which basically refers to the areas on either side of Avenida dos Aliados (“Avenue of the Allies”), which runs up to Porto’s Town Hall and its clock tower. 

For what it’s worth, we stayed here and loved every minute of it. 

There are tradeoffs, of course – you’ll be further away from the river (but closer to some of the cool tile-covered churches), but we actually prefer this location because it’s where you’ll find some of the best food and drinks in Porto.

We’d look to the area to the west of the Town Hall and Avenida dos Aliados, which is where we found ourselves over and over again during our stay.  

We stayed in an apartment at Look at Me , which was an excellent location for exploring the city with nice facilities to come back to at the end of a long day. 

If you’re on a budget, the Poet’s Inn is one of the best values in Porto. It’s a charming little guesthouse with a shared kitchen, breakfast included in the price, and a range of room sizes and types to fit your budget and group size. You can choose from a room with a shared bathroom, which will save you a few Euros, or a room with an ensuite private bathroom. 

Click here to find the perfect place to stay in Baixa

Days 3-5: Lisbon & Sintra

Lisbon is Portugal’s capital, and is comfortably Portugal’s biggest city. It’s big, sprawling, diverse, and feels like a much bigger city than Porto. Still, it’s equally charming, with areas of narrow cobblestone streets like Alfama. 

The first thing to know about Lisbon is that it’s a city of hills, much like our former home of San Francisco. The city is set on the Tagus River (NOT the ocean), and even has a red bridge over the water to rival the Golden Gate. 

Which means there are some pretty nice views to be had if you’re willing to put in a little sweat. 

Over the past five years or so, Lisbon has been in a constant struggle between inviting and accepting the steadily increasing crowds of tourists, which are an important piece of Portugal’s economy, while minimizing the negative impacts of tourism on local residents. 

This is not a challenge unique to Lisbon (it’s also a hot topic in Barcelona, for example), but it is a newer issue in Portugal, which has really seen a huge increase in visitors over the past few years. 

Regardless, even if it’s going through some stuff right now, Lisbon is a fantastic city to spend a few days soaking up the perpetual sunshine, seeking out some exceptional views at the top of its many hills, and exploring the rich history and culture – including food – that the city has to offer. 

Getting to Lisbon

As we mentioned above, taking a train is your best bet between Lisbon and Porto.

You’ll leave from Porto’s Campanha Station , which is a short metro or train ride out to the east of Porto’s city center (you can get there from São Bento, the train station in the middle of the city). 

From Porto, it’s a three and a half hour train ride to Lisbon’s Santa Apolónia station , which is the one you want if you’re staying in Lisbon’s city center. Oriente is Lisbon’s other train station, but it’s further from just about everything and will require a metro connection. 

In terms of trains, you have a couple of options. 

Express Trains – called Alfa Pendular or AP – take two hours and forty five minutes or so, and are the most expensive (and comfortable) option. 

Intercity trains – called Intercidades or IC – are cheaper, less comfortable, and take a little longer at three and a half hours. For what it’s worth, we took multiple IC trains, and it was plenty comfortable and super affordable, especially when you buy tickets in advance.

There are also regional routes, which take around five hours. You don’t want that here!

When you book your trains, look for “AP” or “IC” in the train number, which indicate which version you’re getting. 

What to Do in Lisbon

Lisbon is a big city, so there’s plenty to do and see to fill more time than you’ve actually got on this itinerary. 

You’re going to have to prioritize with two days in the city itself (the other day being spent in Sintra), and here are our recommendations for what to do with your time. 

• Take an Introductory Walking Tour: We always start our time in a new city off with a walking tour, and Lisbon was no different. It’s an excellent way to get a historical and cultural overview of the city, along with some useful tips you can use over the course of the next few days. We had a group of three, so we did this private walking tour with WithLocals , which has quickly become one of our favorite tour companies. You get to pick your guide and they’ll customize your tour based on your interests and their expertise. We had a lovely afternoon with Isabel (who we’d recommend!) wandering from Chiado across the city to Alfama. 
• Explore Alfama: Alfama sits on one of Lisbon’s many hills, and is the oldest feeling part of the city, with a maze of narrow cobblestone streets sprawling down the hill from the Castelo de São Jorge, which sits at the top. We like to start at the castle (which has nice views out over Lisbon) and make our way down to Baixa, winding through those narrow streets in the late afternoon. Here’s a map of one version of that route. Don’t miss a stop at Miss Can for some canned fish, one of our favorite discoveries in Portugal. 
• Soak in the Views: Kind of like San Francisco, which is where we lived and met almost a decade ago, Lisbon is a city of hills. Which means there are incredible views to be had from atop said hills. There are two views in particular that we wouldn’t miss. The first is from Miradouro da Senhora do Monte ( here on Google Maps), which is a bit of a trek to reach but is well worth it, with sweeping views out over the river, with the Castle and the rest of Lisbon at your feet. The second is the view from the Miradouro de São Pedro de Alcântara ( here on Google Maps), which looks east towards the castle and the larger hills (where the first viewpoint is located), with Baixa in the valley between you and them. 
• Head Out to Belém: At one point, Belém was a completely separate city from Lisbon. As the city expanded, it swallowed up the riverfront town and it’s now a part of Lisbon. It’s a short tram ride away from the heart of Lisbon (take route 15E from Praça do Comércio to Mosteiro Jerónimos). This is another place where a nice walk is in order, and you’ll start at the furthest point, the Torre de Belém (don’t go inside, which is kind of a waste of time and money, and just admire it from the outside), and make your way back along the water to the towering statue featuring famous Portuguese explorers at Padrão dos Descobrimentos. Finish with the Jerónimos Monastery, which is gorgeous, and a pastel de nata at Pastéis de Belém, which is said to be where they originated (more on that in the food section below). Here’s another map of that walk. 
• Take a Food Tour: Lisbon is a great food city, and you certainly won’t be going hungry in the Portuguese capital. If you’re serious about diving into Lisbon’s food scene, we’d strongly recommend joining a food tour with a local who will give you cultural context and insight into the history and culture of the city (and how it relates to food), along with taking you to spots you almost certainly would never discover on your own. Matt has Celiac Disease, so food tours tend to be tough and don’t generally make sense (we do like cooking classes, though!), but if we were to do a food tour, we’d choose this highly rated tour . In fact, my mom did that tour on her recent (2023) trip to Portugal and absolutely loved it. 
• Devour Pastéis de Nata: The first food-related thing you should eat is absolutely the world-famous Pastéis de Nata. An egg custard tart that is the quintessential Lisbon sweet treat. There are a few main outposts that make thousands of them a day, and we collected recommendations from various locals we encountered and did a Pastéis throwdown where we compared the top recommendations. The three places we went to were Manteigaria , a recommendation from our walking tour guide (which ended up being the clear winner, at least for us), Pastéis de Belém – the alleged birthplace of the delicacy –  which took the second spot, and Aloma , the pick of both locals we did walking tours with, was a distant third, but that might have been user error given that the pastéis we got weren’t warm. One thing we would say is that you should do your own hunt for the best pastel de nata in Lisbon (there might be a place we’ve never even heard of that ends up being incredible). It’s also worth noting that they aren’t usually gluten free, so Matt had to watch Alysha and his two brothers devour pastéis with reckless abandon. Sad. 

We have numerous guides for Lisbon that you should absolutely head over and read for more detail on our favorite things to do, see, eat, and drink (and how to fit it all together).

• How to Plan a Perfect 3 Day Lisbon Itinerary
• What to Do with One Day in Lisbon
• The Best Things to Do in Lisbon: A Guide for First Timers

Planning Your Day Trip to Sintra

Sintra is a great day trip from Lisbon, and is also the most common day trip that visitors take, which means you’re not going to be alone on the journey out there.

The main attraction here is Pena Palac e, which is all the way at the top of the hill. Take the bus or a taxi to get there from the train station, it should be your first stop in Sintra. From there, work your way back down the hill. 

Pena Palace is essentially a summer home, built in the Sintra Mountains by King Ferdinand II.

Originally, it was a monastery on the hill, but it was destroyed during the 1755 earthquake and sat there in disrepair for years. Then, Ferdinand said “wouldn’t it be great to have a place to escape the oppressively hot Lisbon summers? Maybe a place on a hill, with nice views and a cool coastal breeze?” 

12 years later, the palace was finished. There are tons of other attractions to see in addition to Pena Palace, but you should keep in mind that you won’t be able to see them all on a day trip.

Focus on 2-3 (we have thoughts in the more detailed guide linked below on what those 2-3 should be, duh), and save some time for walking around the town of Sintra at the bottom of the hill. 

Rather than cover all of that information here in this already long guide, we’re going to direct you to our guide to planning a day trip to Sintra , which has everything you need to know – including logistics, what to see, and how to plan your itinerary. 

Where to Stay in Lisbon

Lisbon is a bigger city than Porto, so where you choose to stay is going to have a bigger impact on your trip here. 

Again, we have put together an entire (very detailed) guide dedicated to the best places to stay in Lisbon . Read that for far more detail than we’re including in this section. 

At a high level, we’d divide Lisbon into two parts. The lowlands and the hills.

In general, our favorite places to stay in Lisbon are up on the hills , where the views are great, the food and drink options are unparalleled, and the vibes are better. 

However, that does mean walking up and down a hill every time you want to go somewhere, which might be a consideration for you. 

Our top recommendation is up the hill in a very central location – Chiado – and it’s the best location in Lisbon (we think) because it’s a 15 minute walk to basically everything, and the trams run right through the center of the neighborhood. 

Casa do Barao is our number one recommendation here , and we have it saved for our next trip to Lisbon. It’s a little bit of a splurge for sure, but the property is gorgeous and the spacious rooms with terraces overlooking the pool are what dreams are made of. 

Click here to find the perfect place to stay in Chiado

If you want to stay in the lowlands, which is convenient for connecting with public transportation, Baixa is where you want to be.

It’s a grid layout – a much more modern approach to city planning than the rest of the city – and it’s going to be a little less charming than other parts of Lisbon. 

Look at the area around Rossio Square , which puts you in an excellent location for your day trip to Sintra , and is our favorite piece of this neighborhood.

There are two solid midrange hotels here – My Story Hotel Figueira and My Story Hotel Rossio – which would be a solid option. 

Days 7-8: Sevilla & Córdoba

One of our favorite things about spending a month in Spain was learning about the interactions between the three main religions in the Iberian Peninsula – Islam, Christianity, and Judaism – over the course of hundreds of years. 

An important lesson we learned, particularly in southern Spain (specifically Andalucía) is that things that we view as traditionally “Spanish” are often influenced by the time period where Islam was the dominant religion in the region. Even the name Andalucía is influenced by the Arabic language. 

Sevilla is a great place to start exploring that blend of cultures that has been cultivated over almost 1,000 years. 

Between the Royal Alcázar (you can see the influence of the Arabic language on the Spanish word “Alcázar”) and Sevilla’s main cathedral, where you’ll find Christopher Columbus’ tomb, is built on the site of a mosque (you can tell by the prayer tower, which is now a bell tower), you’ll get a great introduction to the beauty and rich culture and history in Andalucía.

Córdoba, which is an easy 45 minute day trip from Sevilla, is another great place to dive into that unique history and culture. The former seat of power under the Caliphate that ruled the Iberian Peninsula, the highlight is undoubtedly the Mosque Cathedral (we’ll cover more on that day trip below). 

Getting to Sevilla

Part of the reason we structured this itinerary the way we did is to make it easier for you to get from Portugal to Spain, which is going to require a flight. And the best place to catch a flight to Spain is going to be from Lisbon. 

We’d catch as early a flight as possible, if you can, to maximize your time in Sevilla. 

We’d also strongly recommend splurging for a direct flight for the same reason, which means you’re likely going to be flying TAP Airlines (Portugal’s airline). 

It’s a little over an hour between the two cities. Check prices and schedules here (we’ve filtered for nonstop flights). 

What to Do in Sevilla

Here are some things that we think you definitely shouldn’t miss while you’re in Sevilla. 

• The Royal Alcázar of Sevilla: Our favorite attraction in Sevilla, the Royal Alcázar was originally built as a fort or castle (a military installation of some kind), and was repurposed as a royal palace following the Reconquista. That history is important, because many elements of the structure today go back to that period – notably the walls enclosing the grounds so that you can’t see anything from the outside and the lush gardens that exist on the other side, unbeknownst to onlookers walking the streets along the walls. The conversion to a palace included a remodel of the Gothic palace that was built here by the original Spanish occupants to bring the Mudéjar style to the palace because it was en vogue at the time. We assumed that, similar to the Alhambra, the design was a relic of the history of the Islamic Caliphate’s period of rule, but that’s not true (most of that structure no longer exists). If you’re going to do one tour in Sevilla, we’d make it Jose’s Royal Alcázar tour , which we did and loved on our first day in Sevilla. It set us up for a deeper understanding of the city and its history and culture over the course of the rest of the trip. If a tour isn’t in the cards (or budget), you’ll need to purchase tickets ahead of time here . 
• The Catedral de Sevilla: Sevilla’s cathedral used to be – and this might shock you – a mosque! You can tell by the extra tall bell tower (“La Giralda”), which was once used to issue the call to prayer before the building’s ownership changed hands. It’s worth climbing to the top of the Giralda (there are ramps, not stairs, that bring you to the top) for excellent views out over Sevilla. The other notable thing about this cathedral is the fact that Christopher Columbus is buried here. Or, more accurately, at least some portion of his body is buried here, but it’s unclear how much (he was originally buried in the Caribbean, and they may have kept a souvenir). Putting aside the whole “is Christopher Columbus a hero that we should be looking up to” conversation, the cathedral itself is very impressive, and worth visiting. You’ll want to buy tickets here , and make sure to decide whether the tower climb is something you want before you buy tickets. 
• Plaza de España: Star Wars nerds might recognize this beautiful plaza from scenes on Naboo with Anakin and Padme in Attack of the Clones (just before the “I hate sand” exchange), but its purpose in real life was to show off for the Ibero-American Exposition in 1929… I don’t know what you know about 1929, but it didn’t turn out to be a GREAT time to host a big economic forum (kind of like how February 2020 wasn’t a GREAT time to bet it all on a travel website – OOPS!). However, the fact remains that this might be the most beautiful plaza in all of Spain, with its water features, bridges, and ornate tilework. Definitely come in the early morning and you’ll have this place to yourself (especially on a Sunday). 
• Tapas! Sevilla sort of takes the whole Spain thing – eating late, tapas, etc etc – and turns the dial to 11. And by that, we mean that dinner doesn’t start until literally 11pm (we’re sort of joking, but it’s not far off). Tapas are something you should absolutely try in Sevilla, and it’s going to look a little different than it will in, say, Madrid, with different ingredients and drinks showing up as a result of the change in region. To get the most out of your limited time, we’d absolutely dedicate an evening to a tapas tour – either guided (we’d recommend this one because it’s a locally run company, though Matt having Celiac Disease means food tours aren’t always the best option for us), or self-guided based on recommendations from locals. A good place to start would be Mercado de Triana, an indoor food market on the other side of the river with all sorts of fun stalls selling both ingredients like fruits, meats, and cheese, and ready-to-eat tapas. Pro-tip: People in Sevilla DO NOT eat paella or drink sangria, but they DO eat churros and drink vino de naranja, vermouth, and sherry. 

For more, we’d point you to our 2 day Sevilla itinerary , which has all of our favorite things to do, see, eat, and drink.

Planning Your Day Trip to Córdoba

We were recently working on a different guide where we were dealing with a more limited timeframe in Spain (it was our 7 day Spain itinerary , if you’re curious), and we decided that we had to choose just one day trip from Spain’s major cities (those being Sevilla, Madrid, and Barcelona).

We made the list of potential day trips to include, and didn’t spend more than 30 seconds moving the city of Córdoba, where we actually spent three full days a few years ago, right at the top of that list. 

It’s a great city from a historical perspective because it was the capital of the Caliphate of Córdoba, which ruled the Iberian peninsula for a few hundred years before it broke up into smaller kingdoms. 

Plus, it’s a quick and easy high speed train ride from Sevilla, which makes it an ideal way to spend a day. 

For us, there are three cant-miss sights in Córdoba, along with a handful of other things worth seeing. Those three things are the spectacular Mezquita-Catedral de Córdoba , a cathedral that was built on the site of a huge mosque that was built by the Caliphate to rival the ones across the Muslim world, the Alcázar de los Reyes Cristianos (specifically, its gardens), and the patios (there are many to choose from). 

Rather than tell you exactly what to do and see here, we’re going to direct you to our guide to planning a day trip from Sevilla to Córdoba , which has all of our recommendations on what to do, see, eat, and drink based on our own experiences exploring the city. 

Where to Stay in Sevilla

Compared to other big cities on this itinerary, Sevilla is relatively compact in its layout. We’d stay somewhere in the center of the city, between the Alcázar (on the southern end) and the Setas, the big mushroom looking structures (on the northern end). 

Barrio Santa Cruz , the old Jewish quarter with narrow cobblestone streets, would be a great option, because it’s a few minutes from most of the main attractions in Sevilla. 

We stayed at Casa de las Especias , which is a set of serviced apartments (like a cross between a hotel and an apartment complex) in the heart of the old town. If you want an apartment, we’d recommend it. 

They also have two other properties in the city, one in Arenal (near the river) and one on the border of Santa Cruz . 

If you’re looking for a boutique hostel – that’s a cross between a hotel and a hostel with private, hotel-style rooms and the social aspects you’d expect from a hostel – look at TOC Hostel . We stayed at TOC in Barcelona and enjoyed it, and they’re known for providing a great experience. 

Days 9-11: Madrid & Toledo

Spoiler alert: Madrid is our favorite city in Spain, and after my last trip (in the spring of 2024), I think I would put it in my top 3 favorite European cities. 

You might think that, given its status as Spain’s capital in today’s times, Madrid has this grand, illustrious history going all the way back to Roman times.

After all, cities like Cadiz and Barcelona (and nearby Tarragona) were extremely important cities at the height of the Roman empire. 

However, until about 500 years ago, Madrid basically didn’t even exist – it was barely worth the ink it would take to put it on the map. 

The seat of power in the region was Toledo, which is ~45 minutes (by train) south of the city. Toledo is a beautiful walled city on a hill right on a river, which makes it a far better location for a major power center than Madrid, which is essentially in the middle of nowhere. 

However, since Toledo was the seat of power for both the Catholic church and the state, it also meant that the Archbishop of Toledo was a very important figure and wielded a lot of power in Toledo. And Phillip II wasn’t terribly excited about that lack of autonomy. 

So, he moved his court to Madrid, and began Madrid’s journey from tiny backwater village centered around an old fort from the days of the Caliphate (400 years prior to this move), to the biggest city in Spain today.

The fact that it wasn’t developed until the 16th Century also means that the city is laid out in a more modern way, which made expansion easier over the years. 

Today, Madrid is the most livable city in Spain (we think), with a much more laid back vibe than Barcelona, a more pleasant climate than Sevilla, and no shortage of cultural and historical elements (and we haven’t even gotten to the food!). 

Madrid often gets overlooked for the “sexier” destinations in Spain, but we think it is absolutely worth your time, and would encourage you to spend a couple of days in the city itself, and then spend a day heading out to Toledo, which is our second favorite day trip from Spain’s major cities. 

Getting to Madrid

The best way to get from Sevilla to Madrid is by train. 

There are multiple direct high-speed trains a day running between Sevilla’s Santa Justa station and Madrid’s Puerta de Atocha, which are the stations you’re looking for. 

You’re going to want to book one of the “AVE” trains, which are the high speed trains that will give you the fastest, most comfortable journey. 

It takes roughly three hours and costs around 30 Euros per person to start, getting more expensive if you book closer to your travel dates. 

One other thing to note – the best way to get from Atocha Station to the center is using the regional train system (called “Cercanías”), and your train ticket includes a transfer to that system. 

You have to scan your long-distance train ticket at a special scanner – ask an attendant how to do it if you can’t figure it out. 

More information here . 

What to Do in Madrid

Here are some things that we think you definitely shouldn’t miss while you’re in Madrid. 

• Lexi’s Walking Tour: On just about every trip we take, there is a single experience that we look back on as THE experience of the trip. Speaking about the Spain leg of my latest trip, this was that experience. By the time I got around to Lexi’s walking tour , it was my last day in Madrid, and I had been on three other walking tours across my two trips. This tour, which is led by Lexi who is a historian with a focus on Spanish history, weaves a story about what makes Madrid special. Along the way, you’ll cover the history that we find fascinating, get a list of places to eat and drink that you’d definitely never discover on your own, and learn A LOT about Spain and Madrid. Do it on your first morning in Madrid, you won’t regret it. Click here to check prices, reviews, and availability . 
• The Museo del Prado: The Prado Museum is the crown jewel of Madrid’s museum scene, and it might be our favorite museum in Europe. It’s more focused than somewhere like the Louvre, which is almost just too much to really take in, but has a diverse collection from Spanish, Italian, and Flemish (which is my favorite part!) artists that makes for a fun journey through the museum. I have done the Prado twice, and taken a tour both times. If you’re looking for a comprehensive three hour journey through the museum, go with Jaime’s tour (he’s an art historian born and raised in Madrid), who is the single person who is most responsible for helping me fall in love with Madrid. Three hours isn’t enough time to see it all, but it gives you plenty of time to see the highlights. If you’re looking for a more unique experience (the Prado is very, very busy), I’ve also done the VIP Early Access Tour with Walks , one of my favorite tour companies in Europe. You literally stand at the front door of the Prado as they unlock it for the day, and we were the only people in the museum aside from the security team. It’s shorter – only 90 minutes – so it’s fast-paced, but it ends inside the museum, and the guide can help you figure out what else you should see. 
• Tapas on Calle Cava Baja: When in Rome, do as the Romans do. And, in Madrid’s case, this means tapas! There is a very famous street in Madrid called “Calle Cava Baja” in Barrio La Latina that is lined with an endless number of tapas bars to choose from. A few that have been recommended to me by various people are Taberna Tempranillo, Taberna La Concha, and Casa Lucas. Other nearby options for tapas are Casa Ciriaco (towards the Royal Palace, on Calle Mayor) and La Lina (gluten free options for Celiacs – I’ve eaten here!). 

For more, we’d point you to our 2 day Madrid itinerary , which has all of our favorite things to do, see, eat, and drink in the Spanish capital. 

Planning Your Day Trip to Toledo

Of the many day trip options that you could take from Madrid, we think Toledo is the most important from a historical and cultural point of view. Until Phillip II moved the capital to Madrid in the 16th Century to get away from a nagging archbishop, Toledo was the seat of power in the region.

And, to be honest, Toledo as a capital makes a LOT more sense. It’s a strong position on a hill, it’s on a river (the Tagus), and it’s more well connected to the areas nearby as a result. 

Toledo has a similar history to other places mentioned in this itinerary. It was first an Iberian settlement captured by the Romans, then it was a Visigothic city until the Umayyad Caliphate showed up and captured it. Then, it was reconquered in the 11th Century. 

The result was a city that had three large religious groups all living in one place: Muslims, Jews, and Christians. 

And that, my friends, is why we think it’s worth visiting today – there are examples of religious sites from all three, including a gorgeous synagogue, a relatively modest mosque, and a massive cathedral (Catholics live by the “bigger is better” maxim) and monastery. 

Add to that the proximity to Madrid (~45 minutes by high speed train), the fact that it’s a beautiful city perched on a hill overlooking a valley and the river, and that it has a pretty excellent military museum, and you have all the reasons why we think it’s worth spending a day of your precious trip here. 

Rather than list all the things to do and see in Toledo, we’ve put together a separate guide with all the information you need to plan an excellent day trip to Toledo (from Madrid) – currently in progress!

Where to Stay in Madrid

Madrid is pretty comfortably the biggest city on this itinerary by population, so this is where choosing a place to stay really matters. 

That being said, Madrid is also a relatively compact city, and staying within the main city center is going to mean that you’ll either be within walking distance of most of the places you’re going, or within a short metro ride of them (and Madrid’s metro system is excellent). 

When we say “Madrid’s City Center,” we’re talking about the area between the Royal Palace on the western end and Parque El Retiro on the eastern end. The northern boundary is Calle de José Abascal, and the southern boundaries are Puerta de Toledo and Puerta de Atocha (the train station). 

This section is meant to help you figure out which areas fit that description. 

Once again, we have an entire guide dedicated to figuring out where to stay in Madrid . Read that for far more detail than we’re including in this section. 

Overall, there are two areas we’d recommend in Madrid, and they straddle Calle Gran Vía, which runs directly through the center of the city from east to west. 

• Our overall recommendation for first timers in Madrid is Malasaña , which is our favorite part of the city. It’s a great central location – I walked everywhere when I stayed here – and it has tons of great places to eat, drink, and shop. Plus, it’s full of narrow streets and bustling plazas, which are peak Madrid to us. It’s the hippest part of the city, and it’s a mix of tourists and Madrileños that you’ll find out and about until the early hours of the morning (it’s not the quietest part of the city). If you want a hotel, look at the beautiful 7 Islas Hotel . If you want an apartment, I stayed at Sonder Malasaña and loved it (and it was quiet!). 
• If you’re looking for a slightly more affordable and equally convenient area, look at Barrio de las Letras . It’s on the southeastern side of the city, close to both Parque El Retiro and the train station (Atocha), and it’s historically the part of the city where literary figures like Hemingway and Cervantes spent their lives. It toes the line between being central but still retaining a lot of the character that makes Madrid special, with plenty of places to eat, drink, and be merry within its borders. If you want a hotel, stay at Room Mate Alba , a nice boutique hotel right in the middle of all the action. If you’d prefer an apartment, look at limehome Madrid La Bolsa (we’ve stayed at limehome properties before, and this location gets really good reviews). 

Days 12-14: Barcelona

If we’re being completely honest, we have somewhat mixed feelings about Barcelona. 

On the one hand, it’s a lovely city in a beautiful location with great food and drinks and a more modern energy than, say, Sevilla. 

On the other hand, its status as a bucket-list destination for so many travelers means that it ranges from unpleasantly crowded to downright impossible to navigate (particularly in the Ciutat Vella, which is where you’ll find the Gothic Quarter and its winding narrow alleys). 

Now, I want to make sure to reiterate something here. This next few paragraphs is going to sound a little negative, but the reason we think it’s important to touch on is that setting expectations is key to having a great travel experience in places like Barcelona.

And we want to make sure you set expectations about Barcelona accordingly to set yourself up to enjoy the city – the good and the not-so-good. 

The role and importance of tourism versus the needs of the local populace is a push-pull that cities like Lisbon and Amsterdam are also dealing with as we’re writing this. But Barcelona is the poster child for over tourism in recent years (see also Venice), and after visiting this spring, we get it.

The city is becoming less livable by the day, with apartments being ripped away from locals to be rented out to tourists (which is often more lucrative), cruise ship tour groups of 50+ people packing the alleys of the Gothic Quarter from wall to wall, and local businesses serving locals being pushed out in favor of businesses that cater exclusively to tourists. 

What does that all mean for you? Two things. First, be prepared for crowds in a way that you likely haven’t seen on this itinerary yet. Second, be respectful of locals and do your best to support local businesses – bars, restaurants, hotels, tour companies – along the way. 

With that somewhat depressing preamble out of the way, we do want to reiterate that Barcelona is a lovely city. 

It’s more cosmopolitan and international than the other cities you’ve hit on this itinerary (which has pros and cons), and it has the most progressive food and drink scene of the places in this itinerary (again, pros and cons), and it’s a beautiful city on the coast. 

The Gaudí sites offer a completely different architectural style than you’ve seen elsewhere in Spain (likely anywhere in the world, really), and the location on the water means that you’ve got some great seafood to add to your strict diet of tapas. 

As long as you go into your time in Barcelona knowing that it’s going to be crowded at times, you’re going to love it. 

Getting to Barcelona

Once again, as we’ve already covered, the best way to cover ground within Spain is going to be by train. It’s cheaper and faster than flying between cities, not to mention more comfortable and more pleasant (we think). 

Again, given that this is probably the most popular train journey within Spain, there are multiple direct high-speed trains a day running between Puerta de Atocha in Madrid and Barcelona Sants, which are the two stations you’re going to want. 

It takes roughly three hours and costs around 40 Euros per person to start, getting more expensive if you book closer to your travel dates. 

What to Do in Barcelona

There is a LOT to do, see, eat, and drink in Barcelona, and that’s why we’ve dedicated a little bit more time here than other places on this itinerary. 

Here are some of the things we think you shouldn’t miss while you’re in Barcelona. 

• The Sagrada Familia: Look, we’re not huge “go into every church” people, but I will absolutely make an exception for this masterpiece in Barcelona, which I have now seen three times and will absolutely return next time I’m in Barcelona. The thing we love about the Sagrada Familia, the basilica (not a church, because it has been blessed by the Pope, not a cathedral because it is not the seat of a bishop) that Gaudí spent several decades bringing to life, is the fact that every single little detail has been carefully considered. My favorite part of the basilica is the fact that the way it is oriented, with the “life” facade facing the sunrise and the “death” facade facing the sunset, mirrors the life of Jesus, with life beginning with the sunrise and ending with the setting sun. The best way to experience it is on a guided tour (we’d choose this two hour tour , which is with a company that we’ve done many tours around Europe with including a tour in Barcelona that included an abbreviated visit to the Sagrada Familia), but if you don’t have the budget for that, we’d definitely get the audioguide, which will give you the information you need to fully comprehend all of the little details that make this piece of art special. Buy tickets well in advance here . 
• Other Gaudí Sites: There are four other Gaudí sites in Barcelona that are worth considering. The first two are the two private residences he worked on that sit along Passeig de Gràcia, the wide (bougie) street that connects the Ciutat Vella (old town) with the town-turned-neighborhood of Gràcia. Casa Batlló and Casa Milà (also called “La Pedrera”) are a few blocks away from each other, and are both worth doing if you have the time and interest. Our advice would be to choose one (and we’d opt for Casa Batlló, if we had to choose) and go at the earliest possible timeslot (or book this early entry tour ) because they both get incredibly busy, with long lines wrapping around the block. The third site is his first private residence, Casa Vicens , and honestly, it would be our top choice of the three residences we’ve mentioned because it’s a little out of the way and, therefore, a lot less busy (but still fascinating, especially considering it was early in his career). Last, but certainly not least, is Park Güell , which is set up on the hill and was not built to be a park, but a neighborhood for rich people (unfortunately, the idea didn’t take off and the only houses there now are for Gaudí and his personal lawyer). All of these attractions are very, very popular, and you’re going to want to book tickets well in advance (and the earlier the timeslot, the better). 
• Learn to Make Paella: We have personally done this paella cooking class in Barcelona, and can’t recommend it more highly. It’s a lovely afternoon spent in a shady garden oasis meeting a Barcelona local and like minded travelers (read: travelers who also love food) and learning to cook paella. Which is not really local to Barcelona (it comes from Valencia, which is a couple of hours outside of Barcelona), but that’s okay. 
• Explore a Local Market: One of the things we really love about Spain is the fact that each neighborhood in its big cities generally has its own covered market, which is partially a place to grab groceries with stands selling meat, cheese, produce, etc, and part ready-to-eat food stalls. In Barcelona, we’d skip La Boqueria (the food market on La Rambla) and instead head to either Barceloneta Market (one of the most authentic versions of this phenomenon, here on Google Maps) or Mercado de Santa Caterina ( here on Google Maps). Go hungry, and plan to stop at two or three food stalls to try some different small plates. 
• Cava, Vermouth, and Tapas: Barcelona has its own unique tapas culture that sets it apart from other places you’ve already experienced on this itinerary that is mostly driven by the different ingredients available here. It revolves around cava, a sparkling wine that is made in Catalonia, vermouth (which you’ve already encountered, but you should head to Las Vermudas to try it again), and more seafood-based tapas (including things like grilled sardines and bombas, which are similar to croquettes and something you should try at La Cova Fumada in Barceloneta). For what it’s worth, I (Matt here!) tagged along with some friends to experience tapas at Quimet & Quimet and La Perikete , and although I couldn’t eat (Celiac Disease), my friends enjoyed the food and I think it’s a pretty essential experience to have (there are certainly other places to have that experience, too).

For more, we’d point you to our 4 day Barcelona itinerary (for first timers), which has all of our favorite things to do, see, eat, and drink in the city. 

Where to Stay in Barcelona

While not as big a city as Madrid, Barcelona is a bit more sprawling in terms of the parts of the city that you’re going to want to see as a tourist, which means choosing the right place to stay is just as important to avoid long commutes to and from the various sites. 

Generally speaking, because of that sprawl, it’s not really feasible to walk everywhere in Barcelona, so plan on utilizing the city’s nice metro and bus network to jump around the city. 

You’re going to want to stay relatively central, and we would recommend avoiding staying in the old city near the famous La Rambla , which is easily the least authentic and most overrated street in the entire city (and potentially the entire country). 

Once again, we have an entire guide dedicated to deciding where to stay in Barcelona . Read that for far more detail than we’re including in this section. 

• Our top recommendation is to find a charming hotel or guesthouse in Gràcia , which is far and away our favorite part of Barcelona. Cobblestone streets, energetic plazas, and some of the best bars and restaurants in the city? Sign us up. If you want a nice relatively affordable hotel, stay at Hotel Barcelona 1882 . If you want to stay in an apartment for a little more space, look at Be Mate Paseo de Gràcia .
• If it’s your first time in Barcelona , you can’t go wrong with staying centrally in l’Eixample . It’s right in the center of the city, conveniently located between the Old City and Gràcia, and it’s well connected to just about every place you’ll want to visit over the course of your trip. This part of the city is full of great hotels – we’ve stayed at and would recommend Casa Bonay​ (a beautiful boutique hotel) and Praktik Èssens (a nice mid-range option).

What to Do With More Time in Spain and Portugal

If you have more time to spend on exploring Spain and Portugal, here’s what we would add to your itinerary, in order of our preference. 

Granada (+2 Days)

We absolutely loved Granada, and wouldn’t hesitate to go back for one single second. It’s a beautiful city with a rich history that is definitely our first addition to your itinerary. 

We couldn’t figure out how to fit it into the main itinerary above, though we strongly considered swapping out Barcelona for Granada. 

That’s how much we enjoyed Granada. 

Granada was one of our favorite stops in Spain for a couple of different reasons. 

First, the Alhambra is an impressive feat of architecture, and it’s well worth half a day exploring the former fort turned palace at the top of the hill. The gardens of Generalife, the former summer palace of the Nasrid family, and the Nasrid Palaces in particular are stunning.  

However, Granada is more than the Alhambra, which is why we’d recommend spending a couple of days here rather than coming, doing the Alhambra, and then leaving. 

Granada was the last Muslim stronghold on the Iberian Peninsula, falling in 1492 to the Christian monarchs after many centuries as part of a Muslim caliphate. The impact of those centuries of a strong Muslim community are immediately evident as you walk the streets of Granada, particularly in the Albaicín, the Muslim Quarter. 

From mosques that have been turned into churches but still retain some unique architectural elements, to countless tea houses (Alysha’s favorite!), Granada is a city worth exploring beyond just the Alhambra to understand how the different cultures have mixed over the centuries. 

For more information on Granada, make sure to check out our guide to 2 days in Granada , which has everything you need to know to spend a couple of days in the city, including how to see the Alhambra. 

An Extra Day in Barcelona, Madrid, and Lisbon (+3 Days)

Barcelona, Madrid, and Lisbon are all massive cities with a ton to do and see. 

As written, you’re going to have roughly two and a half days in each, which is a little too fast for our tastes (we’d like somewhere between 3-4). 

It’s worth adding an extra day to each city and spreading it out a bit more and allow you to get a little deeper as you explore what makes each of them special and unique. 

The Algarve (+3-5 Days)

If you’re looking to spend a few days on the beach over the course of your trip, you should head down to Portugal’s southern coast and the lovely Algarve, which is essentially a string of sandy beaches that stretches from Spain’s border all the way to Sagres at the southwestern corner of mainland Europe. 

We spent about a week on the Algarve to close out our time in Portugal, and really enjoyed it. However, it’s worth noting that we were there in early December, and that is a much different experience than what you might get in, say, July or August, when it will be significantly busier. 

Still, it’s beautiful. There’s a reason it’s one of the most famous surfing destinations in the world. Between the sandy beaches and windswept cliffs rising hundreds of feet out of the sea, it’ll have your jaw on the floor (even if you’ve lived in coastal California for a significant period, like us). 

We think you should spend a minimum of three days on the Algarve to make the travel time worth it, and five days or so is probably the absolute maximum amount of time we’d recommend down there given all the other amazing places to see in Spain and Portugal.  

Whatever you do, don’t miss hiking the Seven Hanging Valleys Trail while you’re in the Algarve. 

We have an entire Algarve itinerary that we wrote to help you plan your trip. 

What to Do with Less Time in Spain and Portugal

We’re going to be honest, with 10 days or less, we would STRONGLY (yes, all caps) recommend sticking to either Spain OR Portugal.  

10 days is just not really enough time to cover the ground in both countries, and you’ll spend too much time moving around to really have those deeper experiences that spending 2-3 days or more in a city will bring. 

Lucky for you, we have ideas on how to plan that trip too. Here’s our guide to 10 days in Portugal , and here’s our guide to planning a 7 day Spain itinerary . 

But what if you have somewhere between 11 and 13 days? We’d recommend keeping the Portugal leg intact (we’ve already basically slimmed it down as much as you can) and choosing between the Sevilla to Madrid leg (our preference) or the Madrid to Barcelona leg, sacrificing one of the three cities in Spain. 

Here’s what those versions look like. 

OUR RECOMMENDATION: Portugal and Spain in 12 Days (Sevilla + Madrid)

Here’s what it looks like if you choose to do Sevilla and Madrid, which is our personal preference and recommendation. 

Barcelona is great, don’t get us wrong, but we think Sevilla and Madrid offer more in terms of history and culture that we never really learned growing up, and really opened our eyes. 

• Day 12: Madrid + Fly Home

In this scenario, you’d fly from Lisbon to Sevilla, which has plenty of options, train from Sevilla to Madrid, and fly home from Madrid. 

Portugal and Spain in 12 Days (Madrid + Barcelona)

Here’s what it looks like if you choose to do Madrid and Barcelona. 

• Day 6: Fly to Madrid
• Day 7: Madrid
• Day 8: Day Trip to Toledo
• Day 9: Train to Barcelona
• Day 10 : Barcelona
• Day 11: Barcelona
• Day 12: Barcelona + Fly Home 

In this scenario, you’d fly from Lisbon to Madrid, which has plenty of options, train from Madrid to Barcelona, and fly home from Barcelona.

Matt is the founder and main writer behind Wheatless Wanderlust, which he started back in 2018 as a way to share his gluten free travel guides with his fellow Celiac travelers.

Since then, Matt and his wife Alysha have visited 18 national parks, spent three months in Europe and six weeks in Colombia, and have explored every corner of the Pacific Northwest, which is where Matt grew up.

He writes super detailed guides to the places they visit, bringing together personal experience and historical context to help YOU plan an amazing trip.

Fantastic guides, makes me want to go right now, however because Matt has CD and so do I , I was surprised to not see more information on restaurants and cafes that are either totally g/f or can accommodate Celiacs! Did I miss something? Cheers well worth all your effort to put it together. Thank you so much.

Hey Sheila! We certainly have entire city guides for Celiac-safe places that live separately from our itineraries. Here are our gluten free guides to Barcelona , Madrid , and Lisbon (the three cities we’ve spent the most time in, and therefore have the best handle on the gluten free scenes!).

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

The Best 10 Days In Portugal and Spain Itinerary

Planning a trip to Portugal and Spain? Here’s my guide to taking a fantastic 10 day road trip in southern Portugal and southern Spain.

This 10 day Spain-Portugal itinerary takes you from Lisbon Portugal to Granada Spain. This popular road trip route is dense with exciting cities, must visit medieval villages, Moorish architecture, UNESCO-listed landmarks, and loads of old world charm.

This ten day itinerary begins in Lisbon, Portugal’s sultry capital. Lisbon is an exciting sun-kissed city with glistening azulejo facades and stunning vistas. 

It’s a compact and lively collection of small villages, tapas bars, and some of Europe’s most important palaces.

From Lisbon, you’ll travel through beautiful Evora Portugal en route to Seville in sunny southern Spain. You’ll finish the Andalusia portion of your trip in Granada.

The city of Granada is home to the mighty Alhambra, the world’s greatest existing Moorish fortress.

Andalusia is a dreamy sun-kissed place. From flamboyant Seville to gritty Granada, you’ll discover a well-balanced blend of must see hotspots, hidden gems, tiny whitewashed villages, and natural wonders.

Here’s my recommended 10 day itinerary for a self drive road trip from Lisbon to Granada. You can always reverse the order and start in Granada and travel west to Lisbon. This would work if you are already in Spain visiting Barcelona or Madrid .

READ : Guide To 24 Hours in Barcelona

With this Spain-Portugal itinerary, you don’t need to pick up your rental car until day 4. You won’t want a car in Lisbon unless you have a roomy space to park.

Overview of 10 Day Spain-Portugal Itinerary

Here’s a quick snapshot of what you’ll see with 10 days in Spain and Portugal:

• Day 1 : Lisbon
• Day 2 : Lisbon and Belem
• Day 3 : Sintra Day Trip
• Day 4 : Drive from Lisbon to Seville, stop in Evora
• Day 5 : Seville
• Day 6 : Seville
• Day 7 : Day Trip to Cordoba or Ronda
• Day 8 : Drive to Granda, stop in Antequera
• Day 9 : Granada
• Day 10 : Granada

Length : 10 days

Start and End Points : Lisbon and Granada

UNESCO World Heritage Sites : Jeronimos Monastery, Tower of Belem, Cultural Landscape of Sintra, Pena Palace, Quinta da Regaleira Palace, Royal Alcazar, Seville Cathedral, the Mezquita, Roman Bridge of Cordoba, Medina Azahara, Antequera Dolmens, the Alhambra, the Albaicin

For this Spain-Portugal road trip, you’ll have three bases: Lisbon (3 nights), Seville (4 nights), and Granada (3 nights).

This trip is best done by car. I give you tips on where to stay for each city.

But this Lisbon to Granada itinerary also also works by train. Just make sure you pre-book/catch an early high speed ATV train when moving from city to city.

A car is superior because it gives you more flexibility over your schedule and the ability to make pit stops (planned or unplanned) along the way.

There are plenty of great destinations to explore in this Portugal to Spain road trip. This super detailed 10 day itinerary is perfectly adjustable.

You can make it shorter or longer, depending on your available vacation time or personal fast/slow travel pace. I’ve tried to give you a mix of cities and leisurely villages, with day trip options as well.

Here’s my guide with tips for renting a car and driving in Europe .

10 Day Itinerary for Portugal and Spain

Day 1: lisbon.

Welcome to the start of your 10 day tour of Spain and Portugal! 

You’re likely going to arrive in Lisbon in the early to mid afternoon. To get oriented, you may want to book a  guided walking tour .

Begin by exploring the main city squares. Start in the Pombaline-designed Rossio Square, also known as Praça Dom Pedro IV.

It’s a lively place with flower vendors and eye catching sidewalks with an optical illusion wave style. Two Baroque fountains stand at each end.

Then head down the main drag, Rua Augusta, to the Praça de Comércio, the showy 18th century square with a triumphal arch.

But don’t dine or shop here; the squares are mostly filled with tourist traps. Be sure to walk through the arch so you can take in the views from the other side.

After poking around, head to Lisbon’s adjacent Chiado neighborhood. It’s a rather arty upscale neighborhood filled with lovely cafes, chic art galleries, bookshops, and tony boutiques. You can also book a  3 hour guided walking tour  of Chiado.

Be sure to pop into the world’s oldest bookstore, Livraria Bertrand. And check out one of the most beautiful azulejo facades in Lisbon — the House of Ferreira das Tabuletas.

Take in the evocative Carmo Convent . It’s probably Lisbon’s best historical site Lisbon and a open air memorial to the worst day of Lisbon’s history, when the 1755 earthquake demolished much of the city.

After visiting Carmo Convent, settle in at an authentic eatery in Chiado, like Taberna da Rua das Flores or Cantinho do Avillez.

If you want a Michelin experience, try Alma . This tony restaurant claims to serve up “emotions, identity, knowledge.”

Then head to Alfama, Lisobn’s most charming must see neighborhood. Steeped in history, immortalized in Fado, and rising over Lisbon, Alfama is Lisbon’s most authentic district. It largely escaped the earthquake’s wrath.

Alfama is city outside a city. Steep stairways tumble down to Baixa below and Castelo São Jorge (St. George’s Castle) stands guard above on Lisbon’s highest hill. As a result, Alfama is incredibly beautiful and photogenic.

You can follow a my walking tour for the Alfama. You can book a  3 hour guided walking tour of this historic neighborhood

Or just surrender to the lively chaos and get lost in the maze of tangled streets, decorated with street art, flowers, and the residents’ laundry.

Day 2: Lisbon and Belem

On day 2, head to the architecturally-rich suburb of Belém. You’ll be cast back to the Age of Discoveries, when the world was Portugal’s colonial oyster.

This neighborhood could take up your entire day, if you’re so inclined. Here’s my guide to the top attractions in Belem .

Your top priority in Belem is Jeronimos Monastery. It’s a 500 year old UNESCO site and a mandatory destination in Lisbon. Jeronimos Monastery is the premiere example of Manueline architecture in Portugal and the #1 site in Lisbon’s Belem district.

You must pre-book a  skip the line ticket   or you’ll wait in incredibly long lines. You can also book a  3 hour guided walking tour of Belem  that includes a skip the line ticket to the monastery.

There’s nothing like the moment you walk into the monastery’s two level cloister, honey colored and dripping with organic detail.

You’ll be wowed by the delicately scalloped arches, twisting turrets, and columns intertwined with leaves, vines, and knots. And the gargoyles and beasties on the upper facade.

READ : Complete Guide To Jeronimos Monastery

You can also visit the Tower of Belem and the Monument to the Discoveries. Both are included in Belem’s UNESCO designation.

You can admire them from the outside or explore inside. Be forewarned, crowds will be intense and there will be long lines to visit the interiors. You can also book a  2 hour skip the line guided tour  the includes both the monastery and the tower.

Belem Tower is a fortress-like structure also built by Manuel I. It had a very Game of Thrones like feel to me with its filigree stonework. A very narrow spiral staircase leads you to the top for fantastic views.

>>> Click here to book a ticket for Belem Tower

When you’re done gorging on Manueline architecture and Belem’s famous Pasteis de Belem custard tarts, travel back to Lisbon.

At night, head to Lisbon’s nightlife spot, the hilly neighborhood of Bairro Alto for food and drink.

Or, take in a dinner and Fado sho w . Here’s a good list of Fado places in the Alfama and another with places in Bairro Alto.

Day 3: Day Trip To Sintra

On day 3, you’ll venture to Sintra Portugal , the most popular day trip from Lisbon. Sintra is rock star glamorous. The town is chock full of UNESCO-listed castles and palaces.

It’s dazzling, colorful, and romantic. Even the town itself is quaint, filled with artisan shops, and well worth exploring. Sintra packs a punch and delivers on its hype.

There are so many amazing things to do and see in Sintra, that I’ve written a guide with tips for visiting Sintra . You need to have a specific strategy and manage your time well to make the most out of one day in Sintra.

To avoid the wait and lines, you may want pre-book a  guided skip the line tour for Pena Palace, the top attraction. Or go on a  guided tour of the Sintra’s highlights with a historian .

If you don’t want to worry about transportation, book a  guided tour full day tour from Lisbon  or a  guided day tour that includes the coastal Cascais and Cabo da Roca .

The three sites in Sintra that you can’t miss are: (1) Pena Palace, (2) Quinta da Regaleira, and (3) the Moorish Castle.

1. Pena Palace

Pena Palace is an operatic romantic palace. It’s intensely colorful, a heavy handed mish mash of different architectural styles.

The palace looks like several castles smooshed together. It’s a schizophrenic whirlwind of onion domes, turrets, crenellation, and fanciful sneering gargoyles.

Pena Palace was commissioned by King Ferdinand II in 1842. The project was possibly in an attempt to rival the Neuschwanstein Castle in Bavaria .

Ferdinand was strongly influenced by German Romanticism, a style that emphasized the subjective, the irrational, the imaginative, and the spontaneous.

>>> Click here to pre-book a Pena Palace ticket

2. Quinta da Regaleira

Quinta da Regaleria is a stony Gothic palace built by eccentric and superstitious millionaire Antonio Monteiro.

It’s an eerie romantic place with stunning gardens featuring grottos, fountains, towers, and tunnels. It’s a short 10 minute walk from the historic center of Sintra.

The gardens feature a startling “initiation well” that was used for secret initiation rites. You walk 90 feet down the spiral (and somewhat slippery) staircase. Then, you enter underground tunnels that take you into the gardens.

>>> Click here to book a ticket to Quinta da Regaleira

3. Moorish Castle

The Moorish Castle is an ancient 9th century fortress perched high on the hills of Sintra. It’s only a 10 minute walk from Pena Palace. It has astounding 360 panormic views.

There aren’t a lot of good food options in Sintra for dinner. So, it may be better to head back to Lisbon where you’ll have a plethora of choices.

>>> Click here to book a ticket for the Moorish Castle

Where To Stay In Lisbon

I would recommend staying in or near the Chiado neighborhood. The  Verride Palacio Santa Catarina  is a boutique hotel in a renovated palace with incredible views.

LX Boutique  is a pretty luxury hotel with a maritime themes and blue colors. The  Memmo Principe Real   is a historic hotel in a quiet area. It has limestone floors and original paintings.

Day 4: Drive From Lisbon To Seville, Stop in Evora

The drive from Lisbon to Seville is 4.5 hours. En route, to break up the journey, stop in the UNESCO town of Evora. Evora is a 1:15 drive from Lisbon and then it’s another 3.5 hours to Seville.

If you want another stop between Evora and Lisbon, pull over in Merida . Merida is an ancient Roman city and UNESCO-listed site.

The UNESCO-listed Evora is tucked away in the Alentejo region of central Portugal. Evora was untouched by the great earthquake of 1755 and its historic center is well preserved. You can book a guided walking tour of the historic city center .

Evora is topped by a grand 14th century cathedral, commonly refered to as Evora Cathedral. But its official name is the Cathedral Of Nossa Senhora Da Assuncao.

While not particularly pretty itself, it’s worth it to go inside just for the beautiful vistas over Evora from its balcony.

The star of Evora is an ossuary, the Chapel of Bones, attached to the large Royal Church of St. Francis. Franciscan monks slaved away in the early 17th century building this unusual site when cemeteries were overflowing.

Evora was also an important Roman town, lying on a trade route to Rome . In Evora’s center, you’ll see 14 Corinthian columns rising to the sky.

After you’ve seen the sites, leave Evora and head to Seville, your base for the next four nights.

Day 5: Explore Seville

On day 5 of your 10 days in Portugal and Spain itinerary, you’ll explore Seville. Seville is one of my favorites cities in Europe and and a must visit destination in Andalusia.

Seville is known for its Moorish architectural flourishes. The city is guarded by one of the world’s most colossal Gothic cathedrals. It’s a seductive mix of Mudéjar palaces, ornate baroque churches, colorful azulejo tiles, and shady cobblestone lanes.

And you can feast on inventive tapas, ice cold beer, and sweet sherry. At any hour of the day, no less.

On your first day in Seville, plan on seeing Seville Cathedral, La Giralda, and the Royal Alcazar.

1. Seville Cathedral

Seville Cathedral is a massive Gothic affair, an odd to excess. It’s the largest cathedral in the world. It’s essential to pre-book a skip the line ticket  in advance.

Tickets include an audio guide. You can also book  tickets + a guided tour of the cathedral and explore its rooftops.

Tickets include an audio guide. To enter the cathedral, you walk through the lovely Patio of the Orange Trees, decorated with a Moorish gate.

The Main Chapel, Capilla Mayor, is a glittering affair. It houses one of the world’s finest high altars, elaborately detailed and finished in gold leaf. There are over 1,000 carved biblical figures.

Along the aisles of the cathedral, there are 80 side chapels to explore. You’ll find spires and reliefs depicting biblical events dedicated to saints.

There’s a large mirror reflecting the intricate ceiling, which you’ll have to queue up to peer into. Lighting up the interior are 75 stained glass windows from the 16th to 19th century.

The Cathedral houses the tomb of Christopher Columbus in the south transept. Many places lay claim to Columbus’ bones.

But apparently DNA tests have confirmed that, in fact, a bit of him is in Seville, maybe a shin bone or something.

2. La Giralda

La Giralda, or the bell tower, dates from 1184. It’s the symbol of Seville and the oldest part of the cathedral complex.

The tower was originally constructed as the minaret of the Almohad Mosque that previously stood here, and was used to call Muslims to prayer. It was modeled after the Koutoubia Mosque in Marrakesh.

You access the 100 meter high Giralda in the far right corner. It’s an easy climb, 35 sloping ramps to reach the top.

There are ramps instead of stairs so that horses could be ridden to the top. You’ll be rewarding with sweeping views of the cathedral and Seville.

3. Royal Alcazar

I’ve written at length about my adoration of the UNESCO-listed Royal Alcazar in Seville. It’s my very favorite spot in Andalusia, even above Granada’s incandescent Alhambra .

It’s essential to pre-book a slip the line ticket  in advance or you’ll have long wait in line. You can also book a   guided tour  of the alcazar with priority entrance.

The Alcázar is one of the world’s greatest cultural treasures. The Alcazar is a centuries old complex of palaces and fortifications, lovely courtyards, and extensive gardens bursting with orange, purple, and green colors.

You cannot help but feel catapulted back in time.

The crown jewel of the Alcazar is the sumptuous Mudéjar Palace of King Pedro the Cruel, built around the iconic Maiden’s Courtyard.

The Ambassador’s Hall, or Throne Room, is the big showstopper. It’s nicknamed the “Half Orange” Room, in honor of its gilded cedar domed ceiling.

But perhaps the best part of visiting the Alcazar is its amazing gardens. They’re a lush, exotic, labyrinthian paradise, encompassing 80% of the Alcázar grounds.

The Baths of Dona Maria de Padilla are perhaps the most striking and frequently visited spot in the Alcázar Gardens.

4. Dinner & Drinks

In the evening, amble up to the hipster haven of La Alameda. This is Seville’s trendy bohemian district, situated around the Plaza Alameda de Hercules.

This not-so-touristy neighborhood of Seville has lively local pubs, parks, boutiques, chic galleries, and Roman era columns.

My pick for dinner in Alameda is Duo Tapa s , where you get delicious tapas under fairy lights. It’s popular and a great value.

You can also try La Taberna de Panduro Baños or the nearby Eslava , hidden behind the Basílica de Jesús del Gran Poder.

In lieu of a restaurant, you could also go on a  3 hour tapas crawl . I did this tour when I was last there and I loved everything except the orange wine. Or try this  “10 tasting of Seville” walking tour  or this  4 hour gourmet food tour .

Day 6: Seville

1. plaza espana.

Start your second day in Seville at the magnificent Plaza Espana. It’s a famous architectural landmark, photogenic spot, and a must visit attraction in Seville .

The plaza was built for the Ibero-American World Fair of 1929, where Spanish speaking countries enjoyed a year long mutual admiration festival. It’s open to the public and there’s no entry fee.

The park’s highlight is the Spanish Pavilion, the sweeping half circle structure with rose gold brick buildings. Designed in an Art Deco style with some Moorish touches, the Plaza has the expected Spanish flair — lots of color and lavish embellishment.

There are 49 alcoves, each decorated with tiles. They show historical scenes and maps from the 49 provinces of Spain arranged in alphabetical order.

2. Barrio Santa Cruz

Then head to Barrio Sant Cruz, Seville’s popular medieval district. The neighborhood is a mass of tangled cobbled streets with tiny palazzos and tile covered patios.

You may want to book a  guided walking tour  of the pretty barrio.

Some streets are so impossibly narrow, they’re called “kissing lanes.” There are also orange trees everywhere. You can get lost and stumble across secret squares, pretty churches, and tapas bars.

Plaza de la Santa Cruz is the heart of the barrio. But I liked Plaza de Dona Elvira best, and stopped for a delicious lunch there at Vinela Street Food.

Be sure to stroll along the winding and romantic Calle Agua, which runs along the walls of the Alcazar to Plaza Alfaro. In Plaza Alfaro, you’ll see a Juliet balcony said to have inspired Shakespeare’s Romeo and Juliet .

If you like old masters, pop into the Hospital de los Venerables. The pretty baroque building was founded in 1675.

Now, it’s a museum with a few carefully guarded masterpieces by Zurburan, Murillo, and Velasquez. And some gorgeous ceilings.

In the afternoon, cross the Puente de Isabel II bridge over the Guadalquivir River and head to the colorful Triana neighborhood. Triana is a small soulful village within a big city and the old gypsy quarter of Seville.

What was once considered the “wrong side” of the river, is now the fun and funky part of town. Locals still call it the “Independent Republic of Triana.”

Triana is steeped in romance and myth. It was home to many of Spain’s best flamenco dancers and bullfighters.

Once over the bridge, you’ll be greeted by the Capilla del Carmen with its bell tower and chapel. The main commercial street in Triana is the pedestrianized Calle San Jacinto where you’ll find shops and cafes.

For lunch, get off the main drag and head left. Have some modern fusion (Venezuelan and Spanish) tapas at Vega 10 in Triana.

Located at Calle Rosario, its specialty is bull’s tail cannelloni. Or, get some tapas at Casa Cuesta or Las Golondrinas.

If you want to assemble your own dinner, head to Triana’s famous Mercado de Triana, or covered market, located on Capilla del Carmen in the Plaza del Altozano.

Stroll the stalls filled with meats and cheeses. Or try a smoothie or fresh squeezed juice. When you’re done, take a stroll along the river on Calle Betis.

>>> Click here to book a flamenco show in Triana

Where To Stay In Seville

Air Bnb is a good option in Seville. There are also some beautiful boutique hotels.

My picks would be:  Hotel Colon Gran Melia ,  Suites Machado , or  Hotel Casa del Poeta .

I also think Barrio Santa Cruz is a great, and more quiet, place to stay. In this area, you could book at  Hotel Casa 1800 Seville  (timeless elegance) or the  EME Catedral Hotel  (sumptuous hotel with a roof terrace, Michelin restaurant, and spa).

Day 7: Day Trip to Cordoba or Ronda

On day 7, take a day trip to Cordoba or Ronda. If you want a city with a lot of attractions, pick Cordoba. If you want to experience a classic white pueblo village, pick Ronda.

I’d recommend Cordoba just to see the UNESCO-listed Mosque Cathedral called the Mezquita .

1. Option 1: Cordoba

You can take the train from Seville. Or you can book a full day guided tour from Seville . Or a guided tour that includes both Cordoba and Carmona .

Cordoba is an exotic stone paved city with both a Roman and Moorish past. Cordoba is a natural film set, it’s just so beautiful. Cordoba has an authentic Spanish vibe with fewer tourists than Seville or Granada.

Most people come just for Cordoba’s #1 site: the magnificent Mezquita , the Mosque-Cathedral of Cordoba. Dating from the 10th century, it’s a UNESCO site and one of the world’s most well-preserved Islamic buildings.

Here’s my one day in Cordoba itinerary . Click   here  to pre-purchase a ticket. Click  here  to book a 1 hour guided tour of this magnificent edifice.

The courtyard is free to visit. And you can climb the minaret for views.

In the 16th century, King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella converted the interior of the mosque into a cathedral, calling it the Cathedral of Our Lady of Assumption.

I expected the combination to be discordant and perplexing. But I found it a fascinating place, a snapshot of the sophisticated dual culture that once existed in Spain.

You walk into the Mezquita from a courtyard of orange trees via the Porte de las Palmas. You’re immediately amidst an overpowering forest of 1,000 candy cane horseshoe arches.

They’re constructed from granite, onyx, jasper, and marble. A highlight is the Mihrab, or high altar. It’s a prayer niche covered in an intricate design of gold leaf and mosaic fragments.

The Renaissance cathedral is built right in the center, sharing marble and space with the Islamic arches. The soaring vaulted ceilings are stunning.

Be sure to go up the minaret for spectacular views of Cordoba. You buy tickets for the tower at a separate ticket booth below the bell tower.

But there’s so much more to Cordoba than the Mezquita. Just downhill from the Mezquita is the Guadalquivir River. Stroll across the stunning Roman Bridge , both a UNESCO site and a Game of Thrones filming location.

Amble around the narrow languid streets of the charming old Jewish Quarter, with its brilliantly white walls and delicate filigreed window grills. You may even want to a  2 hour guided walking tour  of this romantic area.

Skip the Instagram popular Calleja de las Flores, or just stroll by. It’s overrated and crammed with tourists. There are beautiful flowers and patios everywhere in Cordoba.

Go into the Jewish synagogue. Say hello to the nearby statue of Maimonides, an influential medieval Jewish philosopher.

Visit the beautiful Alcazar de los Reyes Cristianos. This Alcazar can’t hold a candle to Seville’s UNESCO-listed Royal Alcazar, but I thought it was still well worth a visit. Click  here  if you’d like to book a 1 hour guided tour of the alcazar.

2. Option 2: Ronda

Ronda is Andalusia’s third most visited city. It’s one of Andalusia’s most beautiful towns .

You can take the train from Seville. Once there, you may want to take a 2 hour guided walking tour to get oriented.

If you’d prefer to leave the transportation to someone else, you can book a guided day tour from Seville . You can also book a guided full day tour of the white pueblo villages that includes Ronda .

Ronda is not so much a white pueblo town as a sophisticated city. Ronda has a dramatic setting.

It’s perched on a mountainous gash, 1000 feet above the plain below. Ronda is synonymous with its dramatic 18th century bridge, the Puente Nuevo.

The famed bridge connects the old and newish parts of the town over the 328 feet El Tajo gorge. There’s a staircase leading to the floor of the gorge, for a different viewing perspective.

Ronda is also famed as the birthplace of bullfighting. The city’s Plaza de Toros is one of Ronda’s most popular attractions, thanks to its beautiful architecture. The bullring is ringed with double rows of columns, lending it a Neo-Classical look.

If you want to delve more deeply into Spain’s bullfighting culture, head to the Museum of Bullfighting. You’ll even find some sketches depicting the “art” (not sport) of bullfighting by Francisco Goya , the renowned Spanish artist.

Aside from the bridge, Ronda itself is beautiful — plenty of cozy town squares, cobblestone alleys, balconies everywhere, and lovely architecture. You can visit the Mondragon Palace and the Arabic Baths, if you’re feeling ambitious.

Day 8: Drive from Seville to Granada, Stop in Antequera

The Spanish-Baroque town of Antequera is fittingly dubbed the “Florence of Andalusia.” Antequera is a hidden gem in Andalusia. You’ll have the place mostly to yourself, which is a singular joy in southern Spain.

Since you’re day tripping, there’s a lot to do. Park your car on the outskirts of town and walk up Calle Don Infante. Antequera boasts an impressive Moorish Alcazaba, almost like a mini Alhambra.

It also has a lovely Renaissance church and a stunning medieval and baroque historical core. You’ll have an eyeful of swoonful scenery.

>>> Click here to book a guided walking tour of Antequera

Antequera’s ancient megaliths/dolmens are outside the old town. You’ll see signs. The dolmens date from the Bronze Age and are among the oldest things on the planet. They are essentially Spain’s Stonehenge.

The dolmens are ancient burial grounds that were declared a UNESCO site in 2016. They’re one of the most remarkable engineering and architectural works of European prehistory and an important example of European Megalthism.

For more details and information, check out my two guides to visiting the town of Antequera and to Antequera’s UNESCO dolmens .

History buffs may want to book a guided tour of the dolmens .

Day 9: Granada

Granada will sweep you away with its authentic Spanish vibe and dazzling attractions. Lorded over by the Sierra Nevada Mountains, it’s an absolutely beautiful ancient city with historic architecture. For its size, it’s surprisingly cosmopolitan.

Granada boasts many atmospheric neighborhoods, each with an earthy distinct character. It’s home to the mighty Alhambra, a Moroccan souk, a massive cathedral, flamenco music, and — perhaps best of all — free tapas.

Start your day at Granada’s marquis site, the UNESCO-listed Alhambra. This amazing Granada attraction requires more than half a day at a bare minimum.

The Alhambra is one of the most popular and best sites in southern Spain, and even in the world. In fact, you might want to split your visit to the Alhambra in two, with separate morning and evening visits.

READ : Top Attractions In Granada

Here’s my complete  guide to visiting the Alhambra . More than any other attraction I’ve mentioned, you MUST have a  ticket to visit the Alhambra  and reserve it well (weeks) in advance. They sell out so fast.

You may want to book a guided tour of this magnificent UNESCO site. Tours are also another way to nab the valuable ticket. They also sell out fast.

Here are some guided tour options:

• a 2.5 hour small  group  guided tour
• a 3 hour private tour
• a 3 hou r tour of t he Alhambra and Generalife Gardens
• a  3 hour t our  with a historian
• a 2 ho ur ni ght visit
• a 6 hou r tour  of the Alhambra and the highlights of Granada

The Alhambra stands on a stunning piece of real estate, high on Sabika Hill, with panoramic views over Granada and the beautiful countryside. The Alhambra is a tranquil place with burbling fountains and beautiful mosaics.

The highlights of the Alhambra are the Alcazaba, the Charles V Palace, and the jaw dropping Nasrid Palace. The Nasrid Palace is the world’s finest example of the refined, intricate, and elegant architectural style of the Moorish civilization.

The Court of the Myrtles, the Hall of the Ambassadors, and the Hall of the Two Sisters are a succession of intricate tile work, honeycomb cupolas, and cursive script.

The wonder of wonders is the Court of the Lions, named for the antique fountain of 12 lions in the center. Around the edge runs an arcade of arches supported by white marble columns.

When you’re done with the lavish palaces, head over to the beautiful Generalife for its soothing water gardens.

Later, wander around and explore the old Arab neighborhood of the Albaicin, or Albayzin. Built on a steep hill, it’s an ancient area with tight tangled winding streets and a bohemian feel. The lively place was declared a UNESCO site in 1984.

The main drags in the Albaicin, which both run parallel to the River Darro, are Paseo de los Tristes and Carrera del Darro.

Amidst a jasmine scented breeze, you’ll find restaurants, cafes, tapas bars, and even street performers. You can enjoy a sunset view at Mirador San Nicolás.

To explore this beauty of the Albaicin and the neighborhood of Sacromonte, you can book a  guided walking tour . I did this tour and thought it was amazing. Sacromonte is a good place to book a  sunset walking tour .

Day 10: Granada

On your second day in Granada, visit the ornate late Gothic tombs of the ambitious dynasty-builders Ferdinand and Isabella. They reigned over the Christianization of Granada and the exploration of the “new” Americas. In the sacristy hangs Queen Isabella’s personal art collection.

10 minutes away, visit Granada Cathedral in Granada’s historic center. Click  here   to book a guided tour of the cathedral and the Royal Chapel.

The cathedral is the second largest cathedral in Spain after Seville Cathedral.It’s the fourth largest cathedral in the world.

The edifice is a mix of Renaissance and Baroque styles. Inside, there’s a towering interior, a grand altar, and side chapels.

Don’t miss Granada’s otherworldly barrio of Sacromonte, home to Granada’s Roma community. Time stands still in this unusual rustic quarter of Granada.

For centuries, Sacromonte was the home of gypsies, bohemians, artists, and foreign refuges. Sacramonte also sports one of the most mesmerizing views of the Alhambra.

Click  here  to book a flamenco show in Sacromonte, which has the best venue for performances in Granada.

Where To Stay In Granada

The  Eurostars Catedral  is a lovely hotel housed in a 16th century manor, just a short walk from the cathedral. The  Catalonia Granada  is a lovely hotel that comes complete with a plunge pool and open air terrace. 

If you want a place where tradition and avant garde style meet, check out the  Hospes Palacio de los Patos . It’s housed in a UNESCO-listed palace, with sprawling gardens, a spa, and mosaic floors.

More Time in Spain?

If you want some time to relax after your 10 day Portugal-Spain road trip, head to the Costa del Sol for a few days of beach time and coastal views.

If you want a big city, head to Malaga. If you want a more laid back beach town, try Marabella or Nerja. Don’t miss the pretty mountain villages of Frigiliana en route.

To read about these towns and other villages in Andalusia, check out my guide to the 27 most beautiful towns in Southern Spain .

You may enjoy these other Portugal travel guides and resources:

• 10 day itinerary for Portugal
• Historic landmarks in Portugal
• 4 day itinerary for Lisbon
• Guide to the Alfama neighborhood
• Guide to the Belem neighborhood
• Day trips from Lisbon
• Hidden gems in Lisbon
• Best sites and photo spots in Porto
• Best azulejo tiles in Porto

You may also enjoy these other Spain travel guides and resources:

• 33 secret towns in Spain
• 10 day itinerary from Madrid to Seville
• 10 day itinerary from Barcelona to Bilbao
• 1 week itinerary for northern Spain
• 10 day itinerary for Basque Spain
• 2 day itinerary for Madrid
• Most Beautiful Cites and Towns in Andalusia
• 3 day itinerary for Seville

If you’d like to spend 10 days in Portugal and Spain, pin it for later.

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Last Updated on June 30, 2023 by Leslie Livingston

Ultimate 7 Day Portugal and Spain Itinerary with a Map

Please note: this post may contain affiliate links. If you purchase something by clicking the links, I will get a small compensation, at no extra cost to you.

Sharing is caring!

I won’t lie to you, Portugal and Spain weren’t really on my travel radar. Not because I wasn’t interested in them, but because I just had (in my mind) bigger things to see and experience. But I’m happy to report, I was so wrong for not prioritizing these destinations sooner!

Portugal is known for its beautiful (and incredibly hilly) coastal cities like Porto and Lisbon and delicacies including pastel de nata and piri piri chicken, plus port wine! You’ll love their orange roofs, blue and white tiled buildings, and historic gems.

Spain, I’m sure you’re more familiar with. Known for culturally vibrant cities, underrated coastal and mountain towns, incredible hiking (hello Caminos!), and food like you wouldn’t believe!

When tackling these two neighboring countries, it’s tempting to want to bite off more than you can chew…mainly in the name of limited travel time and your ability to be away from work. I get it. I’ve been there. Luckily, you can get around Spain and Portugal easily without a car and can accomplish a lot in as little time as one week.

With this Portugal and Spain itinerary, I’m sharing my exact one week itinerary with some suggestions on how to fill extra days if you have them!

Portugal and Spain Itinerary Summary

🛎️ Accommodation:

• Lisbon (2 nights): Lisboa Sao Bento Hotel ($150+ per night) – great neighborhood, easily accessible via public transit and breakfast included
• Porto (2 nights): Zero Box Lodge ($80+ per night) – amazing location, clean and safe, breakfast option available
• Salamanca (1 night): Sercotel Puerta de la Catedral ($100+ per night) – in the center of town, walkable, Cathedral views
• Madrid (2 nights): Melia Castilla ($150+ per night) – extensive breakfast, higher quality to end your trip, spacious

💃 Top attractions and tours:

• Quinta da Regaleria in Sintra
• Moliciero boat ride in Aveiro
• Food tour in Porto
• Flamenco show and dinner in Madrid

🍽️ Must try food:

• pastel de nata in Lisbon
• ovos moles in Aveiro
• bifana sandwich in Porto
• Iberico ham in Spain
• churros and chocolate in Madrid

Is one week enough time to explore Portugal and Spain?

Yes and no. You will absolutely get a ton crossed off your bucket list on this one week trip in both countries, so don’t fret if you only have one week. But, as with MANY destinations, there’s never enough time.

In my opinion, you can easily do the highlights of Portugal and some of Spain in this itinerary, where I’ll be focused on the area of Spain closest to Portugal. Of course, Spain is a massive country, so this itinerary won’t be tackling the farther to get to places like Barcelona (all the way to the east away from Portugal) or Bilbao (to the northern coast).

If you have more than one week, I’ll share my recommendations on how to extend this itinerary to visit some other destinations in Spain or slow the pacing down to enjoy these destinations more deeply.

All this to say, if you only have one week to spend, this itinerary is going to be AMAZING to dive into Portugal and Spain.

I have 10 – 14 days, is this itinerary right for me?

Definitely! In fact, if you have more time than one week, I’ll share exactly how I would spend those extra days. Then, from there, you can choose what sounds best to you!

How to get around Spain and Portugal

If you’re coming from the US, you’re likely going to be impressed at how easy it is to get around Portugal and Spain. I’d argue that in the US, our public transportation system is lacking, but that’s not the case in Europe. Luckily, you can get around easily within cities and between them with buses, trains, and more!

The easiest way to travel long distances is often by train in Europe. They have an elaborate system where their trains can get you everywhere you need to go. On this itinerary, you’ll be using the train to get across Portugal and then again to get from Portugal to Spain.

The most important things to remember when traveling by train are to validate your ticket in the yellow kiosks around the platform and to ensure you get on the correct train. I found this super intimidating when I was traveling solo in Paris , but when in doubt, ask and use Google Translate on signs and in conversation. Don’t let the fear of asking for help stop you from getting to where you need to go.

It’s very common to travel by bus in Europe as well. Buses are typically for shorter distances, although I’ve certainly used them to travel cross-country in Europe, as well.

You’ll use a bus to get around in this itinerary when crossing between Portugal and Spain in conjunction with a train above.

Ride Shares

Apps like Uber and Bolt are the two ride share apps most popularly used here. I recommend downloading them ahead of time, just so you aren’t scrambling when you need to request a ride.

Personally, I could never get Bolt to work for me because it needed to send a code to my phone number for verification and I never got it no matter what I did or where I was.

Still, I had no problem using Uber to get around if I needed it. And, fares are inexpensive compared to prices in the US, so you can expect rides for $6-10 USD or less.

Taxis are most common when getting to and from the airport, however, they are used all over the place. In fact, I took a taxi in Salamanca (day 5 on this itinerary) to get back to my hotel because they were more prevalent than ride shares since it was a smaller town.

Local Transport

While you’re in each city, they’ll have their own local public transit to get around locally. For example, Lisbon is known for their trams!

Google Maps is your best friend when it comes to local navigation, especially. I also love the travel app , Rome2Rio, which shares lots of options for longer navigation.

Map of this Portugal and Spain Itinerary

The Ultimate Portugal and Spain Itinerary for 7 Days

Day 0: arrival in lisbon.

Depending on your travel dates, you may need to account for an extra day “0” to act as your arrival day. You might not have much time that day to do much of anything as far as sightseeing goes.

If you arrive in the morning you can skip ahead to Day 1 for the itinerary to truly begin.

Day 1: Lisbon

I’m starting you off in Lisbon as I did on my trip. Lisbon is a fantastic opener and one of the most important cities in Portugal. It is the capital after all!

There’s lots to see in Lisbon, so I recommend an early start if you arrived yesterday (day 0). If you arrived today, you can choose the activities you think you can fit in.

Hotel recommendation: Lisboa Sao Bento Hotel for 2 nights ($150+ per night) – great neighborhood, easily accessible via public transit and breakfast included (add a night if you arrive on Day 0, not Day 1)

Breakfast in Alfama

Now the one thing I missed when I was in Lisbon is the one spot I think I would have loved the best and that’s Alfama, the oldest neighborhood in Lisbon with the most beautiful, classic buildings. I was traveling on a Contiki group trip , so my itinerary was a bit out of my hands.

However, I was traveling with a fellow blogger (Elle of Travels with Elle ) who had visited the area on a prior trip and recommended Alfama to me.

So, for you, I highly recommend getting breakfast there.

If I were permitted a do-over, I’d go to Augusto Lisboa in the heart of Alfama. This brunch restaurant serves up some stellar breakfast and some of the reviews even say it’s the best breakfast they’ve ever had! As a breakfast fiend, I’d definitely opt for there!

Walking tour of Lisbon

For your first main activity, I recommend a walking tour of the city — whether that’s guided or on your own.

There are lots of highlights to see and you can do it yourself.

Start in Restauradores Square where you’ll spot a statue commemorating the tile workers who laid down the beautiful cobblestone-esque streets in Lisbon.

Make your way down to A Ginjinha , a classic liquor store where you can try the namesake drink. The drink is really a shot of liqueur made from ginjinha berries found in Portugal. It’s strong and tastes a bit like alcoholic cherries.

Right next door is the Church of Saint Dominic , which played a role in the Inquisition when Jesuit, Gabriel Malagrida, was executed. It was also the site of the Lisbon massacre when New Christians (Sephardic Jews and Moors who were forced to convert to Catholicism) were murdered by Christians. You can also see evidence of a fire that occurred inside where the walls are were left in their scorched state.

The church is free to visit, so you can just pop in to take a look.

Continue to Praça Dom Pedro IV (aka Rossio Square) where there’s a beautiful fountain, a statue of Dom Pedro IV, a king of Portugal, and wavy tiles that make it look like the ground is undulating.

Head to Santa Justa Lift, the most iconic elevator in the city that was built in the 19th century during the Industrial era. It takes you up to a viewpoint, however, the queue can get insanely long, so instead I recommend walking to the top.

You can either take the stairs at the back of the elevator, or walk around the city and up the hill. If you’re walking around (rather than taking the stairs), it’s easiest to navigate to Chafariz do Carmo , a fountain in a central square at the top of the hill. Head to the southeast corner toward the street, Tv. Dom Pedro de Menezes, which will take you to the viewpoint.

If you are walking, you can also head to Praça do Comércio first to see another iconic square in Lisbon. This one is on the water, so it’s a really lovely spot to relax and take a breather.

Traditional and Non-Traditional Lunch Options

There are lots of great restaurants in Lisbon, so I’ll share where I went and where I would have gone instead.

I ate at Organi Chiado , which was a vegan restaurant near the trek up to the Santa Justa Lift viewpoint. The food was delicious, but not the most classically Portuguese, so here’s where I’d go instead: Taberna dos Ferreiros , located closer to our next bout of activities.

They have traditional dishes like bacalhau, aka salted cod, which is a must try!

The original Pastel de Nata

Make sure you save room for dessert because I’m sending you to Pastéis de Belém , the original shop that made and sold Portugal’s most iconic dessert – the egg custard tart. This shop has been around since 1837 and they make pastel de nata best!

They were first made by someone from a neighboring monastery and sold in order to save the monastery, which was closed as a result of the Liberal revolution in 1820. The recipe has been secretly passed down generation-to-generation.

Now, when you visit expect crowds and a wait. It’s the name of the game, but one worth playing.

One pastel de nata pastry costs 1,15€, and you’ll likely want more than one…they’re addictive. Plus, be sure to grab a packet of cinnamon to try them with for extra flavor and deliciousness.

You can get a table inside to enjoy them from, or simply get some to go. In fact, you can enjoy them from Praça do Império Garden or Garden Vasco da Gama, two nearby parks/gardens, if you don’t want to wait for a table.

Monument to the Discoveries

This is one of the most iconic monuments in Lisbon – the Monument to the Discoveries (Padrão dos Descobrimentos), which honors the Portuguese discoverers of the 15th and 16th centuries including Henry the Navigator.

You can visit this monument for free and walk around it to see all of the discoverers on it. Plus, it’s MASSIVE so it’s fun to try to capture in a photograph. I especially loved that it borders the sea, which really emphasized the theme of discovery by crossing the ocean.

Belém Tower

Keep walking to Belém Tower (pronounced Beleng), which is a tower that was erected to welcome people to the city as they approached on boats. Its architecture is in the Manueline style, which was named after King Manuel I. This type of architecture is also known as Portuguese late Gothic and features Gothic, religious, and maritime elements for a conglomeration of themes and pieces.

The tower acted as a ceremonial gateway to the city and a send off point for discoverers, although it was outfitted for military purposes as needed.

Belém Tower was built in 1514 and completed in 1519 and was admitted as a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1983, so it’s definitely a worthwhile stop!

As you admire it, try to spot the rhinocerous on the side, which is thought to be the first depiction of such an animal in Western Europe.

If you’re feeling up to it, feel free to go inside the tower to tour around. It costs 8,50 € for adults and is free for kids up to 14 years old.

Dinner at Farol de Cacilhas

In order to get the best view of Lisbon this evening, I recommend having dinner at Farol de Cacilhas , a seafood restaurant on the opposite coast of Lisbon’s main city area.

They have some amazing prawns, seafood rice, and Mozambique shrimp! Yum!

Expect 15 – 20 € for this meal. And feel free to find some inexpensive street food as an alternative, if you’re staying on a tighter budget.

Be sure to head outside to enjoy the views as well! You can walk along the water and spot the 25 de Abril Bridge, which was built by the same engineering company as the Golden Gate Bridge in San Francisco . Can you spot the similarities? (It’s impossible not to tbh).

Related read >> Detailed 1 day Lisbon itinerary

Day 2: Sintra and Cascais

While you certainly can stay in Lisbon to keep exploring, I think it would be a disservice to ignore some of the smaller, less visited cities in Portugal. So instead, I recommend a day trip to Sintra and Cascais.

Sintra as it was explained to me is where the “old money” of Portugal was and Cascais is for “new money.” If you’re wondering what that means…think historic and lavish mansions in Sintra and upscale beach town for Cascais.

Both are worth a visit and you can see a lot of both in just one day, so let’s go!

And an aside here, I recommend grabbing breakfast at your hotel or from a bakery or café before you leave for the day. It doesn’t need to be anything fancy, just enough.

Getting to Sintra

The easiest way to get to Sintra is to take the train operated by Comboios de Portugal . It costs 2,60 € maximum each way for an economy class ticket and you can get them ahead of time or the day of at the station.

It’ll take you about 45 minutes to get to Sintra from Lisbon via the train.

Quinta da Regaleira in Sintra

The most prominent mansion in Sintra is Quinta da Regaleira , which is classified as a World Heritage Site by UNESCO.

It was built in the 16th century and is a Renaissance-style home, which evolved over the years as different families purchased and lived in it.

Most notably, it has features that were added and used by the Masons where the cave system and wells were built for initiation purposes. For example, they would walk down the spiral lining the well and soul search. Once they arrived at the bottom, they would pass under a waterfall and cross over stones along the water, which represented Jesus walking on water.

I mentioned that the property evolved as new families owned it. One interesting thing to spot is a giant fireplace with a bench that was once in the main home, but when a new family moved in and didn’t like it, they moved it out to its current location in the gardens!

I recommend a guided tour to get the most of your visit, but feel free to do it self-guided!

Don’t skip a little exploration of the town of Sintra. They’re known for their travesseiro pastries (literally translated to pillow ), which are puff pastries full of egg and almond cream. One of the best places to get them is a shop called Piriquita . They have two locations in Sintra (called Piriquita I and Piriquita II), so if one is busy, head to the other.

If you’d like to spend more time in Sintra, definitely check out the National Palace of Pena, which is a gorgeous, brightly colored castle on the hill. We didn’t have time to go since I was on a group trip (I cry), so go for me and tell me how it was!

Lunch at Hifen in Cascais

To get to Cascais, there are a few options, but to save time and connections, I would go with the 1623 route bus (red line). It’s operated by Carris Metropolitana , so consult their site for further details like the schedule.

Once you’ve arrived in Cascais, visit Hifen for lunch if you want somewhere to sit down, or a street food/quick service vendor if you want more time by the beach.

Hifen serves up Spanish inspired Poruguese food and the highlight for me was certainly dessert. I actually spoke with their pastry chef, Martim, who happened to be serving my group, and he recommended his chocolate walnut nougat dessert topped with homemade passionfruit ice cream from Santinni (a local ice cream vendor/maker). He said the dessert took him over 100 hours to perfect and you can taste it! Don’t miss it!

P.S. Their chocolate mousse was also devine!

Explore Cascais

There are a few lovely places to check out in Cascais. First of all, the beaches are beautiful, but Boca do Inferno adds some ✨ spice ✨. This chasm in the seaside cliffs is gorgeous! To get there, you can simply walk 20 minutes along the water (northwest from Hifen).

Along that walk, there’s a number of museums that you’re welcome to explore as well including Museu Condes de Castro Guimarães , a Revivalist-style palace with art and artifacts, Santa Maria House Museum , with an elegant oil-painted dining room ceiling, and Santa Marta Lighthouse Museum , which teaches you about the namesake lighthouse and depending on the time of your visit, you can go inside!

Dinner in Lisbon

While I certainly can give you every restaurant that I visited, I did go to some not so great ones, so I’m going to refrain from giving you a recommendation just because I went there. Instead, I’ll share where I would go if I could have a do-over.

This dinner is that! I would go to Minhota da Prata , which serves up classic Portuguese dishes in a cozy restaurant in the center of town.

It looks like a great location with even better food. Although, one note, the all knowing Google says they’re cash only, so either come prepared, or take your own restaurant pick!

One food to try that they have is francesinha, a Portuguese sandwich with layers of hot meat like wet-cured ham, steak, linguiça, or chipolata and topped with cheese and a tomato based sauce.

Day 3: Lisbon to Porto via Aveiro

Time to hop on another train to head north to Porto! For the most direct route, opt for train IC 273 Braga operated by Comboios de Portugal (same as the one used to get to Sintra yesterday). It’ll take you about 2 hours and 25 minutes to get to Aveiro and cost 29,50 €.

Moliceiro Boat Ride and a Snack

While you certainly can go straight to Porto, I think it would be a disservice to skip over Aveiro. This little town is also called the “Venice of Portugal” because they have two canals that run through town and gondola-like boats that traverse them, called Moliceiro boats.

Grab a ticket for a boat ride and enjoy learning a little history about Aveiro including the boats themselves, architecture of the surrounding buildings, and Aveiro’s historic role in fishing trade in Portugal.

While you’re there, pop into one of the bakeries in town to try their local delicacy, ovos moles, which is a flaky shell filled with whipped egg yolks and sugar. They typically are shaped after maritime elements like shells, fish, boats, etc.

Of course, a stop in Aveiro is optional, but I really enjoyed it there and it certainly makes for a nice break after traveling for hours.

Bifana Sandwiches for Lunch

Head to Porto on the AP 137 Braga train operated by Comboios de Portugal. It’s only a 45 minute train ride and 3,90 €.

You’ll probably arrive in Porto around lunch time, so I recommend finding a lunch spot. If you want one of my favorites, visit Conga for their bifana sandwiches, which is a Portuguese pork sandwich. They’re hearty, delicious, and inexpensive. You can also watch them make the sandwiches from the window out front or from the bar as soon as you walk inside.

A note here that many quick service restaurants in Porto feature these stand up bars at the entrances from which you can dine. You can just walk up or ask to be “seated” there.

Relax at Parque de Serralves

For your afternoon and evening in Porto, visit Parque de Serralves , which is a combination of gardens including a sculpture park, and an art museum. This is a unique way to be introduced to the city as you’ll learn about Portuguese art, while visiting one of Porto’s most beautiful greenspaces.

Don’t worry, tomorrow there’s lots of classic Porto activities on a walking tour and food tour. If you’re feeling up for it, you can certainly divvy up the Porto activities between today and tomorrow as you see fit as you read this guide.

As I mentioned before, I really encourage you to explore the city on your own and find somewhere for dinner on your own that looks great to you! More food recommendations coming tomorrow!

Local food tour for dinner

It wouldn’t be an “Alanna itinerary” without a food tour…they’re kinda my favorite thing.

In Porto, I went with Eating Europe and we went to the best local spots! We had croquettes, Portuguese rye and Iberico ham, and more. It’s definitely filling for a dinner and it starts in the 6:00 pm hour.

Hotel recommendation: Zero Box Lodge for 2 nights ($80+ per night) – amazing location, clean and safe, breakfast option available

Day 4: Porto

Good morning from Porto!

Tackling Livraria Lello

This morning, I’m starting you off at one of the most touristy places on the list, which might be a confusing way to start, but there’s good reason!

If you want to visit Livraria Lello , the world’s most beautiful bookstore, it takes strategy. This bookstore became so popular from social media that they now charge to enter and the lines get absolutely insane…not to mention the crowds inside.

Still, I think it’s worth seeing at least once. So here’s how to do it.

First, buy a skip-the-line ticket online ahead of time. It costs 15,90 € and comes with a book. So you’re really just buying a book as a souvenir!

The tickets are timed and dated. I booked my ticket the day before, but I visited in shoulder season in March. If you’re visiting in the summer, check their calendar and be sure you get your ticket well ahead of time.

I recommend the first time slot of the day (hence this being activity number one on today’s itinerary). That’s so you can avoid as much of the crowd as possible.

@periodicadventures Replying to @Anamika And book tickets in advance! #livrarialello #portoportugal #porto #thingstodoinporto #portoportugal🇵🇹 #beautifulbookstore #bookstore #bookstores #traveltips ♬ original sound – ur mom <3

When you arrive, look for the line that matches your timed entry and ticket color (skip-the-line tickets were gold when I purchased). That ensures you’re in the correct spot. When in doubt, ask (politely…people get crazy rude around crowded tourist spots).

Once you make it inside, enjoy the central staircase, the Hogwarts library vibes (it was said to be inspiration for the author), and the little details that make Livraria Lello so gorgeous. The stained glass ceiling is incredible, the lamps, the book trolley tracks on the ground, and pulley system for transporting books between levels are all worth noting. Toward the back, there’s also an exhibit that rotates, so don’t miss it.

You’ll notice a collection of classics in special Livraria Lello covers. Those are the books you can choose from that come with your ticket. And I know that when you purchase your ticket online ahead of time, it has you choose between two books (mine was Art of War or Romeo and Juliet), but I asked the staff and you can choose any book in that special collection.

Once you’ve picked yours, you have to check out at a register so they can mark the book as “sold” in their system. Be patient and kind. They’re swamped.

Feel free to reward yourself with gelato from Amorino Gelato next door. I won’t tell.

Walking tour of Porto

Let’s embark on a walking tour of Porto. You can certainly book a guided one , but in case you’re on a tight budget or want to do it yourself, I’ll guide you through some spots to visit.

Assuming you’re starting from Livraria Lello, head across the way to the Fonte dos Leões (or Lion Fountain). The lions here actually look more like griffins and are said to have been further Harry Potter inspiration when the author spent time in Porto.

Make your way a bit north to Letras do Porto, which is the massive Porto sign in front of Porto’s town hall. This area gives some great views of the city and is a fun photo spot!

Next up is a lunch stop. Although, I’ll share a bit of a spoiler now. I am sending you to the world’s most beautiful McDonald’s, so if you’re one of those people who loves to try McDonald’s when you travel, that’s an option for lunch a bit later on.

If not though, walk to Mercado do Bolhão, one of Porto’s most famous markets. It’s two levels and is housed in a neoclassical building with over 75 vendors. I highly recommend walking the market and finding something to eat. There’s prepared foods like sandwiches and groceries including produce, meats, and cheeses, for example. I had a simple ham sandwich on focaccia and it was delicious!

I also tried some hibiscus candy, which is popular in Europe. It’s made from dried hibiscus flowers and is candied so it’s chewy like a fruit roll up. You can find them at all the candy stalls!

My Harry Potter fans won’t want to miss the Majestic Café , where she who must not be named wrote part of the series. It’s a very popular café because of that, so if you intend to dine there, even for just coffee, expect a wait. Personally, I was content just peeking through the window to see the Belle Epoque-era decor for a moment including ornate wood carvings, chandeliers, and mirrors galore.

Don’t miss the Church of Saint Ildefonso , which was built beginning in 1709 and completed in 1739 and features the iconic blue tile work on the facade (called azulejo) that was added in the 1920s.

And a note for azulejo tiles! These are painted tin-glazed ceramic tiles that are famous in Spain and Portugal. They often tell stories as they’re essentially canvases. You’ll spot them all over the place in both countries, so keep an eye out.

Anyway, back to the Church! Inside, you’ll marvel at the gold retable, which is the giant structure placed behind the altar. That alone is worth stepping inside for and don’t worry, it’s free to enter!

Continue to Porto São Bento, which is the main train station in Porto. Even if you aren’t traveling by train, I still recommend a stop here. It opened in 1916 and has some of the most beautiful azulejo tiles you’ve ever seen! Not to mention, it’s an UNESCO World Heritage Site and a National Monument of Portugal.

There are over 20,000 azulejo tiles and they depict the history of Portugal as well as peoples from the various regions in the country. You’ll spot a chronology of Portugal’s transportation system developments, conquests such as those by Henry the Navigator, and the wedding of King John I and Philippa of Lancaster, for example.

The final stop on your walking tour of the city center is McDonald’s Imperial, which is considered to be the world’s most beautiful McDonald’s. That might sound weird, but it’s true!

This was once a café, but when McDonald’s took over, they did their best to keep all the Art Deco elements found throughout the building. So now, you’re greeted with chandeliers, Art Deco stained glass, mirrored walls, and ornate sculpture decor on the upper walls.

@periodicadventures Not what you were expecting? 😂 #traveldestinations #beautifulplaces #beautifulplacestotravel ♬ LOVE. 70s remix by dustin garza – mo

This McDonald’s is called McDonald’s Imperial because out front, the sign has a massive eagle sculpture accompanying it. Sometimes, they even hire someone to stand out front with a live eagle!

It might sound kitschy, but it’s an interesting oxymoron of place.

Now to continue our walking tour, I want to take you down to the water. You can either take the bus there on line 901 toward Valadares where the closest stop is Elevador Guindais, or you can take a ~ 15 minute walk down the hills of Porto to Cais da Ribeira, the picturesque waterfront area.

Here, there are vendors selling souvenirs, fresh chestnuts, and jewelry, among other things. Plus, you can sit for awhile on the water’s edge and watch the boats go by. It’s a peaceful break to split up the busy day.

When you’re ready, cross Luís I Bridge toward Cais da Ribeira de Gaia, another scenic spot where you can view Porto from across the way. This gives you the best view of the city itself!

Don’t miss Half Rabbit by Bordalo II, an art sculpture that takes up an entire side of a building. As it’s made entirely from recycled and fount materials, it’s a critique of society’s wastefulness.

Port Wine Tasting at Casa Ferreira

The final stop for today is a trip to Casa Ferreira , a port wine cellar. What makes them so spectacular is that the person who lead the family business and brought Casa Ferreira to success was a woman, Dona Antónia Adelaide Ferreira! Who run the world?…GIRLS!

They cultivate their port wine from the Douro region with a focus on quality, tradition, and innovation.

It wouldn’t be a trip to Portugal without a port wine tasting, so what better place for it! Tickets are 21 € and include a tour of the aging warehouse, vintage museum, and gardens, plus, of course, a port wine tasting, in 50 minutes. With your ticket you can try three wines.

For a more extensive experience, there’s another hour and a half long tour option for 28 € which includes a tour focusing on Dona Antónia Adelaide Ferreira herself and a tasting of 5 port wines. I did this one and it was incredibly interesting! Not to mention that port wine is STRONG (it’s like liquor, not wine), so the value of two extra tastings for only 7 € is definitely there.

Dinner at Brasão Aliados

For dinner, I recommend Brasão Aliados , where they serve Portuguese sharable pub fare like pica-pau ( woodpecker in Portuguese), a stew-like dish with cubes of beef and vegetables served with toothpicks to skewer the pieces like a “woodpecker.”

To get there, you can take bus 901 to Trinidade (the opposite direction of the one to get to Cais da Ribeira).

They also have francesinha, which if you haven’t had a chance to try it, now’s your moment. Francesinha is that meat filled sandwich with cheese and tomato sauce on top (from Day 3 above).

And I have to mention their brownie because this thing was what chocolate dreams are made of! If you have room, don’t miss it!!

Day 5: Porto to Salamanca

Alexa play “On to the Next One” by Jay-Z. Yepp, we’re moving on. And I know it feels fast, but we’ve got to get to Spain at some point on this Portugal and Spain itinerary, right?

How to get to Spain from Portugal

Today we’re headed to Salamanca, Spain, which is a smaller university town. In fact, it’s been a college town for it’s entire history!

It might be tempting to skip straight to Madrid or a bigger city in Spain, but unless you want to catch a flight, it’s actually best to take an extra day to travel from Porto to Madrid.

You can get to Salamanca from Porto via two buses. First take FlixBus 1038 to Viseu, then transfer to a BlaBlaCar Bus , which goes directly to Salamanca. the first leg is 2 hours and the second is 3 hours. If you need a break, I recommend a stop in Ciudad Rodrigo, which is one of the two stops before Salamanca on the BlaBlaBus. That total journey will cost about $25 USD.

PS: Be sure to look out the window! You’ll see some historic fortresses and cities along the way!

Exploring Ciudad Rodrigo and Lunch

This small town in Spain is a beautiful first stop. It sits atop a rocky ridge and has been occupied as a city since the Neolithic Age (Americans could never!).

One of the best things to do there is explore the Cathedral of Santa Maria. Tickets are $6.40 and come with an audio guide so you can learn about the Gothic and Renaissance architecture in this Spanish National Monument.

Ciudad Rodrigo also falls along the Camino de Santiago, one of Spain’s most famous medieval pilgrimage trails. I don’t know if I’ll ever have it in me to do one of the Caminos…but at least I’ve stepped on the trail, right?

I recommend a pause for lunch as well. My group went to Parador de Ciudad Rodrigo for their medieval themed luncheon. They have a restaurant on site that serves non-themed meals as well with a focus on Iberian pork, a delicacy of the area. You can make a reservation here .

They also have a hotel on site, so if you have more time in your itinerary than the 7 days I’ve allotted, you can slow it down, spend the night here and unwind.

Evening in Salamanca

As you arrive in Salamanca, it’s likely that it’ll be late afternoon. Luckily, since the town is so quaint, you can see a lot in a short amount of time. After dropping your bags at your hotel, head to the town square, called Plaza Mayor. It was built in the Spanish Baroque style in 1755 and was the inspiration and location for the film Vantage Point (which is quite good, if you haven’t seen it!).

The medallions (or circular portraits) that surround the plaza have notable and historic Spaniards, such as Francisco Franco and Miguel de Cervantes, who wrote Don Quixote.

While you’re there, grab some of the best ice cream from Heladería Bico de Xeado . I had their plain chocolate and it was so creamy and delicious.

The best way to explore Salamanca is on foot.

Head out of Plaza Mayor to Casa de las Conchas, a unique building that’s covered in stone shells. It was built in the late 15th century and it’s actually a public library now! Remember, university city!

You can go inside or just admire the shell-covered exterior.

Head toward the Cathedral, which is impossible to miss. One of the most interesting features is that when the cathedral underwent restoration work in the 1990s, the artist added in a couple modern features to this 16th century cathedral including an astronaut and dragon eating ice cream.

The exterior is quite busy with figures, so they can be hard to spot, so it’s like a Where’s Waldo game!

The astronaut in particular fueled lots of confusion and questions regarding 16th century prediction of space travel. It’s a compliment to the artist that he was able to add it in so seamlessly that people thought it was original!

If you have time before dinner (aka if you’re not starving yet), I’ll usher you to visit Museo Art Nouveau y Art Déco – Casa Lis , which has a fabulous collection of decorative art by local Salamanca artists and beyond. Admission is only 5 € and they’re open pretty late, close to European dinner time at 7 or 8 pm depending on the day of the week.

While I didn’t have time to visit the museum, I certainly hope you do, because it looks amazing!

For dinner, I unfortunately don’t have a personal recommendation. Not because the food wasn’t good, but because I wasn’t feeling well this day of my own trip and left my dinner early without eating anything. It was picturesque, though, so I can recommend it based on that!

The restaurant we went to was called Mesón Cervantes and it was located in Plaza Mayor overlooking the square.

Feel free to find somewhere else though!

Hotel recommendation: Sercotel Puerta de la Catedral for 1 night ($100+ per night) – in the center of town, walkable, Cathedral views

Day 6: Salamanca to Madrid

It’s time to be moving on, so hop on the train to Madrid this morning. It’s operated by Renfe and is called the Media Distancia line, which costs 24,95 €. It’s a direct route and takes about 2 hours and 45 minutes.

Lunch and a Must Try Dessert

Once you arrive in Madrid, drop your bags at your hotel and head out for lunch. For the most Instagram-friendly spot with great food, I recommend Restaurante-Coctelería Inclán Brutal Bar . They have some of the most insane dishes like duck rice served in a ceramic duck.

You can get drinks, too, in cups that look like celebrities including Freddie Mercury, Marilyn Monroe, and Elvis!

Note that they open for lunch at 1 pm, so if you need something sooner, you’re on your own.

Okay, not entirely on your own. Whether you have this for dessert or a second breakfast Hobbit-style , don’t miss Chocolatería San Ginés where they’re famous for their churros and dipping chocolate. I can’t even begin to explain how freaking delicious this is, so please if you do nothing on this whole itinerary, please try these! Yes, that’s dramatic, and yes, I stand by it!

I served churros and chocolate as my wedding dessert, so it’s kind of a big deal to me haha!

Walking Tour of Madrid

This afternoon, I recommend a walking tour to get acquainted with the city. There’s a few notable squares including one called Puerta del Sol, which features “kilometer zero,” a plaque that marks the center of Madrid.

We honestly did a really relaxed walking tour of Madrid, so I recommend a guided one for a more extensive experience.

Dinner and a Flamenco Show

This evening, head to Tablao Los Porches to enjoy an authentic Spanish flamenco show . They have a full dinner menu including tapas and paella, as well as drinks.

Flamenco is such an interesting art, specifically because the dancer is leading the musicians. Meaning, the dance comes first and they read the dancer and follow with music including guitar and singing. It’s also an incredibly emotional art form, so pay attention to the dancers’ facial expressions as they dance. It will move you. I promise!

A Night Out in Madrid

While I’m certainly not a nightlife type gal and often omit it from my itineraries, I actually did go out in Madrid because I was on a Contiki group trip and it was our goodbye festivities. If you’re looking for nightlife, Madrid is definitely a great place for you!

We went to a couple places, both of which were very fun — Enbabia Infused , which was more of a bar vibe with hookah in the back, and Espit Chupitos Madrid Sol , which boasts over 600 different shot flavors and was way more of a party!

Hotel recommendation: Melia Castilla for 2 nights ($150+ per night) – extensive breakfast, higher quality to end your trip, spacious

Day 7: Madrid with Toledo Day Trip Option

Listen, I’m just saying if you went back for churros and chocolate for breakfast, I wouldn’t tell anyone, okay?

Day Trip to Toledo

While there’s certainly enough to keep you busy in Madrid for a GOOD while, there’s actually some incredible day trips from Madrid to take including one to Toledo, that’s a great option.

You can get there directly on the Alsa bus for 6.18 €. It’s only about an hour and a half away and there’s lots of neat historic monuments, buildings, and activities in Toledo.

I recommend a trip up to Mirador del Valle, which is a viewpoint of the city. To get there, take the Unauto Bus L71 to the Ctra. Circunvalación (H. Doménico) stop.

Toledo is a wonderful city for wandering because there are some incredible shops, namely for swords and metalworks, which is what this medieval city was known for.

Finally, you can go ziplining in Toledo over the river that runs through, called The Taugus, with Fly Toledo ! It’s only 11 € or 15 € if you want your photo taken.

Because I was on a group trip, I wasn’t entirely on my own time, which meant I missed some things in Toledo I wish I hadn’t. One was the Monasterio de San Juan de los Reyes, which just looks so beautiful. I also wish I had had time for the Cultural Exhibitions , which at the time I was visiting featured a witchcraft exhibit.

To get back to Madrid, you’ll take the same Alsa bus back.

Alternatively, consider a guided day trip to Toledo from Madrid that includes transportation, a stop at Mirador del Valle, a guided walking tour, and free time!

How to Spend a Day in Madrid

Alternatively, if you decide to stay in Madrid, there’s plenty to do.

I would personally do a guided food tour of Madrid , because those are always my favorite ways to explore a city.

I also really enjoyed their art museum, Museo Nacional del Prado . They have some very famous works including Las Meninas and The Garden of Earthly Delights. Just as a heads up, this museum is the most maze-like museum I’ve ever been to…that includes the Louvre in Paris . Take a map and give yourself extra time to navigate the place.

Admission is 15 €.

Some other things to do include touring the Royal Palace, exploring El Retiro Park , visiting the National Archeological Museum , and Temple of Debod , which is an ancient Nubian temple.

I know…kind of an open-ended ending to the itinerary. But, I really feel like the magic is in the wandering. Use this as a guide and don’t be afraid to stumble into what looks interesting!

FAQs about this Portugal and Spain Itinerary

What currency do you need.

Portugal and Spain both use the Euro. I had about 50 € on me in cash for the whole trip because most places do take card.

My preferred method of getting currency is through your local bank at home in US as part of my international travel checklist . You can do this online and they’ll mail you your currency. Super easy!

And just remember, if you pay with card, always choose to pay in the local currency (Euro), not your converted home currency as the rates are always awful.

How much does this itinerary cost?

Accommodation – $860 (7 nights)

Activities – $355

Food – $190

Transportation (excluding flights) – $130

Extras (food, souvenirs, etc.) – $50 (estimated)

Where to fly into and out of

I have you flying into Lisbon and out of Madrid. Depending on how much flights cost, it might be more beneficial to do the reverse. If that’s the case, you’ll have to reverse this itinerary. That part isn’t too difficult, but note that the transportation options may be different going in the reverse direction as I’ve stated here.

If you have more time to spend as well, you can choose where to fly into and out of based on your availability.

When is the best time to visit?

I’d opt for shoulder season, which is spring and fall. I visited in March and it wasn’t crowded most places, weather was mild, and prices weren’t too gouged yet.

Summer is considered peak season, so with it you’ll get way more crowds, which makes for a less than pleasant experience. Not to mention the heat can be intense and not all hotels run AC (although this is improving lately).

Winter is also a good option if you don’t mind it being cooler.

I have more time, where should I go?

Of course, it depends on how much time you’re working with. One option if you’re shorter on time is to simply take this itinerary and slow down. Meaning you can spend an extra full day in Lisbon, Porto, or Madrid, as there’s much to do in those big cities.

For example, in Lisbon, there’s an incredible coach museum (like Cinderella coaches…not handbags), Museum of Art Architecture and Technology , and a castle with lots of viewpoints around town!

If you have more time or simply want to go somewhere new, you can get to Spain’s southern region, Andalusia, by train. The big hitters there are Seville, Granada, and Córdoba, where Granada was the last home of the Moors before they were kicked out to Africa during the Reconquista. The Alhambra is the most famous Moorish palace to see.

You can get to Cordoba and Grenada from Madrid via the Renfe AVE trains where 02092 goes to Cordoba, 03930 goes from Cordoba to Grenada. To get to Seville, take the Renfe Intercity train 02494. It takes about 3 hours to get from Madrid to the Andalusia region, so I’d be sure you have an extra 2 full days to explore one of these cities.

Don’t forget that as you move farther from the big cities, like Madrid, flight prices are likely to be increased unless you make your way back to those larger international airports.

You can also take a high-speed train (Iryo 06091) for 3 hours to Barcelona from Madrid. The most iconic things to do in Barcelona are architecture-related including Gaudi’s Park Güell, Sagrada Familia, and Casa Batlló. I’d give yourself 2 extra days to get to Barcelona and explore fully before flying out of their international airport (Josep Tarradellas Barcelona-El Prat Airport).

Tips for visiting Spain and Portugal

Download google maps and translate offline.

Assuming Portuguese and Spanish are a language barrier for you as they are for me, you’ll definitely want to download those languages in Google Translate offline. That will allow you to translate menus and the like on the go even without service!

To download a language offline, tap your little person icon in the top left corner, then hit “Downloaded Languages” and tap the download button next to the language you want to download. Easy!

Similarly, you’ll want to download the Google Maps offline of the regions you plan to visit, specifically the cities you’ll be navigating on a deeper level.

To do so, enter the name of the destination in Google Maps and search. Once it pulls it up, scroll all the way to the right and hit the download button. That’s it!

Use Bolt or Uber in these destinations

For ride shares, the two apps that are most used are Bolt and Uber. Personally, I could never get Bolt to send me the code for verification upon creating my account, so I never used it. But, if you have better luck, it is reliable, as is Uber!

Expect the heat

I don’t know why but it was hotter than I was expecting in Portugal particularly. It’s not closer to the equator than I’m used to, but for some reason their 62 degrees felt like 80! I literally had to buy tank tops when I was there because I had packed light long sleeves.

And even though I run hot, I know it wasn’t just me because I was with a group and everyone was hot! So, just come better prepared for the heat than I did, even if the temperature is “cool.”

Travel light

For any busy itinerary like this where you’re moving from destination to destination every day or so, pack light. You do not want to be hauling two suitcases and a backpack everywhere you go. Trust me.

Especially on train after train, it gets old FAST.

Try planning your outfits ahead of time and keeping a note in your phone to make sure you don’t overpack.

Not to mention, European hotel rooms can be quite small!

What to pack for Portugal and Spain

Speaking of packing, here are some essentials to bring on your Portugal and Spain trip.

• Reusable water bottle
• Anti-pick pocket bag
• Good walking shoes ( these are my go to’s for Europe …see below)

You’ll find these other resources helpful:

• Overwhelmed? Find out if a group trip is better for you !
• Best places around the world for college students
• How to plan a trip budget using Excel
• Tips for traveling on a budget
• How to find the best things to do on vacation
• Ultimate guide for easy trip planning
• Other Europe travel guides

My Travel Essentials

• Travel Insurance  – Going on an international trip? Don’t forget travel and medical insurance with SafetyWing .
• Travel Card  – If you’re new to travel hacking, fear not! My favorite card for beginners gives you $750 in rewards when you spend $4,000 in the first 3 months, plus lounge access, 10x points on hotel bookings, and free TSA pre-check!
• Get Your Guide  – Check out Get Your Guide for a one-stop-shop for booking travel activities.
• Booking.com  – This is my favorite hotel search aggregator, specifically for reading reviews. On Booking.com , the reviews can be searched for keywords like WiFi, breakfast, pool, amenities, etc.! So helpful!
• Anti-pickpocket bag – Worried about having your valuables swiped? PacSafe makes the best travel bags with zippers and straps that lock and with mesh steel enforced fabric.
• Give the Gift of Travel  – This is the perfect gift for travelers in your life! Tinggly allows you to gift experiences around the world, perfect for birthdays, weddings, or anniversaries.
• Staycation Idea  – Check out Resort Pass , which gives you day passes to resorts so you can use their pool, spa, and fitness center, a great staycation idea!

Save to Pinterest

Recent PhD graduate and hyper-planner of Periodic Adventures. I share detailed travel itineraries and guides that you can use to plan your trips -- complete with practical tips, estimated costs, navigation info, and everything else you need to spend more time traveling, and less time worrying.

Similar Posts

45+ Things to Do on the West Coast

Between California, Oregon, Washington, Alaska, and Hawaii there are so many great activities. Click here to read the top 49 things to do on the West Coast.

17 Phenomenal Things to Do in Gatlinburg, TN for Adults

These are the best things to do in Gatlinburg, TN for adults including the Salt & Pepper Shaker Museum, a moonshine tasting, the views from SkyPark, & more!

19 Most Incredible Famous Places in America

The USA has it all and this guide to the most famous places in America covers city gems, the best national parks, and outdoor wonders that you must visit!

A Gorgeous 3-Day Great Smoky Mountains Itinerary

This Great Smoky Mountains itinerary covers where to stay, how to get there, what to do, and general, helpful travel tips for your trip to the Smokies!

2020 Year in Review: 8 Travel Highlights of 2020

Obviously 2020 was one for the books, but still I managed to travel locally so without further ado, here’s a 2020 travel recap of my top highlights.

17 Marvelous Things to Do in Clarksville, Tennessee

Click here to read the most marvelous things to do in Clarksville, Tennessee including Miss Lucille’s, Dunbar Cave, Fort Defiance Civil War Park, and more!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Privacy Overview

Celebrity Blog

• Special Occasions
• Choosing a Cruise
• Planning / Booking A Cruise
• Preparing For Your Cruise
• What To Expect On A Cruise
• Australia, New Zealand & the Pacific
• Central America
• East Coast & Bermuda
• Mexican Riviera
• South America & Antarctica
• Destinations

When Is the Best Time to Visit Spain & Portugal?

By Sue Bryant

Last updated: April 30th, 2024

• Find a Cruise

The best time to visit Spain and Portugal is in the spring, summer, and fall, when the weather is generally warm and sunny. Both countries also have their charms as winter destinations, particularly for city breaks in Lisbon or Barcelona, although there are significant climate variations between, say, northern Portugal and sun-drenched southern Spain.

Spain and Portugal occupy the Iberian peninsula. Portugal’s coastline is entirely Atlantic, while Spain has both Atlantic and Mediterranean coasts.

Both countries also include several islands. Spain’s Balearics, Ibiza, Menorca, Mallorca, and Formentera, are in the Mediterranean and enjoy a typical Mediterranean climate of hot summers and mild winters. But the Canary Islands, also Spanish, and Portugal’s Madeira, lie in the Atlantic, off the coast of Africa, and have a sub-tropical climate, warm and sunny year-round.

Visiting Spain and Portugal By Season

Lisbon, Portugal

June, July, and August are peak season in both Spain and Portugal. The weather is hot and sunny and the beaches are busy.

Temperatures do vary according to where you go, although warm weather is a given. In August, for example, expect average daily temperatures of 74.6°F (23.6°C) in Lisbon , 77.3°F (25.1°C) in Barcelona, and 79.7°F (26.5°C) in Malaga. There is little rain, apart from the occasional thunderstorm.

Northern Spain, which has a temperate oceanic climate, is considerably cooler. In Bilbao, for example, the average daily temperature in August is 70.9°F (21.6°C).

Fall is a wonderful time to visit Spain and Portugal. In September and October, the Mediterranean is still warm enough for swimming, although the Atlantic is bracing. Many wine regions , from the Douro Valley to Spain’s Rioja vineyards, are in the middle of harvest, which is a time of festivity.

In September, expect average daily temperatures of a balmy 73.7°F (23.2°C) in Valencia, Spain. Porto’s daily average is 65.8°F (18.8°C), although the Douro Valley, a popular day trip from Porto, will be considerably hotter.

Palma de Mallorca, Spain

By November, the season is winding down. Late October and November tend to be among the wettest months across the peninsula. The Balearics’ season is over for the year, although Palma, Mallorca is still popular for city breaks in fall.

December, January, and February are the coolest months in Spain and Portugal. The warmest region is Spain’s Costa del Sol, which attracts a lot of northern Europeans looking to escape their chilly weather. Cities like Lisbon, Barcelona , and Bilbao are still busy, but more with weekend breakers coming for the museums and historical attractions than fine weather.

There’s a rush of activity in December as Europe gears up for Christmas, but January and February can be considered low season.

Tenerife, Canary Islands

The Canary Islands and Madeira, on the other hand, are busy with winter sun-seekers. Tenerife, for example, enjoys average daily temperatures of 65.4°F (18.5°C) in January, while Barcelona is a much cooler 49.6°F (9.8°C).

March, April, and May, spring in Europe, is arguably the best time to go to Spain and Portugal—May in particular. There’s low rainfall and daytime temperatures are warm enough to enjoy outdoor dining and maybe even sitting on the beach, but not too hot for sightseeing.

You’ll see wildflowers everywhere, and in the vineyards, the vines are fuzzy and green with new growth. The sea is still pretty cold for swimming, though.

When Is Rainy Season?

Rainy season varies across the Iberian peninsula. October is the wettest month in Barcelona, with an average of 3.9 inches (100mm) of rain. In Tenerife , March is the wettest month, with a much lower 1.6 inches (40mm) of rain.

Lisbon receives moderate rainfall between October and January. November is the wettest month, receiving on average 5.3 inches (135mm), with winds blowing in from the Atlantic. November is also the wettest month in Bilbao , with 5.7 inches (145mm) of rain.

Malaga , on the other hand, receives very little rain; the Costa del Sol region claims to enjoy 325 days of sunshine annually, hence its popularity as a winter getaway.

When Is High Season?

Increasingly, Spain and Portugal have an extended high season, with visitors flocking to the cities and beaches from May to September. The busiest time, though, is July and August, when schools in Europe are on vacation and locals head for the coasts.

Cities are busy, too, with festivals and outdoor dining. This is the time to embrace the local way of life, stopping for a siesta in the afternoons and venturing out in the evenings for a late dinner when the heat of the day has eased.

You’ll find that even a short distance inland, temperatures can be scorching in July and August, so for visits to cities like beautiful Seville , you need to pace yourself.

When Is Shoulder Season?

Barcelona, Spain

Spring and fall are shoulder season in Spain and Portugal, on the mainland, at least, with April, May, September, and October considered shoulder season months. These are all wonderful times to visit, but decide what you want to do. If swimming in the sea is important, September and October are best. If you’re a hiker and want to enjoy the green countryside and wildflowers, pick April and May.

Either way, shoulder season means fewer crowds and more space for viewing some of the most beautiful places in Spain , from the Guggenheim in Bilbao to the Sagrada Familia in Barcelona and the Alhambra Palace in Andalucia, in southern Spain.

When Is Low Season?

Low season in Spain and Portugal is January and February, when the whole Iberian peninsula receives the most rainfall and days are short. For example, Lisbon receives an average of 4.5 hours of sunshine in December and January, compared to 11.5 in July.

Infinite Veranda

Do you want to discover the cultural riches of these countries for yourself? Browse our Spain and Portugal cruises and plan your European adventure.

Sue has been writing about cruising for 20 years and is lucky enough to have sailed all seven continents. She lives in London, where she is cruise editor of The Times and The Sunday Times newspapers, as well as a freelance contributor to magazines and websites worldwide.

Related Itineraries

Transatlantic

• 14 nights ON CELEBRITY CONSTELLATION
• DEPARTING FROM BARCELONA, SPAIN

Best of Mediterranean

• 10 nights ON CELEBRITY EQUINOX

Spain & Portugal

• 9 nights ON CELEBRITY EQUINOX

Canaries & Portugal

• 11 nights ON CELEBRITY APEX
• DEPARTING FROM SOUTHAMPTON, ENGLAND

Spain, Portugal & Mediterranean

• 13 nights ON CELEBRITY APEX

Related Articles

Insider’s Guide to Old Town Mykonos

11 Romantic Places to See on a Honeymoon in Croatia

An Insider’s Guide to Taranto, Italy

14 Expert Tips for Planning a Trip to Greece

10 Best Places to Go Shopping in Athens

Why Visit Sardinia

9 Best Things to Do in Positano

14 Best Things to Do in Monterey with Kids

15 of the Best Sunsets in the World

12 Best Beaches in Honolulu

25 Best Things to Do in St. Thomas

Shopping in Cabo San Lucas: Where to Go & What to Buy

Free Vacation Planning Services

CALL US 888-751-7804

Sign Up for Special Offers

I would like to receive electronic Promotional messages from Celebrity Cruises Inc. You can unsubscribe at anytime. Please view our Privacy Policy .

• First Name *
• Last Name *
• Email Address *
• Country * Country Afghanistan Albania Algeria American Samoa Andorra Angola Antigua and Barbuda Argentina Armenia Australia Austria Azerbaijan Bahamas Bahrain Bangladesh Barbados Belarus Belgium Belize Benin Bermuda Bhutan Bolivia Bosnia and Herzegovina Botswana Brazil Brunei Bulgaria Burkina Faso Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Canada Cape Verde Cayman Islands Central African Republic Chad Chile China Colombia Comoros Congo, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Republic of the Costa Rica Côte d'Ivoire Croatia Cuba Curaçao Cyprus Czech Republic Denmark Djibouti Dominica Dominican Republic East Timor Ecuador Egypt El Salvador Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Ethiopia Faroe Islands Fiji Finland France French Polynesia Gabon Gambia Georgia Germany Ghana Greece Greenland Grenada Guam Guatemala Guinea Guinea-Bissau Guyana Haiti Honduras Hong Kong Hungary Iceland India Indonesia Iran Iraq Ireland Israel Italy Jamaica Japan Jordan Kazakhstan Kenya Kiribati North Korea South Korea Kosovo Kuwait Kyrgyzstan Laos Latvia Lebanon Lesotho Liberia Libya Liechtenstein Lithuania Luxembourg Macedonia Madagascar Malawi Malaysia Maldives Mali Malta Marshall Islands Mauritania Mauritius Mexico Micronesia Moldova Monaco Mongolia Montenegro Morocco Mozambique Myanmar Namibia Nauru Nepal Netherlands New Zealand Nicaragua Niger Nigeria Northern Mariana Islands Norway Oman Pakistan Palau Palestine, State of Panama Papua New Guinea Paraguay Peru Philippines Poland Portugal Puerto Rico Qatar Romania Russia Rwanda Saint Kitts and Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Samoa San Marino Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Serbia Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Sint Maarten Slovakia Slovenia Solomon Islands Somalia South Africa Spain Sri Lanka Sudan Sudan, South Suriname Swaziland Sweden Switzerland Syria Taiwan Tajikistan Tanzania Thailand Togo Tonga Trinidad and Tobago Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan Tuvalu Uganda Ukraine United Arab Emirates United Kingdom United States Uruguay Uzbekistan Vanuatu Vatican City Venezuela Vietnam Virgin Islands, British Virgin Islands, U.S. Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe

STAY IN THE KNOW

Thank you for subscribing.

See you on board soon.

• Best Time to Visit
• Weather & Climate
• One-Week Itinerary
• Driving Tips
• Places to Visit
• Islands to Visit
• Douro Valley
• Peneda-Geres National Park
• Best Things to Do
• Foods to Try
• Most Beautiful Beaches
• Top Road Trips
• Things to Do with Kids
• Search Please fill out this field.
• Newsletters
• More to Explore

The Best Time to Visit Portugal

It may be a relatively small country, but to determine the best times to visit Portugal, you have to take into consideration the great variety of landscapes that influence weather, events, activities, and peak times. Between the mountains of the Estrela Range in the north, the beaches of the Algarve in the south, and the island groups of the Azores and Madeira in mid-Atlantic, each region has its own perfect time to visit.  

Portugal, bordered by the Atlantic Ocean and Spain, has a Mediterranean climate with, generally speaking, the best times to visit being spring (March to early June) and fall (September to late November). Meanwhile, Madeira and the Azores are influenced by the Gulf Stream, which accounts for a subtropical climate. The summer months of July and August are the hottest and, especially at the beach resorts of the Algarve, most crowded and expensive.

Best Time to Visit Northern Portugal

The north of Portugal is a lot cooler than the south which makes it an ideal part of the country to visit if you like sightseeing, road trips and hiking. The best times to visit are spring and fall.

In the spring, the mountains and valleys of the north are covered with wildflowers, and the almond trees are in full bloom. This time of year is ideal for hiking and exploring the fabulous cities of Porto, Sintra, Coimbra, and Braganza in the far north.

Fall is harvest time (mid-September to mid-October) when the valleys of the Douro and Dao become a hive of activities during the grape harvest. Chestnut trees are blooming, giving the countryside a lot of lovely colors. If you like to hike in the mountains, fall is the time to visit the Minho and Tras-os-Montes regions with average temperatures of 55 degrees F.

It’s a lot colder in the winter (between January and March), especially in the Estrela Range, where it will snow, so skiers head to one of several sports centers in the region. If you are a keen surfer, head for Ericeira or the Atlantic coast (Costa Verde) in the months from November to February, where waves reach records heights of 80 feet.

If you are looking for a beach holiday in the north, the summer months are ideal and less hot than the south because of the fresh Atlantic breeze. There are plenty of beaches to choose from in the north. Just be prepared that the water temperature is lower than in the south, and there may be an occasional rain shower. Book well in advance if you can only visit in the summer because prices can be high as the beaches in the north are also popular with the Portuguese who have their vacations in the summer.

Best Time to Visit Southern Portugal

The south of Portugal includes the Algarve, from Lagos to Tavira, and the border with Spain and inland to Monchique. You’ll find more sunshine and warmer air and water temperatures than in the north .

Again, the best times to visit are spring and fall. The summers in the Algarve get very hot, easily up to 104 degrees F and crowded, which is reflected in the highest prices for accommodation and food. Winter, which lasts from Dec. 21 to March 20, is the season where costs are lowest. There are the occasional rainy days, especially in winter, but the Algarve has a mild and pleasant climate year-round even for a visit to the beach, so avoid the peak season if you can.

Apart from a beach holiday, the Algarve is a golfers’ paradise with nearly 40 golf courses . It’s, of course, much more pleasant to play golf in spring or fall than in the heat of summer. There is also sightseeing in Faro, Lagos, and Monchique and delightful boat trips to the Nature Reserve of Ria Formosa and the islands, all of which can be enjoyed year-round.

Best Time to Visit Madeira

Madeira does its nickname, ‘Island of Eternal Spring’, justice with a subtropical climate and average temperatures of 77 degrees F in July and 62 degrees F in January.   Rain falls in the months of March, April October, and November, due to the location in the Atlantic, 600 miles off the coast from Lisbon. You can visit Madeira year around if you don’t mind a bit of rain in the offseason (and cheaper) months of rainfall with the best price cuts from April to mid-June.

The island, which of of volcanic origin, has a lush vegetation and is famous for flowers and fruit such as guava, mango, and anona. Depending on your taste in activities, you can swim in lava pools, go windsurfing (September to February), birdwatch, laze on the beaches, explore the Laurisilva Forest, or watch whales (April to October).

Best Time to Visit the Azores

The Azores are a group of nine islands in the middle of the Atlantic, at a distance of around 900 miles from Lisbon.   Some of the islands are hardly ever visited, and the rest of them are still more laid back and peaceful than the rest of Portugal. The best time to visit is from May to October. May to September is also the best time for whale watching, which is big in the Azores. Each morning, boats set out from Faial and San Miguel.

Summertime runs from June to September with the highest air and water temperatures. March, April, May, and October are the months with the most unstable weather; sunny days can alternate with plenty of rain. It is said that each of the four seasons can be experienced in a single day because the weather can change so quickly. 

November to March is winter and the peak of the rainy season. Temperatures don’t reach freezing point, but the dampness will make it feel colder than it is. Still, there are things to do and enjoy, like relaxing in the thermal springs—just bring the right clothes, and take advantage of the low prices for accommodation.

Like Madeira, the Azores are volcanic, which makes for a wild landscape and the chance of exciting hikes. Pico has the highest mountain, Pico Volcano, with a rather tricky climb to the peak that you don’t want to do in the rain—June would be the best time.

Key Festivals & Events

• The Madeira Flower Festival is probably the island's most well-known festival. To celebrate the arrival of spring in April and May, the festival spans several days with a variety of attractions. It takes place in Funchal.
• Angra do Heroismo , Portugal’s leading jazz festival takes place in October in one of the most beautiful towns of the Azores on the island of Terceira.
• Carnival of Loule Carnival is a big event in Portugal and among the oldest. It's a three-day party in the Algarve town of Loule in February.
• The Rose Festival in Vila Franca do Lima is a tradition going back to 1622. Highlights include are huge baskets filled with roses in the shape of coat of arms.
• The Fiesa Sand Sculpture Competition is an event not to be missed in Pera, near Algarve. This massive creation and exhibition of sand sculptures runs from March through November.

Frequently Asked Questions

To visit the mainland of Portugal, the best seasons are spring and fall. April to mid-June and September to early November typically have comfortable temperatures and low-season prices.

Summer is the busiest time to visit Portugal, especially in major tourist areas like Lisbon, Porto, or the southern Algarve region. Prices spike beginning in mid-June and through the beginning of September.

July and August are the hottest months in Portugal, but this Mediterranean country sees mild temperatures throughout the year. If you want a warm getaway in the middle of winter, consider visiting the Portuguese islands of Madeira or the Azores.

Britannica. "Portugal - Climate." Retrieved February 16, 2021.

Weather Atlas. "Madeira, Portugal - Detailed climate information." Retrieved February 16, 2021.

Azores. "Azores Islands Information." Retrieved February 16, 2021.

Related Articles

More related articles.

• ACTIVE TRAVEL
• AMUSEMENT PARKS
• CELEBRATIONS
• WINTER TRAVEL
• AFRICA + MIDDLE EAST
• ASIA + PACIFIC
• CENTRAL + SOUTH AMERICA
• NORTH AMERICA
• ALL INCLUSIVE
• FAMILY FRIENDLY
• URBAN HOTELS
• TRAVEL GEAR
• TRAVEL DEALS
• Sign in / Join
• DAILY MOM MILITARY
• PRIVACY POLICY

Planning a Perfect 3-Day Weekend in Charleston, South Carolina

8 of the most exciting travel adventures around the world, 10 best all-inclusive family resort destinations in the u.s., picking the best skydiving center for an exhilarating experience, plan a memorable summer vacation in the usa, 9 of the best places in ontario to visit with the…, 5 gorgeous hot springs in the united states you need to…, 10 of the best golf communities in north america, 10 of the best orlando resorts to visit on vacation, 9 of the most delicious and unique restaurants around the world, 10 of the best essentials for cruising, 16 excellent traveling apps for tourists, 11 basic international travel necessities everyone needs, 13 must have camping necessities, 6 perfect travel pillows for every type of traveler, black friday and cyber monday travel deals 2019, where to go this summer – travel deals, holiday travel specials: holidays 2014.

• DESTINATIONS

Spain and Portugal Trip: The Perfect 8 Day Itinerary

While there is much to do in both Spain and Portugal and you could easily spend weeks in each country, they are side by side and can easily be combined into a Spain and Portugal trip. For those looking for a quick trip to visit some of the top spots in each country, we have developed an itinerary that allows the best of each country to be highlighted.

In order to fit both countries into this short amount of time, we will be concentrating on a route from Lisbon to Madrid. The northern parts of both countries, as well as the eastern part of Spain, to include Barcelona and Valencia, will not be part of this itinerary. We will focus on 4 cities to lay our heads at night, but will include day trips to make the most of each stop. Nobody likes to pack more than they have to, so we will try to limit our hotel hopping. However, with only eight days, we will not be taking a leisurely pace.

Read More: International Travel Checklist For Before You Go!

Table of Contents

Lisbon Portugal

Since we are starting here and will need time to adjust to new time zones, consider spending more time here than other destinations. After all, Lisbon is one of the best walking cities in the world. Plus, it has so many options for day trips. You could stay your entire trip in Lisbon and never get bored. Lisbon has such a great atmosphere and its size makes it easy to manage.

Consider taking a walking tour on your first day to get acquainted with the city. Lisbon is such a vibrant city so make sure you bring your camera to your walking tour.

The azulejo ceramics are everywhere in Lisbon. They were used to cover the bland exteriors to buildings left over from the Gothic period. When the tiles first began appearing on the building exteriors in the 15th through 18th centuries, they were mostly blue and white but over time more colors were added to the mix. Now, they are what come to mind when one thinks of Lisbon. A fun idea during your trip is to make your own azulejo.

When in Lisbon, you must ride the trams. It is one of the most recommended tourist activities. The Remodelado trams are the quaint yellow trams that rattle and screech through the narrow streets of Lisbon. The most scenic route is the 28 E, which crosses the Alfama district which is on the opposite side of the river from Lisbon.

Possible Lisbon Day Trips

An eccentric place that deserves a visit. There are so many palaces to see: Palacio da Pena, Palácio Nacional de Sintra, and Palácio de Monserrate, but you are only here for a day trip from Lisbon so you do not need to spend your precious time here touring palaces. All you need to do is walk the grounds and enjoy the atmosphere.

During your trip to Sintra, make sure to visit Cabo de Roca which is the most western point in continental Europe. These stunning views that should not be missed!

Estoril and Cascais

These are the beach towns north of Lisbon that can be reached on a day trip, but you will be heading to the shoreline when you leave Lisbon. However, if you love all things related to the sea, make a day trip here.

Obidos is one of the most picturesque and well preserved medieval cities in all of Europe. You could wander around here for hours, but do not spend your entire day here because we have a special treat for you if you are visiting during the right time of year.

If you are visiting Portugal during big wave season, October through March (and sometimes April), you must witness the largest waves being surfed in the world. Visit the lighthouse and see the largest waves in the world being surfed. To give you an idea of the size of these waves, Rodrigo Koxa conquered an 80-foot wave in 2017. And those are just the waves being surfed, there are bigger ones not being surfed! They really have to be seen to be believed!

If wineries are your thing, then consider a visit to Evora. It is a beautiful small town that is part of the Alentejo region was elected by USA TODAY readers as the best wine region to visit in the world. The Herdades and Quintas (wineries) are part of its culture and identity and are definitely a must tour in the Alentejo journey.

Algarve Region – Portugal

Take your time making your way from Lisbon to this southernmost region famous for its beaches and golf course. The coastline is stunning. After your busy days in Lisbon, you deserve to relax in Algarve.

Read More: International Travel Checklist Departure and Arrival

Seville spain.

You are now in Spain, time for tapas, paella, gazpacho, and tempranillo. And because you are in Seville, it is also time for Flamenco.

Flamenco  is a Spanish art form made up of three parts: guitar playing, song, and dance.  It is a mesmerizing art form to witness, and seeing it performed must be done in its birthplace.

Seville is also famous for its Moorish architecture and many festivals. It is a hub of Spanish culture. A visit to Seville’s central cathedral, which is a UNEXCO world heritage site and the largest Gothic cathedral in the world, is a must. Alcazar’s palace took over 100 years to build and is one of the finest examples of Moorish architecture in Spain. Another example of Moorish architecture is the Plaza de España which was built for the Ibero-American Exhibition of 1929

Seville Day Trips

Ronda & The Pueblos Blancos

This city’s two halves lie either side of the El Tajo gorge and are connected by the spectacular “New Bridge”. Ronda can be combined with the Pueblos Blancos during a day trip from Seville. The Pueblos Blancos are picturesque hilltop villages of the Andalucia region of Spain.

Read More: 16 Excellent Traveling Apps For Tourists

Toledo spain.

You thought Madrid was where you should end your trip, didn’t you? While Madrid is technically the ending point of this quick jaunt around Portugal and Spain since you will fly out of the Madrid Airport. However, we recommend you stay in Toledo which is a little over an hour away from the airport by train and subway. Simply put, Toledo is breathtaking. It is a treasure of art and history.

While in Toledo, make sure to go up the hill to visit El Greco’s viewport. Also, please do not skip the Toledo Cathedral which the apex of Iberian gothic architecture.  Spend as much time as possible walking the walls of this impressive medieval city.

Please note that no recommendations were given on how to divide your time between each place. That is a matter of personal choice based on your interests. However, the combination of these cities will allow you to make the most of your quick Spain and Portugal trip.

WANT TO READ MORE?

Consider taking your kids with you to these family friendly countries. Read this article for more tips about Traveling with Kids Around the World .

💖WANT TO TRAVEL MORE?💖

Subscribe to receive trip ideas and inspiration right into your inbox once a week.

ENJOYED THIS? CONNECT WITH US ON SOCIAL MEDIA • Newsletter:  Every Avenue Travel delivered to you • Facebook :   @ EveryAvenueTravel •  Instagram : @ TravelEveryAvenue

📌PIN THIS FOR FUTURE REFERENCE📌

Photo Credit: unsplash.com and pixabay.com

RELATED ARTICLES MORE FROM AUTHOR

9 of the best places in ontario to visit with the entire family, popular travels, 10 of the best scenic routes to explore around north america, kid friendly places to stay & dine while road-tripping through arizona, planning a girls’ weekend: 7 amazing places to social distance, ocean coral turquesa by h10: a remarkable resort in riviera maya, a minnesota staycation for the entire family: swimming, sweets, and stem, more to read, editor picks, popular posts, 10 best dude ranches for an all-inclusive experience, 11 fantastic florida festivals that are definitely worth the diversion, home away from home at grande vista, orlando, popular category.

• TRIP IDEAS 278
• DESTINATIONS 240
• NORTH AMERICA 122
• HOTELS & RESORTS 115
• TRAVEL TIPS 103
• FAMILY FRIENDLY 62
• ACTIVE TRAVEL 53
• ADVENTURE 47

Veganderlust contains affiliate links and is a member of the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program. If you make a purchase using one of these Amazon links, I may receive compensation at no extra cost to you.  For more info, see the Disclosure Policy .

• Spain and Portugal Itinerary: 14 Unforgettable Days

Spain and Portugal, the two countries on the Iberian Peninsula, are known for their vibrant cities, rich histories, and stunning landscapes.

In 14 days you can see the best destinations in these two beautiful countries. From exploring the stunning architecture in Barcelona to relaxing on the golden beaches of the Algarve, and not to forget the two capital cities, Madrid and Spain.

This Spain and Portugal itinerary will take you on a journey through the highlights of Spain and Portugal, giving you a taste of both the cosmopolitan cities and the charming small towns.

I’m sure you’ll fall in love with those two beautiful countries and you’ll want to come back and spend even more time here. That’s what happened to me, I keep being drawn back to Spain and Portugal.

Table of Contents

Best Spain and Portugal Itinerary 14 Days

14 days is a good amount of time to visit Spain and Portugal, however, it’s not enough to see everything. For example, I have to completely skip the north of Spain because there simply isn’t enough time for it.

But don’t worry, I have carefully planned this itinerary to still include the main must-see places and experiences in both countries.

So let’s begin our journey through Spain and Portugal! Keep in mind that you can always change the itinerary according to your preferences and add or remove destinations as needed.

1. Stop: Barcelona

Our tour kicks off in Barcelona, the vibrant capital of Catalonia, known for the stunning architecture by Antoni Gaudi , delicious food, and lively atmosphere.

Barcelona is one of my favorite cities in Spain. I’ve been so many times now and I keep going back to Barcelona. I just love the atmosphere and the delicious vegan food in Barcelona .

Day 1: Barcelona

Start your trip by visiting Barcelona. See the famous La Sagrada Familia and Gaudi’s other masterpieces Park Güell and Casa Batlló.

Explore the narrow streets of the Gothic Quarter, one of the most iconic areas in Barcelona. You can skip Las Ramblas, it’s very overrated in my opinion.

Have a picnic in Ciutadella Park or on the beach and watch the sunset from a viewpoint in the city. If you have time, I also recommend the light show at the Magic Fountain of Montjuïc. It’s one of the best things to see in Barcelona for free .

🤩 Discover Barcelona’s top spots on a guided walking tour!

Day 2: Barcelona or Day Trip

On your second day, you have the choice of exploring Barcelona further or taking a day trip.

Some options for day trips include visiting the charming coastal town of Sitges , hiking in Montserrat , visiting the medieval city of Girona, or exploring the Roman ruins in Tarragona .

I did all of those day trips since I spent more time in Barcelona. My favorite two day trips were my Girona day trip and my Tarragona day trip .

🤩 Explore Girona and the beautiful Costa Brava with this incredible day tour!

In case you decide to spend the second day in Barcelona, you can visit some of the museums like the Picasso Museum or the Museu Nacional d’Art de Catalunya.

2. Stop: Madrid

From Barcelona, we’ll head to Spain’s capital city, Madrid. Known for its lively nightlife and cultural offerings.

I’ll be completely honest with you, Madrid is not my favorite city in Spain . But it still has some iconic sights and we have time for a quick stop on the way down South.

You could even make a quick stop in Zaragoza which is about halfway between Barcelona and Madrid but to be honest I don’t think Zaragoza is worth visiting .

Day 3: Madrid

Spend the first day in Madrid exploring the Royal Palace of Madrid and the neighboring Catedral de la Almudena.

Afterward have a drink at the impressive Plaza Mayor and head to Puerta del Sol, which is the center of Spain.

In the afternoon, visit the Prado Museum , the most famous museum in Madrid. The museum is right next to the beautiful Retiro Park, so you can relax there afterward.

🤩 See the top things in Madrid on a Tuk-Tuk tour! Perfect for first-time visitors.

Day 4: Day Trip to Toledo and/or Segovia

Toledo and Segovia are two beautiful cities near Madrid that are perfect for a day trip.

In Toledo , visit the impressive cathedral and wander around the narrow streets of this historic city. Don’t forget to try the famous marzipan!

In Segovia, you can admire the stunning Roman aqueduct and explore the Alcázar de Segovia, a castle that inspired Walt Disney’s Cinderella Castle.

You can easily do a day trip to either of those cities by train, but if you want to see both Toledo and Segovia in one day , I recommend taking a guided tour.

🤩 A guided tour is a great option to see Toledo and Segovia in one day!

3. Stop: Andalusia

Our next stop is the stunning city of Seville. This will be our base for the next three days as we explore the beautiful region of Andalusia in Southern Spain.

Andalusia is such a beautiful region, you could easily spend 10 days there , but I packed the highlights into 3 days.

Day 5: Seville

Start your day by visiting the stunning Alcázar of Seville, a palace with both Christian and Moorish influences. Next, head to the Cathedral of Seville, the largest Gothic cathedral in the world.

In the afternoon, stroll around the charming María Luisa Park and visit the beautiful Plaza de España.

Afterwards head to Las Setas, one of the largest wooden structures in the world, and take in the breathtaking views of Seville from the viewing platform on top.

End your day with a flamenco show or relax in an Arab Bath. While I missed those in Seville, I loved the hot water pools in Granada’s baths and enjoyed watching a flamenco show in a Granada cave house . I’m sure they’re just as great in Seville.

🤩 I love this Seville Tuk Tuk tour for the local guide!

Day 6: Day Trip to Granada

Granada is a must-visit city in Andalusia, known for its stunning Alhambra Palace. I really love the relaxed atmosphere in Granada . You can easily spend a few days in Granada, but since we only have one day, we’ll focus on the highlights.

Start your day by visiting the Alhambra Palace and its beautiful gardens. Make sure to book your entrance tickets online in advance, as they sell out quickly.

In the afternoon, wander around the charming Albaicín neighborhood and enjoy some delicious tapas. End your day with a visit to Mirador de San Nicolás for a stunning view of the Alhambra at sunset.

🤩 I love this Seville to Granada tour for the included Alhambra ticket & time in Granada city!

Day 7: Day Trip to Córdoba

Córdoba is another beautiful city in Andalusia, known for its stunning Mezquita-Catedral and historic Jewish Quarter.

Start your Córdoba day trip by visiting the Mezquita-Catedral, a unique mosque-cathedral with beautiful architecture. I was really amazed by the sheer size of the cathedral and the Muslim elements inside.

Afterward, wander around the Jewish Quarter and explore its charming streets and shops. Make sure to try the famous local dish, salmorejo, a delicious cold tomato soup.

In the afternoon, you can visit the Alcázar de los Reyes Cristianos , a palace with beautiful gardens, or simply relax in one of the many plazas and soak up the atmosphere.

🤩 Explore the great city of Córdoba with a walking tour!

4. Stop: Algarve, Portugal

Our next stop is the beautiful Algarve region in southern Portugal. Known for its stunning beaches and picturesque towns, it’s the perfect place to relax after a busy trip through Spain.

Day 8: Faro

Start your day by visiting Faro, the capital of the Algarve region. Explore its charming old town and visit the Sé Cathedral and the Arco da Vila gate.

Afterward, you can take a boat tour from Faro to explore the beautiful Ria Formosa Natural Park or do a quick trip to Olhão to see a different side of the Algarve.

Olhão is a charming fishing town with a very authentic Portuguese atmosphere. My favorite things to do in Olhão were learning about local legends and taking a boat tour to some picturesque islands.

🤩 Visit the Ria Formosa on a boat tour from Faro!

Day 9: Lagos

Lagos is another must-visit destination in the Algarve known for its stunning beaches, rugged cliffs, and picturesque old town.

Start your day by taking a boat tour to explore the famous sea caves and rock formations near Lagos. The boat tour was my favorite thing to do in Lagos , the cliffs are so impressive, and with a small boat, you can get really close to the sea caves.

When you get back from your boat tour have some lunch in the old town of Lagos.

Afterward, visit beautiful beaches like Praia do Camilo or Praia Dona Ana for sun, sand, and relaxation. Then walk to Ponta da Piedade, famous for its breathtaking views of the Atlantic Ocean, for the perfect sunset.

🤩 I took this boat cruise in Lagos and loved it!

Day 10: Benagil Caves

In case you do this Spain and Portugal itinerary by train stay in Lagos for a second day and take a boat tour to the Benagil Caves. The great thing about doing a boat tour from Lagos to the Benagil Caves is that you’ll have the chance to see some dolphins on the way.

Afterwards relax on one of the beaches before heading to Portugal’s capital, Lisbon.

If you’re on a Spain and Portugal road trip, head from Lagos to Benagil in the morning to see the amazing sea cave. In the afternoon, you can also tackle the Seven Hanging Valleys Trail, known for its breathtaking coastal views.

🤩 See dolphins and the Benagil Caves on an incredible boat cruise!

5. Stop: Lisbon

Our next stop is the vibrant and charming capital city of Lisbon. You can easily spend a few days in Lisbon , but we’ll try to see the best things in the city in one day, so we can do one short day trip from Lisbon before heading to our final stop of the itinerary.

Day 11: Lisbon

Start your Lisbon day by visiting the Belem Tower and Jeronimos Monastery, both UNESCO World Heritage sites with stunning architecture and history in the Belém district.

In the afternoon, take a stroll around the charming Alfama neighborhood and visit the São Jorge Castle for some amazing views of the city.

Finish your day with some delicious vegan food in Lisbon and don’t miss out on a traditional Pastel de Nata as dessert.

🤩 Tuk Tuk Tours are very popular in Lisbon due to the narrow and steep roads!

Day 12: Day Trip to Sintra and/or Cascais

For our final day trip, we have two options – Sintra and/or Cascais.

Sintra is known for its beautiful palaces and castles. The most famous ones are the colorful Pena Palace and the stunning Quinta da Regaleira. It’s truly a stunning place but it can get extremely overcrowded in summer .

Alternatively, you can visit the quaint coastal town of Cascais for some beach time, an impressive coastline, and a charming old town.

You can do each day trip easily by public transport, but if you want to see both places in one day I recommend a guided tour to Sintra and Cascais .

🤩 Check prices for a Sintra and Cascais private tour!

6. Stop: Porto

Our final stop is Porto, a beautiful city in the North of Portugal , known for its port wine and charming old town.

Day 13: Porto

Start your day in Porto by visiting the Livraria Lello bookstore, known as one of the most beautiful bookstores in the world. Near the bookstore is the Clérigos Tower, where you can climb the stairs for a stunning view of the city.

In the afternoon, stroll through the charming Ribeira district and do a Porto boat cruise to see the city and its many bridges from a different perspective.

Afterward, cross the iconic Dom Luís I Bridge to get to Vila Nova de Gaia, famous for its port wine cellars. Have a wine tasting in one of the wine cellars and enjoy the sunset from Jardim do Morro.

🤩 Explore Porto on a walking tour to discover top highlights with insights from a local guide!

Day 14: Departure

You have a few options on your last day based on your return flight.

• If you fly back home from Porto and you still have the full day to spend in Portugal. You can do a day trip from Porto . There are several options to choose from, such as visiting the Douro Valley , Braga , and Guimarães , or a beach trip to Aveiro and Costa Nova .
• If you fly back home from Lisbon and you don’t have any time to spare, just take the high-speed train from Porto to Lisbon on your last day.
• If you fly back home from Lisbon and you do have some time to spare. You can take a one-way tour from Porto to Lisbon and see some amazing towns on the way. Tours usually stop in Aveiro, the Venice of Portugal, Coimbra, home to the oldest university in Portugal, and many others.

🤩 Check prices for a one-way tour from Porto to Lisbon!

14-Day Itinerary Spain and Portugal: How to Get Around

The best way to travel around Spain and Portugal is by using trains, buses, and day tours. You can buy your train tickets in advance to save money.

I don’t recommend taking flights within Spain and Portugal. Taking public transportation is a lot more convenient and eco-friendly.

A rental car is a good option if you want to customize this itinerary to see more remote places but it’s really not necessary to see all the stops I included in this itinerary for Spain and Portugal .

Best Time to travel to Spain and Portugal

The best time to travel to Portugal and Spain is from April to June or September to October. During these months, the weather is pleasant and there are fewer tourists compared to the peak summer season.

However, if you’re planning on doing beach activities and want hot weather, July and August are the best months for visiting Spain and Portugal.

For a more budget-friendly trip, consider traveling during the off-season from November to March. The weather may be colder but you’ll have fewer crowds and can find better deals on accommodations and activities.

Final Thoughts: Portugal and Spain Itinerary 14 Days

This 14-day itinerary for Spain and Portugal is a great way to see the highlights of both countries. From stunning beaches to charming cities and historical sites, there’s something for everyone on this trip.

You get to marvel at Gaudi’s masterpieces in Barcelona, explore Madrid’s royal heritage, and immerse yourself in Andalusia’s captivating blend of cultures.

In Portugal, you’ll experience the laid-back charm of the Algarve’s coastal towns, the vibrant capital city of Lisbon, and the beautiful riverfront city of Porto.

Spain and Portugal will leave you with a lifetime of memories. And remember you can always make alterations to this Spain Portugal itinerary to fit your travel preferences and schedule. If you fall in love with one city, just stay another day and skip something else.

Read more about Portugal:

• Spain and Portugal Itinerary: 10 Days You Won’t Forget
• Amazing 10-Day Portugal Itinerary by Train
• 15 Best Souvenirs from Portugal to Remember Your Holiday
• One Day In Lisbon Portugal: Perfect Itinerary
• Epic Two Days In Lisbon: Ultimate Itinerary
• 11 Incredible Day Trips From Lisbon Portugal
• Lisbon and Porto Itinerary: 7 Epic Days in Portugal
• One Day In Porto Portugal: Ultimate Itinerary
• Ultimate 3 Day Porto Itinerary
• 7 Best Day Trips from Porto by Train
• Ultimate Algarve Itinerary For Different Trips
• Best Time to Visit Algarve Portugal for a Perfect Holiday
• 10 Absolute Best Things to Do in Lagos, Portugal
• Does it Snow in Portugal? Magical Winter in Portugal
• Drinking Age in Portugal: What You Need To Know
• All Portugal Destinations

Read more about Spain:

• 10 Absolute Best Free Things to Do in Barcelona
• Barcelona 3 Day Itinerary For an Epic Weekend Getaway
• Best Gaudi Tours in Barcelona
• Is Madrid Worth Visiting? Why I Don’t Think It Is
• 15 Amazing Day Trips From Madrid To Explore Spain
• Is Zaragoza Worth Visiting? Pros and Cons
• Is Tarragona Worth Visiting? 5 Reasons Why It Is
• Is Granada Worth Visiting? 10 Reasons Why It Is
• Amazing 3 Days in Seville Itinerary: What to See & Do
• 7 Absolute Best Day Trips from Seville, Spain
• Epic Southern Spain Itinerary: 10 Days in Andalusia by Train
• Unforgettable 10-Day Itinerary in Spain by Train

Pin it for later:

Tina Riegelnegg is the founder of Veganderlust. She started this blog in 2022 to share her experiences in order to help other travellers have the best experience and find the best vegan food while travelling. So far Tina has been to 31 countries on 5 continents.

Similar Posts

La Sagrada Família: The Most Famous Church in Barcelona

La Sagrada Familia is the most famous church in Barcelona, Spain. It’s designed by renowned architect Antoni Gaudí, it has become a…

10 Best Things to Do in Almería

Almería is a coastal city located in southern Spain. Known for its stunning beaches, impressive historical sites, and delicious cuisine, Almería has…

13 Absolute Best Things to Do in Torrevieja, Spain

The main reasons people visit Torrevieja are the pink lake and the beach, but this coastal city on the Costa Blanca has…

Amazing Day Trip to Andorra from Barcelona

Doesn’t Andorra just sound magical? Maybe it’s just because it sounds so similar to Pandora. Either way, when I spend some time…

Is Faro Worth Visiting? 7 Reasons Why It Is

The capital of the Algarve, Faro, is often overlooked by tourists as they head straight for more popular destinations like Lagos and…

Is Aveiro Worth Visiting? A trip to Portugal’s Venice

Aveiro’s a nice, smallish, almost coastal town south of Porto that’s easily accessible by train. There are no specific main attractions to…

The Best Spain and Portugal Itinerary to Take Now!

Spain and Portugal

Planning a trip always takes the longest.

Where to go, how long to stay, should I do this city or that one. We decided to do a Spain getaway at the last minute and then added on Portugal at even later minute and found it helpful to read Rick Steves , Lonely Planet , forums and blogs to ultimately decide which cities to linger in and which to skip altogether.

We’re now back from our trip to Spain and Portugal so we thought we’d share a summary of our itinerary. We had 2 weeks and visited Spain’s 2 main cities, Madrid and Barcelona, then headed south to see the Andalusian cities before heading west for a taste of Portugal.

Below is my day by day itinerary featuring  Instagram photos from the trip! You can check out the whole photo series by exploring the hashtag  #shershegoes_spain

ADVERTISEMENT

Or save this article to read later by pinning it ⇟

Spain and Portugal Itinerary

Here’s a summary of the Spain and Portugal itinerary that we did. We would recommend at least 2 weeks if you want to visit both Spain and Portugal. If you have less time, say 10 days, then concentrate on Madrid and Barcelona in Spain!

2 Weeks in Spain

Keep reading below for a day by day city   itinerary of must-see sights, things to eat and where to stay! I’ve also included day trip suggestions below.

Days 1-2: Madrid

We arrived first in Madrid, Spain’s capital city.

The streets are narrow, the apartments all have beautiful shuttered balconies and the charm is everywhere. We settled in for a couple days of sightseeing, healthy doses of tapas, rioja wine and laid back nights that ended with churros con chocolate.

The Best Things to Do in Madrid

Main Attractions: Royal Palace, Museo del Prado, Retiro Park

Don’t Miss: a night hopping from bar to bar sampling tapas and pinchos. Recommended dishes:

• gambas al ajillo (shrimp in hot garlic and oil)
• jamon iberico bellota (fancy coldcuts of iberico pigs fed on acorns)
• calamares a la romana (fried squid rings)
• my special favorite, patatas bravas (fried potato wedges served with a mayo aioli)!

Where to Stay in Madrid

I recommend 2 days, 3 nights. Perhaps the best neighborhood to stay in Madrid would be the Centro district, to stay centrally located near the main sights and attractions. Other solid neighborhoods: La Latina, Chueca and Barrio de las Letras.

We recommend  Catalonia Plaza Mayor , a comfortable hotel that’s centrally located in the heart of old Madrid.

Check rates:   Booking.com ,  Hotels.com ,  Expedia  

Read reviews:   TripAdvisor

Best Day Trips from Madrid

We stayed in Madrid an extra couple nights in order to do some day trips in Castille La Mancha. I couldn’t decide on one, so we visited a couple (images above from left to right).

Here are the best day trips from Madrid that I’d recommend!

• Segovia an ancient town famous for its Roman aqueduct ruins
• Toledo a medieval city
• El Escorial  a monastery and entombment for ancient Spanish kings

You can browse more fun day trips from Madrid here .  

Day 4: Cordoba

After thoroughly explored Spain’s capital, we headed south for a loop through Andalusia . First up, Cordoba!

The small town was once a regional capital for the Roman and Moorish empires so today, it bears characteristics of each. The historic sights are all located within the compact Old Town and easily walk able.

We got lucky and timed our visit for their spring festival, the Patio Festival! Patio means inner courtyard in Spanish, and it’s a really pretty time to visit because the entire town comes alive, locals are happy to show off their homes and everywhere you look there are stunning flowers are in bloom. 

Best Things to Do in Cordoba

Main Attractions:  Mezquita-Cathedral, Palacio de los Reyes Cristianos, Roman Bridge

Don’t Miss: a visit in Spring, when this beautiful town comes alive with flowers. The Patio Festival is an opportunity for proud locals to exhibit their version of ‘Best Lawn’ and visitors can see traditional Moorish style patios decorated with a profusion of beautiful pink, red and green blooms.

Where to Stay in Cordoba

The city deserves 1 full day – unless you’re in town for the Cordoba Patio Festival when you won’t be able to get enough with even two or three days!

For a beautiful hotel, stay at  Eurostars Palace Hotel  which has a gorgeous inner courtyard and gives a true feel for Cordoba’s patios. Inner courtyards are usually hidden to outsiders so this hotel is a treat!

Check rates:   Hotels.com ,  Booking.com , Expedia  

Read reviews:  TripAdvisor

Days 5-6: Seville

From Cordoba, we hopped back on the high speed train for Seville.

Flamboyant Seville is home to the fiery flamenco, stadium roaring bull fights and the most delicious tapas bars of my entire trip! We did a bit more sightseeing, although by this point I was thoroughly wow’ed by the cathedrals and had pretty much reached my limit.

Best Things to Do in Seville

Main Attractions:  Cathedral, Alcázar, Barrio Santa Cruz

Don’t Miss:  the gardens in the Alcázar are breathtaking – you might recognize them as ‘Dorne’ from Game of Thrones!

Seville is a fantastic town for foodies. In Madrid, you have lots of old, historic bars, while in Barcelona you’ll find trendy, beautifully decorated restaurants with fantastic fusion food. But in Seville? Expect small, authentic and delicious, with a bit of flair. Essentially, it felt like it offered the best of everything in one compact town. 

Where to stay in Seville

The city is worth at least 2 days & 2 nights – so you can eat all the affordable and tasty tapas you can find! Book a room at  Hotel Alfonso XIII , a luxurious property featuring gorgeous Moorish architecture and every comfort imaginable. Hotel Alfonso is located in a prime spot next to Seville’s Real Alcazar.

Check rates Hotels.com ,   Booking.com ,   Expedia  

Read reviews  TripAdvisor

Days 7-8: Granada

After thoroughly exploring Seville, we hopped on a (10 euro!) bus to explore Granada, once the Moorish stronghold of the west. Today the city retains much of its North African flavor and is an absolute must see on any southern trip through Spain.

The main attraction in Granada is the breathtaking Alhambra, an old fortress and palace with extensive gardens. Tickets sell out quite fast so you’ll need to book this in advance. You can read about everything you need to know regarding Alhambra tickets in this post here .

Or, skip the mess entirely and take a guided tour that bypasses the queue altogether here .

I ended up extending our Granada stay for an extra half day so that I could grab the only ticket option remaining during my trip.

Best Things to Do in Granada

Main Attractions:  the Alhambra !

Don’t Miss: a relaxing retreat at the Arabian baths , or Hammam Al Andalus . The current baths are built over the ancient bath site and gorgeously decorated.

There are a number of different pools at different temperatures as well as some fun massage options. We loved how relaxing this experience was! Budget around 3 hours to fully enjoy the experience.

Where to stay in Granada:

Budget 2 full days in order to fully explore the city, with a full 1/2 day devoted to the Alhambra . We stayed at  Anacapri Granada , an affordable, clean hotel within walking distance from the Alhambra.

The Anacapri Granada is located in the heart of Old Town and also conveniently near the local bus stop, should you wish to explore Granada’s farther sights.

Check rates:  Hotels.com ,   Booking.com ,   Expedia  

Days 9-12: Barcelona

From Granada, there are a couple ways to get to Barcelona including via car, high speed rail or plane . We decided to fly after hearing unimpressed reviews of the overnight train service.

Barcelona was by far one of the highlights of my trip – I enjoyed it a lot more than Madrid! The city is cosmopolitan, proudly Catalan and lively with some of the most impressive and unique sights in Spain.

After almost two weeks of sightseeing, lots of churches and an abundance of small town charm, the genius works of architect Antoni Gaudí were so distinctive and colossal that I couldn’t help but be awed.

Best Things to Do in Barcelona

Main Attractions:   La Sagrada Familia , Casa Batlló, Casa Milà (aka La Pedrera), Park Güell

Don’t Miss:  a full day dedicated to Gaudi’s works: the modernist mansion Casa Batlló and the still under construction Sagrada Familia church .

Day Trips:  Barcelona had some of the most innovative tapas bars that I tried in Spain – don’t miss a good evening out trying various Spanish small plates  or try a cooking class . Die hard soccer / football fans will want to see FC Barcelona’s stadium and see a match or two.

Where to stay in Barcelona:

Royal Ramblas  is a great hotel to stay in, as it’s located right on the main shopping and pedestrian road, Las Ramblas. There’s so much to see in Barcelona (and the city makes a great base for nearby day trips in Catalonia) so budget at least 3 full days!

Best Day Trips from Barcelona

Near Barcelona are a couple cities worth visiting. Montserrat is a religious pilgrimage site for many Catalans and a breathtaking change of scenery for tourists – the monastery is actually high up in the mountains!

Also within an easy day trip from the city are Girona , a walkable old city famous for its historic Jewish quarter of narrow cobblestone streets, and Figueres, where Salvador Dali built his museum and personal shrine.

Trains connect all three towns within easy access of Barcelona Sants rail station. We decided to do the first two and left Figueres for another trip simply because the train schedules weren’t as convenient.

• Montserrat :  a dramatic mountaintop monastery where the Black Madonna was discovered
• Girona :  a quaint medieval town very similar to Dubrovnik and currently the set of King’s Landing for the Game of Thrones series

Days 13-14: Lisbon

Portugal’s capital Lisbon feels a lot like San Francisco .

Both have rolling hills, quaint trolleys and well worn cobblestone streets. Lisbon has some amazing seafood spots and charm, but also a sad air of neglect to the magnificent tiled apartment buildings.

I first visited Lisbon on a fun long weekend trip in college, where we spent the days sipping on Sangria and the nights partying in Chiado and Bairro Alto.. with nightly stops at McDonalds in Rossio Square for CBO sandwiches and McFlurrys. 

This time, I focused a bit more on sightseeing and managed to fit in a wonderful day trip to nearby Sintra.

Best Things to Do in Lisbon

Main Attractions:  São Jorge Castle, Alfama walk (medieval district) and Baixa walk (downtown with major squares)

Don’t Miss:  dinner at Cervejaria Ramiro, a local favorite of Anthony Bourdain that completely lived up to my seafood heavy anticipation. Get the garlic shrimp in olive oil and large grilled prawns and wash it all down with beer and buttery garlic bread.

Where to stay in Lisbon:

Hotel Santa Justa is an affordable luxury hotel with an amazing location right by the famous lift. We opted for 2 nights in Lisbon, with an extra day to check out the wacky, beautiful mansions at nearby Sintra !

Check rates:  Hotels.com ,  Booking.com ,  Expedia  

Day Trip from Lisbon to Sintra

A couple friends recommended Sintra as a must do while in Lisbon. After a major earthquake and tsunami hit Lisbon in 1755, Portuguese royalty permanently left the city in favor of this mountain retreat.

On a day trip, you can explore the national palace, Pena palace and a number of extravagant private mansions. It’s a unique town and ended up being my favorite day trip of the entire trip!

Best Things to Do in Sintra

Main Attractions:  National Palace, Quinta da Regaleira, Palace of Queluz, Arab Walls

Don’t Miss:  the Pena Palace , which is said to have inspired Walt Disney’s vision of Cinderella Castle!

Stay:  1 days, 1 night to see the highlights, a 2nd day if you want to see the exotic mansions like Montserrate Mansion that are farther from the town square.

Getting Around Spain

We took a combination of transportation to get around Spain, including

• local flights
• the high speed train

Spain by Train

Mostly, we used the high speed train service, as it was the most convenient.

To book tickets, use Omio . It’s the largest distributor for European train tickets and accepts international credit cards. Spain does have its own train website, but its in Spanish and meant for local Spanish citizens to book.

The Omio site is much more user friendly – you can both browse train schedules and keep track of all your purchased tickets by making an account. They charge a nominal booking fee for the process, I believe around 1-3 euro per transaction, so try to organize your route first then buy all the tickets in one go.

Train routes typically are published 3-6 months out so if you can’t find the schedule for your dates, you might be looking to early. Just check back in a couple weeks or so. Ticket prices will get more expensive with time, so book in advance to save.

Check  train schedules for Spain here .

I got a lot of questions about how we got around. If following my itinerary, here’s the breakdown:

• We flew into Madrid, and spent a couple days exploring the area. From Madrid, we took the high speed train down to Cordoba and again from Cordoba to Seville.
• From Seville , you can take either the train or bus . We found a steal bus fare (~10 euro per person), so we tried the bus. If you can’t find a bus deal, just use the train as it’s much easier to navigate!
• From  Granada , we chose to fly up northeast to Barcelona. You can take the train, but it’s historically been offered as an overnight train option, and friends who took it said it was very uncomfortable. Granada has been doing construction on its train station, so double check whether a train is available for your dates. Personally, we recommend flying. 
• In Barcelona, we booked day trips to nearby Montserrat and Girona using the train. After fully exploring the Catalonia region, we flew to neighboring Portugal to visit Lisbon and Sintra.

Best Time to Visit

Spring (April – May) and Fall (September – October) are the best times to visit Spain and Portugal. There’ll be less crowds and more comfortable temperatures!

What Not to Miss

Here are some highlights you absolutely shouldn’t miss in Spain and Portugal!

Exploring Southern Spain’s Moorish history

• the Cathedral Mosque in Cordoba, the Alhambra Palace in Granada and the Alcazar in Seville, where scenes from Game of Thrones were filmed

Visiting Spain’s political and cultural capitals

• Madrid: home to 
• Barcelona: home to Gaudi’s masterpieces: the unfinished Sagrada Familia cathedral, the UNESCO World Heritage Casa Battlo site and colorful Park Guell

Portugal’s Legendary Food & Culture

And there you go! My trip report after visiting Spain and Portugal for the first time. 

I hope my 2 week itinerary was helpful! If you have less time, say 10 days or 1 week, I would cut out Southern Spain . You could save Andalusia for a separate trip entirely as there’s lots to see!

Are you planning a trip to Spain, Portugal or both? Let me know any questions in the comments below!

Visiting Spain – Travel Checklist

To make the most of our time, we booked open jar flights, flying from NY to Madrid and departing from Lisbon. Check flight deals for your dates here .

For getting around within Spain, we recommend the local train system. Both fast and slow options are available, so Spain train travel is easy and effective! The only catch? It’s difficult for non Spanish users to book. Instead, book your tickets on Omio , which is much more convenient for English speakers and accepts international credit card holders. Check train schedules for Spain here .

We mixed up our accommodation throughout the trip, alternating between Airbnb and hotels. You can browse last minute Spain hotel deals here . 

Lastly, be sure to visit Spain with travel insurance . Whether you get injured and need to be hospitalized, your phone gets stolen, or a flight delay leaves you with nothing but the clothes on your back, travel insurance will help when you need it most. Get a quote for your trip here .

  You Might Also Enjoy:  

Spain Vacation Planning Articles

Spain and Portugal: A Perfect Itinerary to Explore Both Countries!

Headed to Andalusia? Check out this 7 day Southern Spain travel guide

How We Spent 3 Incredible Days in Granada

Insider Tips for Visiting the Alhambra Palace

The Best Things to Do in Seville

A Spain Food Guide: Important  Tapas + Food Names in Spanish!

Spain's Hidden Gem: The Quaint Town of Cordoba

Don't Miss Cordoba's Patio Festival ! Here's Why

Follow me @Sher She Goes on

Youtube | Tiktok | Instagram

You may also enjoy:

Ootd: comfy casual at the hideaway hotel, …, the 7 best things to do in boston …, 25 incredible things to do in copenhagen before …, raja ampat, indonesia: a travel guide to …, 149 comments.

Cordoba and Grenada look gorgeous. I love all the flower shots in Cordoba, what a great time to go! I love all your pictures & travel style too! I might be planning a Spain trip for this summer, I’ll bookmark this and avidly follow all your recommendations haha

Gah you’re making me so jealous, girl!!!! I studied abroad in Salamanca in high school and spent a lot of time in Barcelona and Madrid, but I haven’t been back since. I desperately want to go back and go down to Granada to see the Alhambra!

Wow, so much information & this is so detailed! I may be going to Lisbon in November, so this is cool to know it’s like San Fran. I have my list of must-sees made after reading this post!

Wow, what an incredible trip and your pictures are absolutely stunning! I want to go now!

Nice tips! I will going to Spain later in the summer, so this will help a lot.

Your photos are stunning! Now I want to visit :)

Your photos are absolutely stunning! I’ll be moving to Spain in the fall and will definitely refer back to this.

Aw, thanks for the kind words Colby!

Hey there thanks for the awesome guide! Can you share approx how much you spent for the two weeks. I’m trying to plan a budget and I have no clue how much to plan for

Hi May – glad it was helpful! Since it’s not a packaged tour, the trip cost will depend on what you want to do! Hotels, restaurants, flights, sights etc – it just depends how luxury or budget you go :) You can get an idea upfront by booking your flights and hotels first. Some of the more famous sites in Spain can be booked online in advance too.

Your vacation looks AH-Mazing!!! And the photos!!! Makes me want to book a trip asap!

Thanks Melissa! It was an amazing trip, I hope you have a great summer!

Wow I can’t wait to visit Spain someday, what a great post! Thanks for sharing x

Yes, Spain is amazing! Hope you visit soon. xoxo

Great pictures!! Amazing photos!!!

Thank you Trang!

Excellent review and nicely planned trip. Pictures of Granada and Cordoba look very nice. Too bad you didnt see Porto, such a nice city as well. Many thanks for the inspiration.

Thanks Julian! Yea – I keep seeing Porto all over now. Wish I had gone but it was nearing 3 weeks at that point and I had to get back to work! If only haha.

Fantastic and comprehensive post! I always appreciate a post catering to first timers, as that is quite often what I am, myself! Beautiful photos, thanks for the insight into such spectacular places!

Your photos are simply stunning!! Awesome trip!

i did portugal a couple of years ago! i loved it, sintra was unreal.

All these places are amazing,I definitely have to visit them someday!

• Pingback: 10 Beauty Essentials for Airbnb Traveler

I am absolutely in love with Spain and Portugal but haven’t visited all of these places you’ve listed. This is a beautiful and helpful guide. Thanks so much for sharing and happy travels :)

Love your list! And what amazing photos. I just googled the Patio Festival in Cordoba and it looks so nice! The houses look amazing then. Nice tip

Hey Andra! Yes the patio festival is amazing. I recently posted about it with tons of photos, have a look! :)

A very well arranged guide for the travel you have experienced. I found this clear and easy to understand with structure of information and pictures coming along with. I have printed it for the trip to Spain in next two years. Thanks.

First of all I have to say I LOVE your photos and the way they are set up in this post. Haven’t been to all these places in Spain but definitely have to get back so I can visit more.

Hi Natasha! Thanks so much for the kind words. xx Sher

I will be going to Granada in autumn for 5 night and I am very looking forward to it. Thank you for the tickets tip, I will keep it in mind and book them at least 2 months in advance. :)

Wowwww I’m just in love with Sintra because of your photos <3 I have a thing for colorful cities. Beautiful….

Thank you Renne! Yes I’m so glad I took a detour to Sintra on this Portugal trip, it was a really fun day trip and actually 2 days would have been better!

Love the itinerary and the photos! I’ve been to all these cities and I can say that you pretty much covered everything for a first time trip.

I’m also more a fan of Barcelona than Madrid. In the highlights there, I would add the palace of the Catalan Music – one of my favourite places with the Sagrada Familia – and la Boqueria, the market on the Ramblas. Great guide!

Yes! I loved La Boqueria too – had a great seafood brunch there. Can’t believe I forgot to add that, thanks for the note Stephanie!

I love this :) I did this trip exactly back in 2012 with the addition of Porto. Your photos are beautiful!

That is a concise and well planned itinerary. Very useful and am bookmarking it for my future trip.

All of these places are must-visits, especially Sintra… and Grenada… and Madrid… I think adding the day trip to Segovia is brilliant.

I really enjoyed your post and the pictures look amazing. Lisbon has a lot to do and see, 2 days might not be enough if you want to visit Sintra as well, but that’s my opinion :)

Did you enjoy Belem as well? I can see that you went there because of the picture of the famous Pasteis de Belem :D

Yes! I wish I had spent an extra day in Sintra – there was a lot more to see than I had realized!

• Pingback: 7 Day Andalusia Spain Itinerary - Everything You Need to See

Hi! I am planning an 8 day trip to Europe in April and am torn between two different itineraries: 1. Fly into Barcelona, explore Barcelona, and do monterassat, and then take a flight to Lisbon and explore Porto and sintra

2. Fly into Madrid, do Sevilla and Granada with day trips to Córdoba and Sevilla

Any insight you have would be wonderful!!

Hi Tara – either itinerary would be amazing, it really depends on what you’re looking to do on your trip? Between Madrid & Barcelona, I liked Barcelona a lot more (personally) as it’s a larger, vibrant city with amazing restaurants, lots of sights (mostly of Gaudi’s works) and Montserrat was very different.

Madrid is more historic and I really loved South Spain. Andalusia has Moorish history so there’s lots of beautiful arabic-influenced sights like the Alhambra. Tapas are really good in Sevilla! Cordoba really comes alive in early May for the flower festival.. Either way there’s lots to see in both options you outlined! Maybe you can extend your trip for 2 weeks?? :)

• Pingback: 5 Unforgettable Things to Do in Cordoba, Spain » Sher She Goes

Hi Sher! Im in love with your photos! Im also planning a same trip for July. I just want to ask a few questions , I hope you don’t mind. your first stop was Madrid right? then from barcelona did you fly to lisbon? And was it easy to travel via trains also? I don’t drive so I’ll probably be commuting my entire trip. Im already thinking of flying to Madrid from Singapore(where i come from) and do the same itinerary as yours then go back to Singapore either from Barcelona or Lisbon( I cant decide yet). Thanks for reading my comment . Any advice is a great help thanks;)

Hi Sheena, aw thank you! Happy to help. Yes I flew in to Madrid and yes also flew from Barcelona to Lisbon. In between I took trains from Madrid down south to Seville/Cordoba/Granada. All of those train rides are very doable and you can find the train schedule on renfe.com The site doesn’t fully translate from Spanish to English but the time schedules are easy enough to read. To actually book the tickets I used rail europe (i have a link to that in the post) because it’s easier to pay – with renfe you pretty much need a spanish credit card or it won’t work.

I didn’t rent a car so to get from city to city I took the train or flew. I felt like walking in any of the Spanish cities was very doable and walked pretty much everywhere! Even 30 minutes in some cases but I also don’t mind to walk. There are local buses and taxis to get around too so no need for a car!

I definitely really liked Lisbon but I went with family and they were kind of tired after 10 days in spain, so if you decide to go home after Barcelona that could be fine too. Lisbon is very hilly (kind of like San Francisco if you have been there?) and you mostly have to walk around for sights and such but there’s also the trolley to take which is fun. If you do go to Lisbon, I highly recommend Sintra! There are some colorful palaces and mansions there which are really unique.

Let me know if you have any other questions and thanks for reading :)

• Pingback: Everything You Need to See in Andalusia, Spain | 7 Day Itinerary » Sher She Goes

We’re planning to go visiting Spain and Portugal departing from the UK for 13 days, wondering what would be the best itinerary be for our first time visit on these both countries and we need to head back to Hong Kong after, need your suggestion to see if we’re able to fly direct either from those countries or get back to the UK first. FYI, we don’t drive.

Many thanks for your help in advance.

Wow! your itinerary is perfect! ;) Great choice of places and I also loved your pictures.

Love this itinerary! I’m planning a trip now hoping to hit most of these places, but I only have about 14 days. How many days total was your trip?

Hey Sara! Glad you like it :) I took about 2 weeks so it sounds like you have plenty of time. With shorter time the day trips from Madrid are probably easy to cut and maybe less time in Cordoba if the patio festival isnt going on

Hi Sher, I love everything you posted here, especially the itinerary and the photos. its so easy to understand and the photos are all amazing. I’ll be doing Spain and Portugal trip for 16 days this May, adding few days to spend in Porto and Barcelona. Im planning to do the whole exact thing as yours, I can’t wait to visit Cordoba for the flower festival and Sintra! Thank you so much for your itineraries :)

Hi Sher your blog was really insightful! I have a question. I’m planning to buy train tickets in advance (traveling to Spain and Portugal) but since my itenerary is not finalized so how do I go about making reservations? Is it hard to make same day /2dayreservations in advance for train seat reservation? Thanks for your help!

Hi Namrata, glad my posts were helpful! Hm, it depends. When are you planning to go?

If spring/summer I would recommend you finalize your itinerary and buy the tickets online before you go. Spain gets quite crowded as early as May and certain popular places will sell out. For example, the Madrid day trip to Toledo is strangely very popular!

I booked all of my trains ahead of time, except my Portugal day trip to Sintra. the line at the train station was very, very long the day of. In hindsight I would have bought it ahead of time to save time.

If you are visiting in the fall/winter its probably less important to book ahead.

For the Alhambra you absolutely need to buy a ticket ahead of time (I have a whole post on that). In general the high speed train runs pretty frequently, you just might not the time or seat you want if you buy the day of. Hope that helps!

Hi Sher Your website is so informative and I;m glad that you’re doing well because of it. We are planning a 11 day trip, flying into Barcelona on Aug 10 and flying out of Lisbon on Aug 21st. We are currently scheduled to fly out of Barcelona on Aug 16th and spend 1 night in Seville, and the remaining time in Lisbon. We are a relaxed family (2 adults, 2 teens 13-15) who like to soak it all in and enjoy nights out exploring the town etc. Would you recommend that we cut 1 day short in Barcelona and spend 2 nights in Seville ?

Thank you..

Hi Monica, thanks for the sweet words! Hm it sounds like you have 6 days planned for Barcelona and 1 for Seville. In that case because you have so much time in Barcelona, I would recommend an extra day in Seville, just to get an extra taste for south spain (which is quite different from the two big cities up north)

There’s lots to see, do and eat in Barcelona. You mentioned your family likes to go out and explore at night, I think you’ll really love Barcelona for that.

Seville is much quieter and smaller, but there’s enough to fill 2 days. The tapas bars were my favorite – they have some very authentic “stand at the bar and order” type of tapas bars and more modern, fancier tapas restaurants so you could easily spend the full 2 days eating! If you get bored (which i dont think you would, but just if, Cordoba is a very cute small town only a quick day trip train ride away) that I really loved. Hope that helps and have a fantastic trip!

Hi! Sher, I’m so glad I spotted your travel blog. It has been very helpful so far, very detailed and organized. I was wondering if you could help me plan a better itinerary for a trip my husband and I are planning. It will cover Southern Spain (Andalusia: Seville, Córdoba, Granada, Malaga) to Tangier, Morocco then to Portugal (Lisbon, Fatima, Sintra, maybe Porto) then back to California. This will be for Sept 25-Oct 18. My plan is to fly into Seville first (4 nights) then take the train to Córdoba (2 nights), Granada (3 nights), Malaga (2 nights), ferry to Tangier (2 nights), back to Seville to fly to Lisbon. We have no specific itinerary for Portugal yet except to be in Fatima by Oct 11-14 for the Fatima Centennial events. We plan to take the train between cities in Spain. Do you have a better suggestion in which order should we visit the 4 cities in Andalusia? I’m stuck with the train routes. There’s no direct train route to Granada from the other 3 cities, so we’ll have to keep on backtracking to Córdoba or Seville to get to Granada and Malaga which will be a waste of time. any thoughts? Thank you.

Hi Regina – thanks for the kind words! Hm.. I see what you mean. Granada has an airport as well, which might be convenient if you haven’t already booked your flights.

The train routes in Spain are set, so like you said you sometimes have to backtrack. There is a very affordable and comfortable bus between Seville + Granada. Book through the company Alsa and if you book enough in advance, it’s only 10-15 euro per person.

Perhaps you might split up your time in Seville into 2 night, then Cordoba for 2 nights, then back to Seville for 2 nights so that it’s a more comfortable journey. Sometimes I do that and pick a different neighborhood / hotel to stay at and find that I get a completely different experience! Or you might want to visit Cordoba on a day trip when you’re in Seville. Some people feel Cordoba is small and that the highlights can be seen in a day trip.

I am currently researching and planning a trip to both Portugal and Spain and found your information helpful. Thank you!

Thanks for this incredible detail – it’s amazing. I’m planning a 11-day trip to Spain and, possibly, Portugal. I’d love your input on a planning dilemma I’m having.

We are SUPER adventurous and active, but really want to take in each city.

Ideally, I’d do 4-5 days in Barcelona, then 2 days in each of Granada, Seville, and Lisbon (with the Sintra day trip). It feels like too much. If you had to choose between Granada, Seville, and Lisbon – which would you choose? What about between just Granada and Seville? There’s not enough time for all the things!! :-)

Thanks in advance for your input.

Hi Sarah – I know what you mean! It’s always a challenge between seeing as much as possible and soaking it in. I would recommend cutting out lisbon. I’m not sure of the route you’re taking but flying to Portugal from Spain usually involves flights out of Barcelona, so you would go Barca > Andalusia > back to Barca just to get to Lisbon, which adds extra time.

I liked the small town feel of Seville more and the excellent local tapas scene, but Granada has more sights so usually people do at least 2 days in seville and 3 in Granada. Out of them all, I loved Barcelona – I’m definitely a city person – so I would do 5 days in Barcelona if you have time. There’s lots of sights and then fun nearby day trips to take advantage of. Hope that helps!

That’s extremely helpful. Thank you – I think you just helped make my decision!

• Pingback: Sugar, Spice and Everything Ice: What to Pack for Iceland » Sher She Goes
• Pingback: Weekend Recap and Spain & Portugal Recommendations – Chelsea Eats Treats

Hi Sher – In the Sintra section of this post, where was your 1st and 4th photo posted above taken? Is this a specific palace in Sintra? Thanks! :) (P.s. super helpful blog post!!!)

• Pingback: READ THIS Before You Buy Alhambra Palace Tickets on Ticketmaster

I love your blog! I am planning at trip to Spain (Barcelona, Madrid, and Lisbon) for my birthday in April. I’m a bit overwhelmed with the planning. How long did it take you to plan this trip?

Hi Marcie! So glad you like it :) What a great birthday trip!! You’ll love Spain.

I know what you mean, it takes a loooong time to plan because I like to customize my itinerary to things I like to do, plan the transportation myself and also keep things within budget! What I find helpful is to get a guidebook first, like Rick Steves or Fodors for europe, scan it through to get a general outline and then read blogs and forums for the details.

In the beginning it was really hard and there wasn’t much info out there so I started writing these posts to help other people who like to plan their own trips too!

This is wonderful. Curious for your trip, what was your budget? In planning stages so trying to get a sense. Also are you able to “beach” it anywhere along these stops?

Hi Jessica, Hm I don’t remember exactly what we spent but what I usually do is book the flights, hotels & transportation first – those are usually the bulk of the trip cost. If you’re booking in advance things are much much cheaper, especially flights and trains. In the larger cities hotels are more expensive so you can look into AirBnB for a more budget friendly option.

For sights – Barcelona has some really great sights but the tickets can be expensive if you see them all. The nice thing is you can buy them online in advance and get a sense of budget. I booked those last minute the day of and I think if you book earlier, it is cheaper.

Food in Spain is average priced (compared to New York). Lisbon is budget friendly but again, just depends how you travel. I spent all my time/money at the bars when I was younger but re-visiting Lisbon this time, I spent more on sights and food. So, it really depends!

There are beaches in Barcelona! I’ve heard great things about Portugal’s beaches but haven’t personally been.

Hey Sher, loved your pics and your details so useful. I need an advice. i am planning for a trip on the end of January(16 days).First i will be with prepaid guided tour France-Switzerland-Italy(6 days) and back to Paris, but instead of going back to Paris i was thinking of traveling from Avignon to Barcelona. I was this close to cancel Barcelona and go straight to Madrid then Andalusia then Portugal than after reading your post , i think i can do it. what do you suggest?! What is the best way to manage my time and to see all these cities!

Sounds like an amazing European tour! Not sure how much time you have but if you can fit it all in then great!

Hi Sher! Great pics!! I am planning to do Spain/Portugal in May for 7 days. We were thinking of staying in Barcelona for 4 nights and then heading out to Libson. I also wanted to check out Sintra(day trip). Do you think three nights will be enough in Libson? Unfortunately, I already booked my tickets from/to Barcelona.

Hello Sher! Thank you for a very detailed post- very useful for our Spain Portugal trip in late May!

I might follow your itinerary too :)

I was planning to make Cordoba only a day trip from Madrid (or Seville?) so we wont be dragging our luggage behind. What can you suggest?

I noticed that you don’t have separate posts for Madrid and Barcelona unlike the 3 Andalusia cities which you discussed very thoroughly (you even included day to day itineraries!).

Can you suggest links For Madrid and Barcelona very similar to your Andalusia posts?

Can we travel Madrid-Cordoba-Seville-Granada-Lisbon-Barcelona?

What routes are better traveled by train and those by plane?

Thank you for your help.

With best regards, Ann

Hi Ann – glad you found the posts helpful! I covered transportation in my posts but for specific detailed advice, I highly recommend Rick Steves’ Spain book – relied on it heavily to plan my own trip – or a travel agent to plan all the little details!

This is an amazing itinerary! I’m doing one similar to it when I go to Portugal and Spain in October. I’m doing Spain for five days, Madrid for four days and Seville for three…then an extra day in Lisbon on my way home. Did you fly to a majority of the places? Like Madrid to Cordoba? I’m worried about feeling rushed lol

Thanks! We did a mix of flights and trains – you can see the specific breakdown in my individual spain posts! In general train is easier :)

A couple of points. Citing $300 a night hotels as ‘affordable’ is not something most people would consider a reasonable statement. Only other point is with your assertion that the Pena Palace inspired Disney’s Cinderella Castle. That is incorrect. The inspiration was Neuschwanstein castle in Germany.

Hi Tim – The hotels I mentioned are recommendations based on my trip. Keep in mind that rates fluctuate dramatically depending on the time of year that you’re searching for.

Pena Palace is widely believed to have inspired Disney – in addition to Neuschwanstein.

I am so glad that I encounter your website, your photos are all beautiful, your itinerary is very detailed and very helpful that I will consider following some of it and add 2 things: 1st, From Barcelona – I will avail the “Three Countries in One Day: France, Andorra and Spain” 2nd, I am also keen to include “Morocco Day Trip” either from Seville or from Granada going to Malaga or Costa del Sol as there are 2 options a) Morocco Day Trip from Malaga to Tangier b) Morocco Day Trip from Costa del Sol to Tangier what do you think about the possibility of this?

My other question are: 1.How did you travel from Madrid to Cordoba? By bus, I guess? 2.How about BUS from Cordoba to Seville? 3.How did you travel from Barcelona to Lisbon? By plane, I guess?

Awaiting for your replies… Thank you in advance.

Hi Pia – glad you found the post helpful! The 3 countries in one day tour sounds incredible as does the Morocco day trip. It’s up to you, whichever tour best fits your schedule (malaga or costa del sol)

From Madrid, I took the high speed train down to Cordoba and then again the train from Cordoba to Seville. I didn’t take the bus but you can check the Spain bus website if you prefer to take the bus. It will be much slower.

Yes I took a flight from Barcelona to Lisbon. I think that is the easiest way. Even though Spain and Portugal are neighbors, it’s not the easiest to get from one to the other. I heard once that it’s because of mountains.. but I’m not sure. Flight is easiest.

Sher, your post is very helpful and sounds like a wonderful trip. I wish we had time to follow your itinerary. We will be traveling to Spain for 5 days before heading to Portugal for a group trip. We’d love to see as much as possible, where would you recommend we go if we only have 5 days? We prefer exploring the cities over spending lots of time in museums. Would it be doable to fly into Barcelona and spend 2 nights there, flying out to Madrid and exploring Madrid for a couple of days (3 nights) including a day trip before heading to Portugal? Or are we better off going to just Barcelona and doing day trips or Madrid and doing day trips? Thanks!

Hi ZD! If you have a short time, Madrid and Barcelona are definitely the 2 cities you want to visit! Regarding where to spend your 5 days, it depends on how you prefer to travel.

I spent 5 days in just Barcelona, since its a big city and there are lots of sights to see. I also took day trips to Montserrat and Girona which I really liked. For Madrid, I felt like there was a bit less to see, and that the city had a older / historic vibe. I guess you could compare Barcelona to NYC and Madrid to Washington DC? So it just depends on the kind of atmosphere you like.

I think for me, if it was my first time, I would visit both cities just so I could see them both. Now that I’m looking back and can compare them, I enjoyed Barcelona more (but am still glad I went to both!)

Hi Sher Your post is just amazing!! It felt like you wrote this for me…we also are going for exact 14 days and intend to cover Spain and Portugal, have taken a note of all your recommendations:)

I have one question- do you suggest any particular operator for Baixa and Alfama walk in Lisbon? I am travelling with a 4 year old so looking to cover both separately on two dates…

Thanks again Nidhi

Hi Nidhi – so glad it’s been helpful for you! hm what do you mean by a particular operator? like a tour guide? i usually book guided tours through viator and they connect to a local company. hope that helps!

Hi Sher, We are planning to visit Granada from Seville and loved your itinerary. Can you please share which bus company you used for the journey?

Hey Sher! The pictures looks absolutely fantastic!!!. Thanks for the detailed itinerary. I guess for anyone travelling for the first time, the usual dilemmas are always the same – Which places to consider and their relevance, though it might vary from person to person but your post gives a good comparative view of the places to visit.

Just yesterday while talking to a friend, who cover Spain and Portugal starting from Portugal and then moving on the Spain. She found Portugal better than Spain with the exclamation most the places look the same in Spain. She even advised me considering either of Barcelona or Madrid as they both are very similar.

I would be travelling from Bombay and would like to ask which place should be the starting point – Portugal or Spain and am considering around May. Which month did you visit and as per you which would be the ideal time to travel to these places?

Hi Romesh – thanks for the kind words! Hm, I had a different opinion. I found Portugal and Spain to be quite different. I did like Portugal better, I think the food and the people really stand out there. It’s up to you for Madrid vs Barcelona. Personally I think they are very different cities (similar to Washington DC vs NYC). If you have the time I would do both, but if you only have time for 1, it depends what you think you’d like more.

Barcelona has great food, lots of nightlife, impressive architecture, shopping, a cosmopolitan feel. Madrid is older, more historic, government buildings and classic museums. For example, if you want trendy Spanish tapas = Barcelona. If you want old school tapas bars = Madrid. That’s a generalization, of course, but that was my experience.

We went in Spring and loved it. Good weather, less crowds. For starting point, go with whatever transportation is easiest from Bombay and is cheaper!

• Pingback: Here's Your Ultimate Packing List for Europe

This itinerary is awesome! My friend and I want to spend 14 days in Spain and Portugal end of the year. What was the cost for your trip? I know prices change, but a ball park estimate will help with our planning. Thank you so much!!

Hi Kate – so glad you like it! I don’t remember the exact cost but for you can do the trip as budget or as luxury as you want. What I usually do is price out the cost of flights + hotels and that’s usually the two most expensive things. And then I know if I can splurge day to day or if I need to set a limit for how much to spend when I’m there. Hope that helps!

Hi Sher. I am from Singapore and am looking to holiday in Spain In June. As this is my first time I was wondering how to go About it. Your itinerary is so detailed. I think I am going to follow it to the tee. Including staying at the same hotels. I want to do some shopping as well. Heard that Zara is all over. I plan to leave on 10 June and return on 24 June. Are there any tips you can give me. Thank you. Faye.

Hi Faye – You’ll have a great time! Thanks for the kind words about my itinerary :) Zara is AMAZING in Spain (at least compared to the US), plus they have Zara Home stores that I love because we don’t get them in New York! June will be pretty hot in Spain, especially in the South, so try planning your day to get up early and sight see, take a siesta at your hotel in the afternoon, and then go out again after. Have a fantastic trip!

Hi Sher. As we do not want to be too stressed on the trip. Please let me know which areas I can skip. And can u please help me to customize an itinerary including how I get from one place to another. I am not a frequent traveler and this is the first time I am venturing so far out in my own. And if there are cheaper hotel options. I will fly into Barcelona and out of Seville. Is that ok? Thank you. I appreciate your help.

Hi Faye – I’ve shared my itinerary and included lots of options for how to customize it to fit your trip length and interests. Feel free to include or exclude whatever you like :) I think if you read through all my posts on Spain, pick up the Rick Steves guidebook and read through a couple other Spain blogs, you can easily find all the answers to your questions and create your perfect Spain & Portugal vacation.

I love trip planning and planned the entire trip listed in my post but I understand not everyone likes to do the same. If you would like me to review your itinerary, answer questions in depth or plan your trip I offer travel consultations where you can hire me for a one hour call.

I don’t make the bookings though – If you want a completely hands off experience, I have friends who are travel agents who you can hire to create a completely custom itinerary.

Pls send me a contact of a travel agent who can help me with the train and other bookings. Do let me know the charges as well. Tks.

This is WONDERFUL! Thank you so much, I was worried I wouldn’t get the most out of my stay in Barcelona until now!

Hi! I love this post and am largely basing my trip to Spain off it, so thanks for a great article!

Just wondering if you could please clarify how many days you spent in Barcelona and Madrid with day trips.

Did you spend two days in Madrid and then 1 day trip visiting Segovia, Toledo and El Escorial all in one day?

Likewis, did you spend 3 days in Barcelona and then 1 day trip visiting Montserrat and Girona in the same day?

Thanks for your help!

Hi Milli – glad the post is helpful! The itinerary above is just an example and I structured it so that if you have more/less time you can consider the day trips – essentially you can spend however many days you wish in each city!

For Madrid I’d recommend 2 days, longer if you’re interested in the day trip options. For Barcelona, I’d recommend 3 full days, with extra time if you want to add the day trips. Each day trip option would take 1 full day though, it’d be very tight to squeeze 3 different cities in a day trip :)

Personally, I enjoyed Barcelona more and think you could even spend a week just there!

Hello, I am planning a trip to Spain and Portugal in Spring of 2019. I will be traveling for 10 days. I will be visiting Barcelona and Madrid. Would it be better to start at Madrid to the little towns in the south then over to Portugal and then head up to barcelona? Or would it better to start Barcelona, then over to Portugal and then to Mardrid and fly home from there?

Hi Jackie – It depends! What I suggest is checking out the transportation options for your trip dates.

First go to Google Flights here and see if flights are available and how much they cost. Then go to Rail Europe here and see how much train rides cost for each long leg. That’s how I plan my trips!

Even though Spain + Portugal are right next to each other, I found for my trip dates that surprisingly flight connections were not that convenient. So, we did Madrid, train south, flight to Barcelona, flight to Lisbon. Hope that helps!

Hi, I’m planning a trip for 4 people (active “seniors”) to Spain and Portugal for Fall 2019. We were thinking of driving. I see you used train, and planes.Why did you choose planes versus trains? Would you not recommend driving? I see you only visited Lisbon with day trip to Sintra, where else in Portugal do you recommend? My thoughts are Barcelona, Madrid, Granada, Seville, possible beach stop in Costa del Sol, then onto Portugal, Lisbon and ….How long do you recommend for this itinerary? Thank you.

Hi Anna – If there are trains available, I prefer trains. They’re MUCH more convenient and often cheaper. Train stations are usually in or near the town center so I can just hop on, get off and go sight see. Whereas airports are outside the city so they require additional transportation to & from, plus I need to factor in at least an hour to go through security and if I have carry on suitcases, domestic airlines will often charge extra per piece.

Spain has a pretty great train network so it’s fast, convenient and affordable. Head to Rail Europe and plug in the cities you want to visit and check the times/ rates.

Driving in Spain is tough, but I think you can see even more if you drive! I’ve heard great things about Cascais in Portugal – check that out.

Thanks for a great article. I was wondering if you could please break down your visit to Madrid and Barcelona into days spent in the cities themselves vs day trips (and what/ how many places you visited for each day trip)?

Hi Milli – I’d recommend at least 2 days in Madrid and at least 3 full days in Barcelona. If you want to do the day trips, add on an extra day for each, or a 1/2 day if you want to go from the day trip on to another city. Hope that helps!

• Pingback: See the Best of Seville in 2 Days | Itinerary
• Pingback: The 9 Best Things You Must Do in Granada, Spain!

Hi..your trip looks amazing. Do you recommend driving in Spain and Portugal to do similar trips?

Thanks, Kavita

Hi Kavita – if you’re comfortable driving then it could be a great idea to see some smaller towns! For me, I had limited time (2 weeks) and the main cities are easily connected via train/flights so that’s what we did.

I am traveling to Barcelona solo for nine days in mid October. I am looking for a week of being in one spot to unwind and be near a beach. I have been looking non stop and can’t seem to find anything great that is priced right. Either what I have found it extremely expensive or seemingly too inexpensive for what is being offered. I will have completed Ironman Barcelona (hard endurance triathlon race) and I am normally very curious yet I know that I will want a beach and relaxation with some culture and fun. That said, I am more interested in unwinding rather than exploring…. Do you have any ideas? Thank you!

Love reading your post before planning my travels. I wanted to know, would you recommend doing Barcelona first and the Southern Spain or the way you did it. We are flying in and out of Madrid so i cant decide what would make more sense. Any input would be grateful.

Thanks, Sumaiya

Hi Sumaiya – check the flight + train schedules for your dates! I usually decide the order of our route based on the times tables + fares.

• Pingback: The Best Day Trips from Barcelona – Exploring Spain - Fit Travel Deals
• Pingback: Planning Spain & Portugal – smithsonvacation

We are two couples from India who are planning to visit Spain and Portugal during September. However we would like to see more of country side, small towns and beaches . We would not like to spend too much time in Madrid/ Barcelona. We are planning 12 to 14 days tour. Could you recommend some places

Thank you for your informative post! I’m sooooo happy to chance upon it! Your photos are so nicely taken as well!

I’m planning a trip for 4 adults in February. Have you heard of Barcelona carnival before? Do you think it is worth going?

Also, we are there for 11 days 10 nights, flying in and out from Barcelona. Do you think it’s possible to do Barc-> Madrid -> Cordoba -> Grananda -> Seville -> drive to Lisbon -> drive back to Spain -> take train back to Barc? Or is it too ambitious?

Thank you so much for your time and help!!

Hi Charmaine – No problem! So glad you found it helpful.

I’ve never been to Barcelona for carnival but it sounds like a lot of fun! I haven’t driven in Spain or Portugal, so unfortunately wouldn’t have any advice on that.

Thanks so much for an amazing summary. You helped me a lot. I hope you continue to do and that you get to travel the world.

Ah, thank you for the nice comment! Have a great trip to Spain / Portugal!

Hi Sher, I am so pleased to have found your blog! Your photos and descriptions of each city and places of interest are absolutely inspiring! Our itinerary goes something like this at this stage: 1 – fly into Madrid from Australia. Explore the city and visit Segovia and Toledo on day trips 2 – trying to decide whether to train to Cordoba, Malaga or Grenada. I’m not sure how we can make this work. Is it possible to stay in one of these as a base and visit each of these places in day trips from one of these? Say 5 days spent between these three cities? 3 – Train to Seville for a few days 4 – Fly [?] from Seville to Lisbon. From Lisbon we will go to Sintra then Porto [by train?] 5 – We will then travel to Vigo [train or fly?] to join one of the Camino routes finishing at Santiago de Compestela. 6 – From here we will go to Barcelona for a few days before flying home. I would really appreciate any thoughts you might have Sher. Thank you so much, Jenni

Hi Jennifer – thanks for the kind words! your proposed itinerary sounds great. yes, it is possible to choose a city as a base and then take day trips from the train.

i haven’t been to malaga, but cordoba + seville are quite close together. granada is a bit farther. so, you could either go from madrid down to cordoba and explore the city, then continue onwards to seville, or you can go from madrid to granada and double back on a day trip to cordoba.

check flight schedules for your dates here . for my trip and dates, i found that flying to lisbon was easier from Barcelona, as it was a larger hub.

walking the camino route sounds incredible, i’ve heard great things! have a great trip!!

Hi Sher! I’ve been wanting to visit Spain and Portugal together for years so this guide was fantastic! My only on concern is that other blogs mentioned that doing too much can be overwhelming and rushed. Did you feel you got adequate time everywhere or were you just concerned with the planning and packing process to get to the next place? I definitely want to do them all but don’t want anything to feel rushed or missed because I’m on a strict itinerary. Thanks!!

Hi Stephanie – glad you found my article helpful! It depends how much time you have – we spent 2 weeks and felt like it was all very comfortable. But, we also are the kind of people that like to do a lot on vacation :) You can use our itinerary above as a starting point and adjust depending on your time frame!

Hi! So how is it taking so many flights within a trip? I’ve never actually flown from one European city to another and am curious about the pain of checking in/out of airports and going through security multiple times. I am going to Lisbon later this year but it’s WAY cheaper to fly into Barcelona so I’m thinking of adding it into the itinerary. I just know the boyfriend isn’t going to be thrilled about “schlepping” luggage to and from airports within a day or so of each other. But we’re talking a $1000 price difference here! :O

Hi Elizabeth,

I feel your pain – I hate to fly and it is definitely annoying to schlep bags. We had a long enough trip to Spain / Portugal that we wanted to see as much as possible, and so for us, a mix of trains, flights + bus were good. We didn’t do fly back to back though. I think it depends on where you want to go and how much time you have! as i get older, i find I care more about convenience then price, ha

Haven’t been to San Fransisco but I heard a lot of people comparing Lisbon to SF. I traveled almost two years ago around Portugal and Lisbon reminded me a lot of some neighborhoods of downtown Athens. Lisbon is such a wonderful and vintage city -and the food is terrific. Thanks for sharing your itinerary :)

I am thinking about Spain and/or Portugal for a family vacation this summer (my sons are in their early 20’s). I’ve been to Madrid and Toledo already, so I am OK missing these. We are certified scuba divers and not sure if we can fit in a day of diving to break up the city experience. I also wonder if we should consider taking a ferry over to Moracco/Gibraltor. I’d appreciate any/all suggestions – thanks!

Hi Sher, Are there any good beaches in Portugal? We want to relax more rather than sightseeing from point A to B. Any suggestions?

Hi Felicia, I haven’t personally been to any beaches in Portugal, so can’t say!

Thanks so much for putting this together, very helpful! We were thinking of a very similar itinerary but were thinking of not going to Barcelona instead possibly visiting Valencia and islands and also a couple additional days in Portugal. Any thoughts or recommendations if we did that? Thanks in advance!

You could definitely do that! I haven’t been to Valencia but heard good things. And Barcelona is a big city, so it’s definitely easy to catch a flight back and explore in the future

Please could you give more information on this tour

We can travel around march 29 2020

for two people from LA to madrid

Hi Lorna – this is just the itinerary we took, not a tour. Sorry!

Thank you for sharing your wonderful itinerary. Me and my daughter with 2 other friends are planning to go to Portugal and Spain this coming November for 2 weeks. We would like to include Fatima. When do you think is best to insert Fatima for a day or a day and a half? Your recommendation is highly appreciated. Thank you so much.

Hi Pinky – sounds like a great trip! I haven’t been to Fatima unfortunately, so don’t have any advice.

Hoping you would be kind enough to recommend an agency to help us with logistics and reservations for Portugal and Spain trip I am planning for four people. Very much enjoyed your posts and experiences…but I desire to chat with someone and help me set up.

Sure – happy to refer you to my travel adviser. Shoot me an email with some more details about what you’re looking for specifically!

Sher than you for sharing your wonderful itenerary. Me and my friend are planning to go Portugal and spain in November. Where to include Marrakesh in the 14 days itnerary.

Hi Mona – Not sure what your specific plans are but you could fit it in before or after!

Hi and thanks for this post. I’m planning on landing in Barcelona in March and plan on spending a month, so it would be nice to get your advice on how the wife and I should break up our time in Spain and Portugal. Looking forward to your advice.

wow! A very comprehensive itinerary. I am totally impressed. I’m planning a trip there for my 25th wedding anniversary. My husband loves soccer so we might stay longer in Barcelona. Thanks for sharing your trip.

Your Itinerary and comments are very helpful. We are planning a 2 weeks trip to Spain and Portugal in early July 2020. My questions, I have many.

1. what is the easiest way to get to your airbnb from airport? i am overwhelmed by the choices, Aerobus, Barcelona train, taxi, Uber?

2. Is Uber and Cabify the same concept?

3. Did you buy the Barcelona City pass? It seems really over the top in terms of cost.

4. Do you recommend doing the tower at the Sagrada Familia?

Thank you so very much, Sonal

Thanks Sher, great itinerary. What was your rough cost of the trip. We traveling in end of March, 16 days, similar itinerary..Did you visit the San Sebastián and region, I would like to know if it a mast see as we can add days.

Thanks, Gila

Definitely pre-book your tickets to the Alhambra in Granada. Tickets sell out fast! This was a costly lesson for us. Cordoba and Seville are very much worth seeing.

What a very well written article. So full of all the relevant details and informational. So helpful. Thank you.

Oh thank you!

Do u recommend we rent a car? We are 4 friends wanting to tour Spain, Portugal and Morocco for 14 days. We are fine with just 2-3 days spent in Morocco

Hm, depends where you’re going! Spain and Portugal are pretty big, probably inconvenient to drive.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

All products and listings featured on Condé Nast Traveler are independently selected by our editors. If you purchase something through our links, we may earn an affiliate commission.

Europe Chevron

Spain Chevron

The 23 Best Places to Go in Spain and Portugal in 2023

This is part of our global guide to the Best Places to Go in 2023 —find more ideas on where to travel in the year ahead in the U.S. , India , the U.K. , and beyond.

Our wish for you in 2023? That you embrace the new year ready to travel the world. A new year is an opportunity to draw up resolutions, after all—and in our case, that means deciding where to visit next.

To get you started, we, the editors of  Condé Nast Traveller Spain, took a look around our own backyard. We wanted to identify and highlight the best places to go in Spain and Portugal—our region of expertise—that deserve global recognition for their new cultural, gastronomic, and hospitality offerings.

With all this in mind, we share the below: Our list of the 23 best places to go in Spain and Portugal in 2023. We hope to run into you on a  playa or in the Pyrenees.

All listings featured in this story are independently selected by our editors. However, when you book something through our retail links, we may earn an affiliate commission.

Tenerife, Canary Islands, Spain

“In whatever month you visit Tenerife, it is always warm during the day and chilly at night,” our contributor Raque Sanchez wrote in a love letter to the island . The largest of the Canary Islands is a good place to visit, in any and every season; take a dip in the Atlantic, gaze at the stars from the summit of Mount Teide (with an elevation of 12,198 feet, it’s the highest point in Spain), explore little towns, and wander along the island’s many beaches, some rocky and some sandy. Tenerife’s varied landscape includes forests, deserts, valleys, and ravines, and the Anaga Rural Park is a highlight. There are also two UNESCO World Heritage sites: Teide National Park and the city of San Cristóbal de La Laguna. An added plus is that the island has a remarkably rich and diverse array of hotels. Among the award-winning properties are the  Hotel Botánico & The Oriental Spa Garden ,  Baobab Suites ,  The Ritz-Carlton Abama ,  H10 Atlantic Sunset ,  Gran Meliá Palacio de Isora , and  Bahía del Duque . On the island’s north coast,  BeTenerife offers an excellent selection of private villas for two or four guests.

It's one of the best destinations in Europe for cycling enthusiasts, has long been a pioneer in sustainability (it has been recognized as a Biosphere Sustainable Destination), and is decidedly LGBTQ+ friendly, with an annual  Culture & Business Pride festival in June. Looking towards the future, the island’s Artificial Intelligence Tourism Master Plan is the first of its kind to be approved in Spain, and Tenerife aspires to become an Intelligent Tourism Destination—a distinction promoted by Spain’s tourism ministry to recognize destinations with innovative technological infrastructure that have demonstrated their commitments to sustainability, accessibility, and improving the quality of life of residents.

Tenerife also sparkles with Michelin stars. Among the restaurants enjoying that distinction are  M.B and  Kabuki (at The Ritz-Carlton, Abama),  Nub , and  El Rincón de Juan Carlos . Other highlights of the island’s dining scene include  Kensei (at the Bahía del Duque hotel),  Kiki ,  San Hô , and  Melvin by Martín Berasategui , at the Terrazas de Abama Suites, where chef Sergio Fuentes helms the kitchen. You’ll also want to visit some of the island’s traditional beach bars including Punta de Hidalgo’s  La Cofradía , known for its limpets and shrimp;  Chiringuito Pirata , on La Tejita beach, where octopus is the signature dish; and  Bollullo , on the beach of the same name, where you’ll want order the cuttlefish. — Clara Laguna

Zamora, Spain

Even many Spaniards are unaware of one of Zamora’s claims to fame: It's the European city with the greatest number of Romanesque buildings. Its sights in that style include 24 churches, a cathedral, a castle, a bridge, two palaces, nine manor houses, and the defensive walls that encircle the city—it's not surprising that the city is seen as a likely contender to be recognized by UNESCO in 2023. The city’s proximity to Madrid —less than an hour on the new high-speed AVE train—makes it an even more appealing and convenient destination.  

 Zamora also has an enormous legacy of  modernista structures from the late 19 th and early 20 th centuries, the Duero River winds its way through the heart of the city and shapes the surrounding landscape, and the Lagunas de Villafáfila are a bird-watcher’s delight, home to a dazzling variety of migratory species. Lake Sanabria is the largest glacial lake in Europe, and a few miles away Puebla de Sanabria is considered one of the most beautiful villages in Spain. Farther south, the Sierra de la Culebra has the highest wolf population in Western Europe, although last summer’s wildfires devastated much of the area. Heading east, you will come across Toro, a beautiful wine capital where the LVMH group boasts its own winery, the excellent Numantia. Nearby, in the heart of the vast plain known as the Tierra de Campos, the restaurant Lera has become famous as a temple to the pleasures of game and country cuisine. It draws celebrated chefs like Dabiz Muñoz who fill the tables at the restaurant in Castroverde de Campos, a small town in one of the quietest corners of Spain.

Finally, to the south of Zamora, the Arribes del Duero provide some drama. The imposing cliffs and the fjords below them act as a natural border with Portugal in an area that has attracted acclaimed international winemakers like Charlotte Allen from England, Thyge Jensen of Denmark and José Manuel Beneitez, originally from Madrid. Olive and citrus trees help to turn this corner of the region into a Mediterranean paradise. New gastronomic and hotel projects point toward the area becoming a little Tuscany in Zamora, even if, for now, few people in Spain or beyond have heard of it. — David Moralejo

Sierra Calderona, Spain

Located between the provinces of Castellón and Valencia, the  Parque Natural de la Sierra Calderona includes almost 70 square miles of pine and strawberry tree forests, ravines, sweeping vistas, and dramatic peaks. The summit of Montemayor, at an elevation of 3,320 feet, is the highest point in the park. While the residents of Valencia know about this treasure—it is located just 12 miles from the province’s capital—it largely remains a secret in the rest of Spain. That means that visitors can still find tranquility and even a little bit of mystery alongside the park’s beauty and splendor.

 A number of different civilizations and people have settled in the Sierra Calderona over the millennia. A trek through the range offers a chance not only to see all its natural wonders, but also to walk through history with stops at the 11 th -century Castillo de Serra, built during the Arab conquest of the region, and the Iberian hilltop fort Puntal dels Llops, which dates from the fifth century BCE.

Travelers interested in hiking and birdwatching will find a little paradise with several different routes to choose from: Garbi, which leads to the sea; the four-mile Olocau route, which starts in the village of the same name; the longer but largely flat 5.2-mile Portaceli trail, the more challenging 7.8-mile Tristán trail, and, for those who are more experienced and ambitious, the rewarding 23-mile Senda dels Cartoixos route that connects two historic Carthusian monasteries. There are also many other trails maintained by local governments and other organizations, like the Vía Verde de Ojos Negros, a popular cycling route that connects the town of Teruel and the Mediterranean. The most visited peak in the range is Garbí, with a vista that offers spectacular views and is easily accessible. Other highlights in the area are the Serra Castle, the Portacoeli Charterhouse (a Carthusian monastery), the Santo Espíritu monastery, the Mola de Segart (a dramatic mesa), and the Font del Compte (a reservoir originally built by the Romans).

The Sierra Calderona is a natural wonder that has been passed down through the generations and from one culture to the next. If you visit, please leave it as beautiful as you found it. — María Casbas

Briones, Spain

This walled town with 700 residents is possibly the prettiest town in La Rioja thanks to its cobblestone streets,  palecetes (“small palaces”), and churches. Located in the Sierra de la Demanda mountains and near many of Rioja’s best wineries, you’ll find vines growing in many postcard views here. You can start your wine itinerary right in town, at the Vivanco Museum of Wine Culture, considered to be one of the best in the world. Displays focus on wine’s role in Western civilization and the museum extends over 43,000 square feet, including six gallery spaces (five hosting the permanent collection and the sixth dedicated to temporary ones). The museum’s Garden of Bacchus includes 220 different varieties of wine grapes from around the world. A stroll through it offers a unique master class.

A highlight of the year in Briones is its unusual  Medieval Days in mid-June, specifically June 17 and 18 in 2023. Declared a Festival of National Tourist Interest in 2012, the event celebrates a 1379 treaty between the kings of Castille and Navarra. Almost the entire town turns out in costume for a parade and other events when Briones turns the clock back more than six centuries. The accommodations are far from medieval, however, at the new and charming Santa María de Briones , a 16-room boutique hotel located in a restored mansion. Don’t leave without seeing the town’s old pharmacy, now located at the Ermita del Cristo church. After its former owner left the pharmacy to the church in his will, the church chose to move the beautiful 19 th -century cabinets, apothecary jars, and other items and reconstruct the pharmacy on church property where visitors can admire it. — Cynthia Martín.

Melides, Portugal

Suddenly, everyone is talking about Melides . That may cause some wistfulness on the part of those aware the secret is now out, but that’s how it goes. The little town on Portugal’s Alentejo coast, located a half-hour from already popular Comporta, is now the name on everyone’s lips.  

And there’s no shortage of reasons to fall in love with Melides, beginning with the nearby Galé beach, where a red stone cliff of five-million-year-old fossils creates a dramatic backdrop to a long, sweeping stretch of sand. The landscape here still feels wild, something that it is (if we are being honest) increasingly hard to find in Comporta, though that town still has its undeniable charms. Alongside its natural beauty, the beach has the plus of never feeling crowded. Part of a 30-mile or so stretch of sand the runs from the village of Troia to nearby Sines, its waters are rough and cold, deterring all but the hardiest swimmers—but this stretch has another plus of fewer mosquitoes (which tend to plague the beaches that sit alongside rice fields in Comporta).

Another reason to visit coming in 2023: designer Christian Louboutin, who helped to put this part of Portugal on the map with a 2013 campaign shot in the photogenic port of Carrasqueira, will open the boutique Hotel Vermelho . “Vermelho” means red in Portuguese, a nod to the trademark color of the soles of Louboutin’s iconic shoes. The property is a much-anticipated addition of big-city style to a town with fewer than 2,000 residents. The village’s charm comes from its typical Alentejo architecture, set amid a green and wooded landscape in the foothills of the Serra da Grândola: Olive, oak, and cork trees frame the views from the Vermelho mansion of the surrounding countryside. Louboutin’s vision echoes a phrase uttered by Tancredi in the novel The Leopard  by Tomasi di Lampedusa: “Everything must change for everything to remain the same.” The designer hopes to breathe new life into place while preserving its peaceful atmosphere.

Louboutin is not alone, as the Hotel Vermelho will join  Pa.te.os , an impressive new hotel and architectural beauty designed by Manuel Aires Mateus. Made up of a number of separate villas, the hotel is reimagining luxury in the middle of the countryside near Melides. At the same time,  Melides Art , an artists’ residence and contemporary art space, has also been drawn to this corner of Portugal with its bohemian air, discreet charms (many of the admittedly bourgeois), and a pervasive sense of a calm. We hope the quiet survives Melides’s new popularity. — D.M.

Málaga, Spain

Recently it feels like everyone in Spain—and a good number of people from beyond Spain—has decided to move to Málaga. If you are dubious, raise the topic at any dinner party in Madrid and you’ll soon learn about someone who has recently packed up and gone to the Costa del Sol, or at least you’ll meet someone who is dreaming of it. The phenomenon has not happened overnight, though the rise of digital nomads and remote work have definitely contributed to it. If you can work from anywhere, why not choose a place where the climate is pleasant, you’ll receive a warm welcome, and the culinary offerings are excellent from the first bite.

If you aren’t quite ready to move to Málaga, you can at least visit (or revisit) in 2023. In fact, judging from the results of our most recent  Readers Choice Awards , we expect the city is already included in many travelers’ plans. With its ideal size, neither too small nor too intimidating; nearly 3,000 hours of sunshine each year; the ease of getting there from other parts of Spain and Europe; its rich cultural offerings, and the pleasant setting it’s easy to understand the smiles on the faces of both the tourists and locals strolling along Calle Larios (the pedestrianized shopping street), the inviting Pasaje de Chinitas, and the waterfront Palmeral de las Sorpresas.

Recent hotel openings give travelers a varied choice of options. In 2021, notable hotel additions included  Only You Málaga and  Soho Boutique Equitativa ; in 2022,  H10 Croma Málaga joined them. And more projects are in the works. The best known of them is an enormous development planned for alongside the port of Málaga while others that we are watching eagerly—and which should open or reopen soon—are the Cortijo La Reina (following a complete renovation and upgrade of the existing hotel), Le Privé, and a five-star hotel planned for the Jewish Quarter that will be managed by Marugal, who also run the  Palacio Solecio .

 The list of additions to the gastronomic scene will entice travelers who live to eat. At the beginning of 2022, chef Álvaro Saura and entrepreneur Zuzana Salamon opened  Tasca Láska while Dani Carnero, who learned his craft from chefs including Ferran Adriá and Martín Berasategui, opened his third project in Málaga,  La Cosmo (following La Cosmopolita and Kaleja). Asturian chef Marcos Granda, who already has two restaurants in Marbella, Nintai and Skina, will land in Málaga in 2023, with In-Formal, a new culinary concept designed for the reimagined Gourmet Experience in the department store El Corte Inglés.

 Málaga has also been preparing for a milestone year related to one of its most famous native sons, Pablo Picasso, with 2023 the 50 th anniversary of his death. During what has been named the Year of Picasso, there will 42 exhibits covering the painter’s work around the world, including Málaga, where he was born. 

The  Museo Casa Natal Picasso will host several exhibits:  Bernardí Roig: El último rostro y La Afonía del Minotauro  (“Bernardí Roig: The Last Portrait and the Silence of the Minotaur”) until May 28, 2023,  Las Edades de Pablo (“The Ages of Pablo”) from June 21 to October 1, 2023, and  La Imagen de Picasso (“The Image of Picasso”) from October 18 to March 3, 2024. The  Museo Picasso Malaga will host  Picasso: Materia Y Cuerpo (“Picasso: Media and Bodies”) from May 9 to September 10, 2023, and  El Eco de Picasso  (“The Echo of Picasso”) focused on the master’s artistic legacy. Other institutions in Málaga are organizing events, from talks to musical performances, marking the milestone. Expect more announcements in the months ahead.  In other news, the Teatro Soho CaixaBank, Antonio Banderas’s personal project in his city, is staging a production of  Godspell , produced by Banderas himself and Emilio Aragón. — M.C.

Campo de Criptana, Spain

In a corner of La Mancha, travelers will come upon one of the most beautiful scenes in Spain. The windmills of Campo de Criptana inspired Cervantes, drove Don Quixote crazy, and charm everyone who visits this part of Castilla-La Mancha. Campo de Criptana, Mota del Cuervo, and Consuegra have a remarkable concentration of some of the most picturesque and best-preserved windmills in the region. The three towns also have other charms that justify at least a weekend exploring them. Of the three, Campo de Criptana, in the province of Ciudad Real, is said to have been the specific inspiration for the plain of windmills in Cervantes’s book, which its famous protagonist believes are giants as he heads into combat against them.

In addition to the windmills (some of which are open to the public), the most important monuments in the town date from around the 16th century and include the Royal Granary, the Convent of the Barefoot Carmelites, and ten hermitages—the most impressive of them is the one dedicated to the Virgen de la Paz, or Virgin of Peace. A more recent addition, the Church of the Assumption of Our Lady, dates from 1958 and stands on the site of an earlier 16 th -century during destroyed in the Spanish Civil War. The eastern part of town, known as the Albaicín, was originally settled by Moorish refugees from Granada after that city was conquered by Christians. Many houses still have original Mudejar details like tiles and wrought-iron grilles. — C.M.

Comillas, Spain

Comillas is one of those places that is so beautiful that you hesitate to share its name, for fear that word will get out. For now, fortunately, Comillas remains a traditional vacation town of northern Spain. There are more houses than hotels, and more people who are here for the season than for a week. Unlike some other similar coastal summer towns, it also has a number of historic sites of interest: the buildings of the Comillas Pontifical University (the university moved to Madrid, though the buildings remain), the Sobrellano Palace (once owned by the Marquis of Comillas), the Baroque church of San Cristobal, and the archaeological site, the Cuevas de la Meaza.

And then there is also the work of architect Anton Gaudí who gave the city one of its most famous landmarks, El Capricho. This playful and elaborate house is one of Gaudí’s few works outside of Catalonia, but it isn’t the only work of modernista architecture here. In 1881, the entrance to the town’s cemetery and some of its exterior walls were redesigned by Luis Domènech i Montaner, another prominent figure in Catalonia’s modernista architectural circles He was also responsible for the town’s Parque Güell and the Fountain of the Tres Caños, or “three spouts.” A work of modernista sculpture from 1895 can also be found at the cemetery: the  Ángel Exterminador by Josep Limona.

There are also English-style houses from the last turn-of-the-century, like the home of the Duque de Almodóvar del Río and the so-called Casas Indianas, the houses of locals who had made their fortunes in the Americas. (These houses will typically have at least one palm tree planted nearby, making them easier to spot.)  The town has even appeared in the Guinness World Records as the world’s smallest whaling port (it was active into the 18th century). Beachgoers can choose from the city beach and ones in the nearby Parque Natural de Oyambre; shoppers will want to scour the antiques markets; and gourmets can count on eating well. — D.M.

Jerez de la Frontera, Spain

Think of the cliches of southern Spain, and the words “wine,” “flamenco,” “horses,” and “cellars” may come to mind. Instead of running from them, Jerez de la Frontera makes the wise choice of embracing them. Bring it on, the city says, as it welcomes visitors—with the table set and wine poured. In this city that embraces tradition, strolling aimlessly through the historic center is the best way to ease into this city. With each step, you’ll feel yourself become part of the place as it reveals its character around every corner and a history written by Phoenicians, Romans, Muslims, and Christians unfolds before you. Palaces and lavish city houses alternate with religious buildings like the famous cathedral and a late 12th-century mosque inside the city’s fortified Alcazar, home to a number of historic buildings. If it takes your breath away, inhale and then follow the smell of wine in the air.

Jerez is a leading destination for wine tourism, in both Spain and the world generally, thanks to its abundance of wineries, many of them belonging to the Jerez-Xérèz-Sherry  denominaciones de origen or D.O. (the Spanish version of the French Appellation d'Origine Contrôlée [AOC] wine regions). Among the acclaimed wineries are  Tío Pepe-González Byass ,  Sandeman ,  Emilio Lustau , and  Williams & Humbert . Oenophiles will also want to stop at the tabancos , classic tavernas that are the perfect places to sample local products.

Some people might say that sherry is trending right now, but that’s not quite right: Sherry is a timeless classic that just happens to be enjoying a moment of positive attention. Jerez does offer more to visitors than its namesake wine. The Horse Fair, the Flamenco Festival, the Harvest Festival, and the Motorcycle Grand Prix all offer opportunities to dive into an aspect of local culture and celebrate with the city’s residents (who are excellent at celebrating). Whether your visit coincides with a festival or not, the city’s two Michelin-starred restaurants provide a glimpse of a lively gastronomic scene:  Lú, Cocina y Alma is led by chef Juanlu Fernández and  Mantúa by chef Israel Ramos. Another reason to visit Jerez de la Frontera will be inaugurated in 2023: the Museo de Lola Flores. The museum to the outspoken and beloved actor and singer will open on the 100 th anniversary of her birth in Jerez. — M.C.

La Coruña, Spain

This little corner of Europe, tucked above Portugal in the northeastern corner of Spain, was long described as “the end of the world.” Recently, however, it is starting to feel closer to being at the center of the stage. One of the changes is noticeable even after a short stroll: The streets are increasingly filled with people of different nationalities, speaking different languages , and wearing different clothes. Ask one of them why they are in La Coruña, and the likely answer is “to work.” Ask where they work and what you will get in reply is likely a gesture towards the west, and the neighboring town of Arteixo, where Inditex is headquartered. (Even if you don’t recognize Inditex as the name of an enormous multinational clothing company, you likely know some of its brands, including Zara, Bershka, and Massimo Dutti.)

The Galician city’s increasingly cosmopolitan atmosphere is apparent not only when wandering its streets but also exploring the cultural offerings of its museums and art galleries. One of the most important cultural initiatives has an Inditex connection via Marta Ortega Pérez, who is both the new president of Inditex and the president of a foundation that bears her initials. The MOP Foundation is structured around three pillars: La Coruña, photography, and fashion. Last year it hosted the successful exhibition  Peter Lindbergh: Untold Stories seen by 110,000 visitors.

“After that success, it was clear that we had to organize another exhibition,” Leticia Castromil, exhibition coordinator for the MOP Foundation says. “We couldn’t stop there.” At the end of November 2022,  Steven Meisel 1993 A Year in Photographs  opened its doors and the free exhibition will be up until May 1, 2023. The show is at a building on the city’s harbor, the Muelle de la Batería. Naomi Campbell, Irina Shayk, and Christy Turlington were among the fashion stars who attended the opening. “The exhibition space is a former industrial building next to the port. It’s located in an area near the city center which had been closed to the public. Thanks to this initiative, part of another dock is now accessible again and people can walk around it,” Castromil adds.

 In addition to the Meisel exhibition, 2023 includes a milestone for a one-time resident of La Coruña. Pablo Picasso, who lived in the city between ages 9 and 13, died 50 years ago. “Continue doing what you are doing and never doubt that you will achieve glory and a brilliant future,” a review published in  La Voz de Galicia said after seeing an exhibition by a precocious Picasso when he was only 13 years old.

During the year-long  Picasso Celebración 1973-2023 a series of events and activities will take place around the world. In the region where the young genius spent four formative years, the center of the celebration is the  Casa Museo Picasso . The  Museo de Belas Artes da Coruña will host Picasso, Blanco en el Recuerdo Azul (“Picasso, White in the Blue Memory”) from March 24 to June 23, 2023. The Fundación Luis Seoane will organize a show on the women who shaped Picasso’s life and the  Escuela de Arte y Superior de Diseño Pablo Picasso is also planning events to mark the anniversary.

 Alongside the rich cultural scene, there is an impressive gastronomic one as well, led by Árbore da Veira, Omakase, Bido, la Taberna de Miga, NaDo, Terreo, and Salitre. You’ll find specialty coffee shops, wine bars, cocktail lounges, pottery workshops, bookstores, and design stores as you make your way about the city. All this, with the Atlantic in the background serving as a reminder that while this was once the end of the world, today it is a place where new adventures begin.  — M.C.

Costa da Prata, Portugal

Three Portuguese destinations are on this year’s list, and all three overlook the ocean. One of the Atlantic’s gifts to Portugal is some of the most beautiful stretches of coast in the world, including the Costa da Prata . The Algarve may be more famous, Comporta and Melides may be more “cool,” and Cascais and Estoril have nostalgic charms, but the Costa da Prata has its own, undeniable appeal.   

Even the name Costa da Prata isn’t that common, yet, but some of the towns along it—Ericeira, Nazaré, Peniche, and Aveiro are better known, especially among surfers. We are stretching the Costa a little farther south than some would define it by including Ericeira, which is about 45 minutes north of Lisbon. For many it starts instead at Playa Santa Cruz, in Torres Vedras. That town, which is roughly 20 miles north of Ericeira, is the home of a hotel that's a favorite with surfers:  Noah Surf House . The northern end of the coast is often defined as Esmoriz, a half-hour south of Porto by car.  

There’s a reason we want to pull the southern end of the coast a little closer to Lisbon: to include the new  Aethos , which is reinterpreting luxury with a surfer attitude that embodies the relaxed vibe of this part of Portugal—and which is also, oddly, a driver of its imminent boom.  Immerso , the first five-star hotel in this region, has interiors that highlight brilliant local craftsmanship, giving the project a unique and very Portuguese personality. Chef Alexandre Silva (one Michelin star) leads the gastronomic offering, an ode to Atlantic cuisine. 

Nazaré is better known thanks to its record waves (Guinness World Records gave the title of world’s largest surfed wave to one at Nazaré in 2020—at 86 feet tall, German surfer Sebastian Steudtner rode it into the record books) but despite the fame of its swells, it manages to remain a low-key fishing town, where some women still wear the traditional “seven skirts.” In 2021, an appealing new overnight option opened here, the family-friendly glamping at  Ohai Nazaré .

Peniche, and especially the beach known as Supertubos, is also popular with the surfer crowd. Consolação, another beautiful beach here, is capped at one end by a 17 th -century fort. The town is also a gateway to the Islas Berlengas, a half-hour by ferry. The islands form a protected nature reserve and only 550 visitors are allowed each day. Near the northern end of the coast, Aveiro has been nicknamed the Venice of Portugal and its colorful streets offer up a bounty of Instagram moments. We know the Costa da Prata will become a favorite of travelers as word gets out, just give it some time. — D.M.

Canfranc, Spain

It has been four years since we first reported that the spectacular Canfranc train station, inaugurated in 1928 and abandoned for decades, was going to become a luxury hotel. Despite the pandemic and other obstacles, the moment has arrived and the  Canfranc Estación, a Royal Hideaway Hotel will open its doors at the beginning of 2023.

Located in Jacetania, a corner of Aragón along the French border and high in the Pyrenees , Canfranc’s main claim to fame historically has been the elaborate station constructed to facilitate and celebrate French and Spanish cooperation. Despite the grandeur of the inauguration, with King Alfonso XIII representing Spain alongside France’s president, traffic never lived up to the original forecasts and the station closed in 1970. Today the only train to use the station is a short-distance tourist one, the Canfranero, that travels the 117 miles from Zaragoza to Canfranc.

A century after construction started on the original station, the building will begin its new life as a five-star, 104-room hotel with the design studio Ilmiodesign responsible for the interiors. The developers’ goal is to make the hotel a leader in tourism to the Aragonese portion of the Pyrenees, helping to attract both national and international interest. Guests arriving at the hotel will find the reception in the historic station lobby while the first floor houses a wellness area, a library, and the main restaurant, which includes two carriages that have been refurbished to become elegant dining cars.

Architect Michele Corbani and industrial designer Andrea Spada, the founders of Ilmiodesign, were inspired by the aesthetics of classic stations and the luxurious world of long-distance train travel in the early 20th century, but they also wanted to add a contemporary touch, creating warm and elegant spaces that blend with subtle Art Deco elements. Wood, brass, velvet, and a palette inspired by the 1920s coexist with various elements drawn from Aragonese popular culture, and color combinations draw from the regional costumes of the region. Don’t fear that it will no longer be possible to reach Canfranc by train, on the Canfranero—while the hotel was being restored, a new railway station and platforms were constructed.

The Canfranc Estación hotel will put the Aragonese town on the radar of many travelers, but Canfranc will keep their interest thanks to the mesmerizing beauty of the place, set amid the stunning peaks of the Pyrenees. While the station’s meticulous restoration allows it to begin its new life, when you hear the words “next stop, Canfranc” you’ll be adding some to a story collectively written by thousands of previous passengers.  — M.C.

Las Merindades, Spain

Some of the 26 towns and cities that make up Las Merindades, a corner of Castilla and León that sits just to the south of the Basque region , include Alfoz de Bricia, Alfoz de Santa Gadea, Arija, Berberana, Cillaperlata, Espinosa de los Monteros, Frías, Junta de Traslaloma, and Medina de Pomar. The capital is Villarcayo de Merindad de La Vieja, a town of some 4,000 residents that provides a good starting point for visiting the historic area.

Arguably the most magical settlement in the region is Puentedey, a small village with less than 50 residents. Built along the Nela river, the two sides of Puentedey are connected by a natural stone bridge. Puentedey is not alone when it comes to gems in the area though. Frias, located atop a mesa overlooking the Ebro river, would also have a good claim to the title of the prettiest village in Spain if not for one technicality: In 1435, King Juan II of Castille gave Frias, now home to only 270 people, the title of “city” making it the smallest city in Spain.

Those are only two of the many reasons to go to Las Merindades. There’s also the natural beauty of the region, thanks to its location in the foothills of the Cantabrian Range cooled by Atlantic breezes, a sense of history that is palpable in every town, castle, and even house, and surprises like the Ojo Guareña, a karst cave complex with almost 70 miles of galleries and passageways that have been used for shelter by humans for millennia. — D.M.

Enkarterri, Spain

Few people know about Enkarterri, a rich and surprising corner of the province of Vizcaya. (Enkarterri is its Basque name; in Spanish it's Encartaciones .) Those who discover it, however, tend to return. Only 35 minutes southwest of Bilbao , the sea and the mountains meet here. The area also has an important Indiano heritage—that’s the word used in Spain to describe Spaniards who went to the Americas, or the Indies as it were, to make their fortunes. You can look inside some of the lavish Casas Indianas, mansions that are the results of 19th-century versions of the American dream. Another important reminder of Vizcaya’s economic history is apparent in the factories and plants that dot the landscape. One used to be dedicated to the production of that essential Basque accessory, the beret. In operation until 1992, and then converted into a museum in 2007,  La Enkartada offers a glimpse into northern Spain’s industrial past, and a lesson in how berets are made.

After exploring the factory, fill your stomach at  Casa Garras , an institution going on its fifth decade thanks to its evergreen appeal. Carnivores will fall hard for the “beef days,” which take place during the winter months, when the restaurant serves an 11-course beef-themed tasting menu with delicious creations like a rump steak tartar with roasted marrow.

And there is more. Txacolí, the sparkling white wine produced in this part of Spain, always provides a good excuse to explore different wineries set amid the region’s beautifully wild landscapes including the biggest valley in the province (Karrantza Harana/Valle de Carranza, which includes some 49 settlements along its length). There are many options for hikers, bikers, spelunkers, as well as those looking for more low-impact activities like the Japanese tradition of forest bathing. On a completely different topic, the area is also home to  the largest private collection of Rolls-Royces in Europe, located in a 14th-century castle. — C.M.

Oviedo, Spain

Oviedo, the elegant capital of Asturias, is known for the distinguished neoclassical architecture surrounding the city’s cathedral, and its remarkable pre-Romanesque buildings from the ninth century, with five works recognized by UNESCO: the Foncalada Fountains, the city walls, and three churches: Santa María del Naranco, San Miguel de Lillo, and San Julián de los Prados, known as Santullano. The city is also a top cultural and gastronomic destination.

Culture permeates life in this city thanks in large part to the Princess of Asturias Awards, which are presented every year at the Campoamor Theater. In 2023, the ceremony will also celebrate the coming of age of the awards’ namesake, Leonor, the first-born daughter of the King and Queen of Spain and heir presumptive. The year ahead will bring some welcome additions to Oviedo. The Wamba Hotel from the  Sensia Hotels group will open next to the cathedral, while a much-anticipated AVE high-speed train from Madrid will enter service in May, making it possible to travel from the capital of Spain to the capital of Asturias in about three hours.  This remarkable engineering project has taken years to complete and includes a 15-mile-long tunnel, one of the longest in Europe, which crosses the Cantabrian Range under the Puerto de Pajares mountain pass. 

Meanwhile, Oviedo continues to embrace its position as one of the great epicenters of cuisine in the country. The city can boast of nine stars from Michelin, with Casa Marcial holding two of them. In total, 43 restaurants in the city are recommend by the guide. Some local favorites include Cocina Cabal, Ca'Suso, Salazogue, Casa Fermín, Mestura, and Gloria. — D.M.

Bajo Aragón, Spain

Spain constantly rewards travelers who want to venture off the beaten path. Bajo (or Lower) Aragon is an outstanding example of this truth. Located roughly 90 minutes by car to the northwest of Valencia, Bajo Aragon is known for its processions of drummers during Holy Week while fans of motorsports head to  MotorLand . But there’s more to entice travelers. Its landscape of chasms, rivers, and marshes has been shaped by the extreme climate and the passage of time, giving rise to the area’s unique flora and fauna. In addition, the generally clear skies and the low light pollution in this largely empty part of Spain add up to remarkable stargazing opportunities. 

It is not easy to find top-of-the-line hotels here, but there are some promising new ventures like the beautiful  Torre del Marqués , while the  Parador de Alcañiz has an incomparable hilltop setting next to a castle and convent. At its restaurant, La Concordia, you can discover some of the highlights of Aragonese cuisine, often overshadowed by other regions, like migas (bread soaked and then sauteed with other ingredients), lamb, and, of course, ham from Teruel.

The ambitious ongoing project of restoring the Convent of the Desert, an 18 th -century institution that has been called the Escorial of Aragon given its enormous size, is also attracting interest while in Calanda, the birthplace of surrealist director Luis Buñuel, you can visit a museum, the  Centro Buñuel Calanda , dedicated to his films and life. Pack comfortable shoes as you’ll be getting in a lot of steps to see cave paintings (Val del Charco del Agua Amarga) and Iberian sites (on the Route of the Iberians of Bajo Aragón), climb mountains (following the Route of the Stony Giants), or gaze at the stars (on the Route of Astronomical Viewpoints). Other attractions are just half an hour away, like Matarraña (another idyllic rural corner of Spain) and Campo de Belchite, the birthplace of painter Francisco Goya. — C.L.

Corvo Island, Azores, Portugal

We like the remote and the unknown, and that’s why we love Portugal’s Azores . Ooften described as the Atlantic’s Hawaii (though with far fewer tourists), most visits include hopping among a few islands. If that's your plan, include Corvo on your list of ports of call.

There’s only one paved road on the island. Follow it to Caldeirão, the crater of the volcano that gave birth to the island. From its viewpoint you will be able to take in its enormous size, almost 1.5 miles in circumference and almost 1,000 feet deep. At the bottom of the crater are two lakes where, according to legend, all the islands of the Azores are reflected on their surfaces. Cows and wild horses graze freely in this natural wonder—for immediately apparent reasons, it's the most photographed place in Corvo. 

A small airport and ferries that cross daily from the island of Flores connect Corvo with the rest of the world, as does free Wi-Fi throughout its (tiny) territory.  Fewer than 500 inhabitants reside in Vila do Corvo in a handful of whitewashed houses with red roofs. You’ll find most locals are happy to chat with curious visitors. Operators here offer a myriad of bird-watching tours—the island is considered one of the best areas in the world to spot a variety of species; its status as the westernmost point of the Azores adds to its diversity with some birds from the Americas landing here. Other guides offer boat trips around the island, if the sea permits, with chances to swim alongside steep cliffs that plunge into the water. — D.M.

Madrid, Spain

The capital of Spain continues its reign on must-visit lists. The list of reasons to visit Madrid will only lengthen in 2023. 

Both familiar and avant-garde; a cultural, gastronomic, and wellness center, Madrid is a city of contrasts that never stops. Luxury hotel brands all want a presence here, with recent openings including the Mandarin Oriental Ritz and the  Rosewood Villa Magna . Only a little bit older, the  Four Seasons Madrid , the  Madrid EDITION , and  Thompson Madrid have added to the wealth of choices. And, while it’s not a new property, the renovation of the  Santo Mauro has elevated a favorite to a new level of luxury as it joins Starwood’s Luxury Collection.

The brand new  UMusic Hotel , the first hotel from Universal Music, is located in the old Teatro Albéniz building, a very short walk from the Plaza Mayor. Coming up next are the  Nobu Hotel Madrid , located halfway between the Puerta del Sol and the Paseo del Prado. The early-20 th -century landmark Metropolis building is set to be reborn with a boutique hotel, restaurants, and shopping. Just a little further up the Gran Via, Brach Madrid, designed by Philippe Starck, is another much-anticipated opening of 2023.  There are still rumors that Fairmont will be joining the mix soon with a property near the Congress building, and another surprising addition is a hotel on Plaza de Canalejas from Pescaderías Coruñesas, known for its critically acclaimed restaurants and gourmet fish stores. This is their first foray into hotels. All of these projects near the Puerta del Sol are earning the area the nickname Milla de Oro, or “golden mile.” If your budget doesn’t include staying at one of these new hotels, at least visit one of their restaurants, spas, and rooftops (the competition is fierce in that last category). Two somewhat different options nearby are  Cool Rooms Palacio de Atocha (a 19 th -century palace given a contemporary update) and the new  Social Hub (a coworking space, though one with incredible views and a full calendar of events). 

When it comes to shopping, stops you may want to include are the enormous Zara (the world’s largest) on Plaza de España, the revolutionary  WOW Concept store on Gran Vía, and  Galeria Canalejas , where you’ll find 11 iconic international brands including Hermès, Cartier, and Louis Vuitton. Madrid’s culinary scene continues to dazzle—among the most coveted tables are Leña and  Smoked Room by Dani García and Amós, at the Rosewood Villa Magna, led by three-Michelin-star chef Jesús Sánchez (for his Cenador de Amós, on the Cantabrian coast).  Desde 1911 is a sophisticated option, and the venerated  Zuara is among the best Japanese restaurants in the city.  At Zuma, Berria,  Bar Trafalgar , and the cocktail lounge  Isa (at the Four Seasons), you are guaranteed to eat  and drink well.  If you want to keep the party going into the morning, Lula Club and Medias Puri are two popular choices at the moment. Don’t be surprised if you run out of time—this city has a lot to offer. — C.L.

Murcia, Spain

Ask Spaniards of a certain age about the phrase, “ Murcia, qué hermosa eres ” (“Murcia, how beautiful you are”) and they will likely recall an odd television variety show from the late 90s that promoted the region, and successfully implanted a slogan in viewers of several generations. Now many of those same people are discovering the truth of the motto.

The beauty of the province of Murcia can be experienced at  the Regional Park of Calblanque, the Monte de las Ceniza, and Peña del Aguila , perhaps one of the most beautiful and wild stretches of Spain’s Mediterranean coastline. The waters at Cabo de Palos are a favorite of divers while the lush Sierra de Espuña is the province’s green heart surrounded by vast orchards. There is also, however, a unique beauty to the region’s capital, the city of Murcia.

The region’s history is not as well-known as that of some of Spain’s other cities, even with a cathedral that is an almost perfect example of Spanish Baroque architecture and an episcopal palace in a Rococo style that reflects Murcia’s long-running connections with Noto, Lecce, and other cities in southern Italy.

The city was established by the emir of Cordoba in 825, and Moorish influences and evocative references remain visible, including at the lavish 19th-century Real Casino de Murcia, a glittering mix of architectural styles with an Arab patio, 20,000 sheets of gold leaf, and a neo-Baroque ballroom. The 18 th -century Puente de los Peligros connects the historic center with the Carmen neighborhood where you’ll find another one of the city’s Baroque wonders, Carmen’s parish church, which was originally part of a Carmelite convent. The  Museo Salzillo focuses on the sculptural works of one of the most celebrated artists of the Spanish Baroque, Francisco Salzillo, whose pieces can be seen in many Murcian churches.  

The Arab medieval period in the city’s history lives on in the city walls and the Aljufía irrigation system, which was one of the first such systems in Europe and is still used to this day to irrigate much of Murcia’s farmland and orchards. Murcia’s status as the source of much of Spain’s produce is evident when you sit down to eat. The perfect freshness of the ingredients helps to make the cuisine here even more exquisite and justified the city’s turn as the Spanish Capital of Gastronomy in 2021. Don’t leave without trying a traditional meat pie, a dish made with the famous bomba rice grown in Calasparra, stewed and salted fishes, zarangollo (a dish made with eggs, onion, and squash), and a Murcian salad (made with tomatoes, tuna, eggs, and olives). — D.M.

Mallorca, Balearic Islands, Spain

If you thought that the economic upheaval and travel disruptions of the pandemic meant that the Balearic Islands were going to suddenly become a bargain, it didn’t work out that way. At least there is a silver lining. As the destination perfects its approach to luxury, you’ll get a mix of exclusivity, exquisite service, and sustainability that justifies the price. 

Mallorca’s most anticipated upcoming openings are from the Four Seasons and the Virgin Group, at opposite ends of the island. The iconic Formentor in Pollença (in the north of the island), where celebrities including Grace Kelly and Prince Rainier stayed, will reopen as the  Four Seasons Resort Mallorca at Formentor in 2024. The property, located on a 3,000-acre estate, aims to be the island’s most sustainable. The French interior design firm, Gilles & Boissier, who recently completed the renovation of the Mandarin Oriental Ritz, Madrid, were entrusted with the interiors of the Four Seasons as well.

Richard Branson’s much anticipated  Son Bunyola hotel is now taking reservations for dates after August 1, 2023. The luxury hotel is located in the estate’s 16 th -century finca, or manor house, and has 26 rooms. They join three existing villas—Sa Punta de S'Aguila, Sa Terra Rotja, and  Son Balagueret—on an 810-acre property with grape vines and almond, citrus, and olive orchards.  Son Net is another luxury property that will open (spring 2023) in this stunning part of the island, from the owners of the impeccable  Finca Cortesin in Puigpunyent. Also nearby the  Belmond La Residencia , in Deià, offers polished luxury in one of the most picturesque parts of the island while the new  Kimpton Aysla Mallorca , just nine miles from Palma, is a contemporary retreat set amid landscaped grounds.

Sustainability is a focus of other recent openings on Mallorca as with  Can Ferrereta , in Santanyí, from the creators of the award-winning Sant Francesc hotel in Palma; the boutique hotel  Nivia Born , in Palma; the refurbished agroturismo property  Finca Ca'n Beneït , in the Tramuntana mountains; and  Es Racó d'Artà .  HM Palma Blanc , in Palma, marries a contemporary style with local Mallorcan materials and power from solar panels. The adults-only  Vicenç de la Mar , in cala Sant Vicenç, was designed by architect Rafael Balaguer Prunés and carries the Design Hotels seal. Yurbann, a hotel group from Barcelona, also has an opening planned. You have to be quick to stay on top of Mallorca’s hotel scene. — C.L.

Cáceres, Spain

The 2021 inauguration of the Helga de Alvear Museum, with its outstanding contemporary art collection assembled by the museum’s namesake gallerist and philanthropist, marked a turning point for the city of Cáceres in Spain’s Extremadura region. The new building, and the Premio Nacional de Arquitectura that Emilio Tuñón of  Tuñón Arquitectos won for its design, announced that both the city and the broader province of Cáceres intended to compete for the attention of culturally curious travelers.

The hospitality and culinary offerings are already waiting and continuing to improve. The 17 th -century  Hotel Hospes Palacio de Arenales & Spa is located amid olive groves but only 10 minutes by car from the city center. There, Atrio can boast two Michelin stars while the Torre de Sande, also from the Atrio team, is located in a 15 th -century palace and is a star of Extremadura’s culinary scene. Looking ahead, the Atrio team is also behind the renovation of the Casa Paredes-Saavedra, a Renaissance palace that is going to reopen as an exclusive 11-suite hotel facing the  Parador del Palacio de los Marqueses de Torreorgaz . Another palace, the Palacio de Godoy from the 16th century, will reopen as a 72-room Hilton after having been closed for 10 years.

The city of Cáceres is also a good gateway for exploring the beautiful Jerte Valley and the area of Vera, part of Extremadura that is famous for its lush forest and many springs. The broader region of Extremadura has a total of six UNESCO sites that travelers will want to visit: the historic monuments of Cáceres, the archeological sites of Mérida, the Royal Monastery of Santa María de Guadalupe, the Monfragüe Biosphere and National Park, the Tajo Internacional Biosphere Reserve, and the Villuercas-Ibores-Jara World Geopark. While it has yet to get the UNESCO nod, the Monastery of San Jerónimo de Yuste has been recognized as part of Spain’s Patrimonio Nacional and deserves a place on travelers’ lists too. In 2022, the landlocked Extremadura boasted an impressive eight Blue Flag beaches on its lakes, rivers, waterfalls, and streams. Baños de Montemayor and Alange have been welcoming spa-goers since the Romans built baths at both hot springs.  — C.L.

Pals, Spain

Writer Josep Pla once wrote that the best view in the region of Empordà is from  el Pedró , the restaurant that makes the best rice dishes in the town of Pals. Located in the historic center, the view includes the Torre de las Hores, the Church of St. Peter, and the city walls that lead to a mirador that has now been renamed in honor of the author. “The contrasts that this site offers—the ocean, beach, and the Medes Islands; the eroded peaks of the Montgrí Massif, the deep greens of evergreen, cork, and pine forests with the geological formations of the Gavarres peaks and the flat farmland; and the botanical wonders along the banks of the Ter River—it all adds up to a rich bounty of great beauty,” the journalist wrote.  

This medieval village in the Baix Empordà region, along Catalonia’s Costa Brava, offers travelers easy access to the most charming coves along this part of the Mediterranean, such as Aigua Xelida, and beaches such as the familiar and wide Pals, Gola del Ter, l'Illa Roja, and Aiguablava. The bravest swimmers can dive into the Vies Braves, a public network of marine and open water routes offering a wilder experience of the Mediterranean. Cycling through the rice fields of the area or finding a glamping site as a base for an active vacation are other options for visitors, who will also find an ideal setting for golf, a chance to enjoy the  White Summer market and music festival, or simply visit organic vineyards. Visitors can also learn more about Catalonia’s rich Romanesque and medieval heritage following routes through the villages of Begur, Palau Sator, Peratallada, and Monells, among others.

At the  Arkhe Hotel Boutique , a contemporary focus on health, wellness, and sustainability is paired with an intimate setting in the heart of historic Pals. Beyond exploring the region’s sites, staff can arrange everything from a “conscious nutrition” workshop to a meal amid the countryside’s wildflowers. Catalonia is known for the excellence of its produce and other ingredients as well as its celebrated chefs. Not far from Pals,  El Celler de Can Roca has three Michelin stars; some critics and fans argue it is the best restaurant in the world.  Bo.Tic , with two Michelin stars, is also among the region’s best restaurants along with Vicus and Pahissa del Mas. Make sure to have at least one dish made with the famous rice from Bassess d’en Coll before you leave. — C.L.

Valle de Arce, Spain

South of Roncesvalles, the Valle de Arce (or Artzibar, in Basque) is one of the best-known areas of Navarra, famous for the beech forest to its east, which is one of the largest and best preserved in Europe. This destination is full of natural and historical treasures, but not people—there are barely 300 living in the village of Arce and smaller hamlets nearby. The buildings feel untouched by time and there's easy access to ravines, forests, and unforgettable views. 

A plus of the Navarra Pyrenees is that they are beautiful any time of the year, whether the peaks are dusted with snow or the alpine lakes are shimmering in the summer sun. Simply take a deep breath, walk in any direction, and be surprised by charming villages like Usoz, with its sweeping views, Azparren, or Gorráiz—with its historic houses and churches. Stop and listen to the murmur of the Urrobi and Irati rivers, which form two valleys in the region. This part of the Navarra Pyrenees is a paradise for mountain and hiking lovers, who will find routes for all levels and tastes. The area’s Romanesque heritage can be traced in historical monuments such as the hermitage of Santa María de Arce, next to the Urrobi river, and the church of San Julián in Nagore, both from the 12th century. You can admire the 15 th -century fortified palace of Ayanz and the Torre de Liberri, at least from a distance (both are located on private property and not open to public). You can get a closer look at the 13 th -century  Torre de Uriz , however, which has been converted into a stylish and intimate 12-room hotel.

 Another charming option is the  Agroturismo Mari Cruz , which combines a warm, family welcome with organic cuisine and a lot of magic. They say that amid its cabins, which provide retreats in the woods for those who want to slow down and discover another way of seeing the world, real live elves have been spotted. First, though, you need to take the time to truly listen and look. How’s that for a goal in 2023? — C.L.

A version of this article originally appeared on Condé Nast Traveller Spain. It was translated by John Newton.  

By signing up you agree to our User Agreement (including the class action waiver and arbitration provisions ), our Privacy Policy & Cookie Statement and to receive marketing and account-related emails from Traveller. You can unsubscribe at any time. This site is protected by reCAPTCHA and the Google Privacy Policy and Terms of Service apply.

MOVING WITH THE MILITARY SOON?

The Best Spain and Portugal Itinerary: 14-Day Road Trip

With this Spain and Portugal itinerary, 14 days is the perfect way to get your feet wet by exploring two amazing countries. The best part is that this guide is the perfect combination of sightseeing and relaxation without any crazy long driving days because you don’t want to spend the majority of your trip stuck inside a car, right?

Can’t read this now? Pin it for later!

And spoiler alert about this Spain and Portugal itinerary: there’s an option to also visit Morocco, Africa, and Gibraltar, too! Of course, you can always stay somewhere shorter/longer, but there’s just enough time allotted with this guide to unpack your bags and explore a city. You’ll feel like you experienced it, by seeing as many places as possible.

We took this 14-day Spain and Portugal road trip during our kids’ spring break in April, and it was the perfect time to visit. The weather was excellent, we did and saw so many cool things, and it totally filled our bucket to see and experience new cultures. Surprisingly, we all got along just fine, too. I was almost certain we’d be at each other’s throats, but it went off without a hitch. (To be transparent: I was the one who got grumpy on the last day.)

If you’ve been searching for a great plan for two weeks in Spain and Portugal, look no further.

Quick Tips for Visiting Spain and Portugal

• Dinner starts around 8 pm. Keep that in mind if you like to eat early or if you’re traveling with kids. Since we were in Spain and Portugal for two weeks we decided to embrace the culture and get into a new routine. We ended up enjoying an afternoon siesta (see below), having a snack around our normal dinnertime, and then enjoying a Spanish or Portuguese dinner. And truly: try to do this if at all possible. Towns come alive after 8 pm in a way that’s hard to describe. The entire vibe changes and there’s an incredible energy in the evenings.
• Siesta time! Expect places to shut down in the afternoon for siestas—a block of time devoted to rest. We noticed this in smaller towns, and even in the bigger cities, so plan accordingly. My advice: embrace it . You’ll likely be staying up later, so a mid-day rest isn’t the worst thing.
• English is spoken everywhere. We never had an issue speaking English, and many places offered English menus, too.
• We were there during “shoulder” season (spring 2022) and it was already very, very busy. I highly recommend a great travel bag or backpack that locks. It was nice to not be terribly worried about pickpocketers.

Where this Spain and Portugal Itinerary Starts and Ends

I came up frustrated and empty-handed when I started researching this trip—many Spain and Portugal itineraries suggest flying from one side of the country to the other (Barcelona to Madrid or Seville, for example), but we were jonesing for a good road trip within Spain and Portugal and didn’t want to hop on a second or third plane.

Yes, a plane might let us see even more in a short amount of time, but the scenery we saw, and the impromptu stops we made during those 14 days in Spain and Portugal were spectacular, and we would’ve missed out if we flew.

We bought one-way tickets on RyanAir and flew into Madrid, Spain. From there we rented a car and drove for the rest of our journey, making our way over to the west edge of Spain, into Portugal, down the coast, along the southern Portuguese edge, and back into Spain. We returned our rental car and flew out of Seville, Spain.

Pro tip: Renting a car would’ve been one of our biggest expenses for this trip. Instead, we used credit card points and got it for “free.”

Quick look: 14-Day Spain and Portugal Itinerary

Here’s a quick look at the exact route we used for our Spain and Portugal 14-day road trip.

• Day 0: Flew into Madrid (late flight)⁠
• Day 1: Madrid all day (slept in Segovia, Spain)⁠
• Day 2: Segovia⁠, Spain
• Day 3: Drove to/explored Lisbon⁠, Portugal
• Day 4: Lisbon, Portugal
• Day 5: Sintra, Portugal⁠
• Day 6: Drove to Algarve⁠, Portugal⁠
• Day 7: Algarve⁠, Portugal⁠
• Day 8: Algarve⁠, Portugal⁠
• Day 9: Drove to Tarifa⁠, Spain
• Day 10: Tarifa, Spain (alternative: day trip to Morocco)⁠
• Day 11: Tarifa, Spain (alternative: day trip to Gibraltar)⁠
• Day 1 2: Drove to Seville⁠, Spain
• Day 13: Seville⁠, Spain
• Day 14: Seville⁠, Spain
• Day 15: Flew out of Seville early AF⁠

This may look like A LOT, and while it was a long trip, keep in mind that you’re balancing touristy attractions with a decent amount of relaxation. ⁠

Day 0: Fly into Madrid

To kick off our two-week road trip around Spain and Portugal we flew directly into Madrid via RyanAir. We picked a late flight on purpose; intending to really start our trip the next day.

Pick up a Rental Car

Do you really need a car for this Span and Portugal itinerary? 14 days around two countries is a decent amount of land to cover, so we loved renting a car; it gave us the flexibility to change plans if needed. Parking was plentiful (we only had an issue once in Lisbon, but it was a holiday weekend, and we only ended up walking a little further than intended); we didn’t spend very much on tolls.

What sealed the deal for us was that we used credit card points, making the car rental free for the entire two weeks in Spain and Portugal.

PRO TIP: We used the mifold boosters for all three kids (aged 5, 7, and 9) on this trip. This solution worked out fantastic instead of bringing their boosters with us, and best of all: they lugged them in their own backpacks when we flew on the plane. This compact and backless booster is designed for kids ged 4+, 40-100 lbs and between 40-59″ tall. It’s also safety tested and globally regulated, meaning you can use it in every country except Australia and Taiwan

Where to Stay in Madrid

I thought I picked a place to stay near the airport, when, in fact, it was actually about 30 minutes away, and I wouldn’t recommend it. If I had a do-over I’d pick a spot near El Retiro, one of the largest parks in Madrid.

For a family, look into staying at 60 Balconies Art . If you’re visiting as a couple, this trendy boutique hotel ; looks amazing. And if you’re on a budget, consider Hostal Brua .

Day 1: Madrid, Spain

If you’re sticking with this Spain and Portugal itinerary, then you only have a day to spend in Madrid, so make the most of it and start your day early, trying to cover as much ground as possible.

What to do with One Day in Madrid

If you’re driving into the city, I suggest parking here for the day. We were only in Madrid for about 8 hours, but we packed a decent amount into our day.

Start your morning with a stroll through El Retiro; the park is huge and gorgeous, and if you’re lucky you’ll even catch some live musicians playing for tips.

We loved walking through here in the morning—it was fairly empty except for locals out for a morning run.

Explore the park (go on a paddle boat ride, or check out the Palacio de Cristal), or just make a bee-line across the street to the Museu Nacional del Prado.

Enjoy El Retiro Park and Royal Palace of Madrid during this Madrid Royal Palace and Retiro Park Guided Tour with an expert guide. You will have an opportunity to discover the Palace’s various rooms and expansive grounds of El Retiro.

No, you don’t have time to go into the museum (but you can if you have two days in Madrid); you’re going to get on a HoHo bus( the hop on, hop off bus , obviously).

Hop aboard, grab a seat up top so you can see the sights, and hop off whenever you’d like. We rode the tourist bus all around and still managed to clock around 20,000 steps.

There’s so much green space in Madrid, but since we parked near El Retiro, we spent time in that area the most.

Where we Ate in Madrid

Our hotel served breakfast, so we filled up there before exploring Madrid.

Lunch was at a delicious tapas place near the Plaza Mayor. They spoke English but were also super patient while I attempted my rusty Spanish. The Sangria was fantastic (not all are created equal, as I found out along this trip), and we loved trying all their dipping sauces.

We stopped for a mid-day snack (and bathroom break) at a cafe across from the Catedral de Santa María la Real de la Almudena.

Our dinner was in Segovia after we arrived there for the night.

Food tours in Madrid

• 🍷 Enjoy Madrid’s vibrant culinary scene: Madrid Tapas and Wine Tasting Tour (children under 9 years can not take part of the tour)
• 😋 Learn more about Madrid’s historical and culinary sides during this Tapas, Taverns & History Tour Madrid
• 🧑🏼‍🍳 Learn how to cook classic dishes of Spanish cuisine: 4-hour Spanish Cooking Class in Madrid an expert chef
• 🚶🏼‍♂️ Visit several authentic tapas bars while strolling through the atmospheric streets of the old city center: Madrid Historical Walking Tour with Food Tasting and Dinner
• 😋 Immerse yourself in a culinary world of Madrid during this Madrid Food Tour: Gastronomy & History with Lunch or Dinner

If we had More Time in Madrid

Even though we were only in Madrid long enough to basically “window shop” (we didn’t have time to go into places), I made a note of all where I’d like to go back. If you have more than one day to spare, or if any of these look great, make them a priority during your day in Madrid:

• it’s huge and you could spend hours/days looking at everything
• There was a CRAZY long line to get in when we walked by; get skip-the-line tickets in advance
• a modern take on a cathedral
• supposedly stunning inside, but they close for siesta, so keep that in mind)
• the train station; there’s a tropical garden inside!
• either ride when they open at 10 am or get tickets early for later.
• Really long lies in the afternoon
• a little outside the city, but super cool place⁠
• San Miguel Market

Find even more to do in Madrid:

Day 2: segovia spain.

A few weeks before our trip we watched the Spain episode on Europe from Above on Disney+, and decided we had to make a stop in Segovia, Spain, too. So we cut Madrid down to one day and spent the next day about an hour north of the capital city.

If Segovia doesn’t interest you, plan for an extra day in Madrid.

What to do with One Day in Segovia

Surprisingly, there’s more than enough to keep you busy for an entire day in Segovia.

The big site to see here is the aqueduct, but you can see that at any time of the day, so prioritize other places like the castle.

Start your morning at the Alcázar de Segovia —a castle that inspired Disney’s, Sleeping Beauty.

If you didn’t buy tickets ahead of time, get there early. We opted for the tower tickets, and if you go to the tippy-top you’ll have an excellent view of the whole area.

After the castle, walk up the narrow cobble-stone road and you’ll eventually see the stunning, and huge Catedral de Segovia .

While we thought it was slightly more impressive from the outside, it was nice to get out of the heat and go inside for a little bit.

The walk to the cathedral was charming.

PRO TIP: There’s a delicious ice cream shop just outside the Catedral de Segovia. Great pit-stop for kids who may need a little extra oomph to keep them going.

The main reason we went to Segovia was to see the Roman aqueduct that dates back to the 1st century. ⁠It was so impressive and bigger than I thought it’d be.

One of the coolest parts of this aqueduct is that the ginormous stones are held together simply by the force of gravity—there is no mortar or cement holding it together. ⁠

You can even climb up the side to see it from the top. Head to the stairs near the tourist information center and make your way up there to see the aqueduct from a different point of view.

Where we Ate in Segovia

There are several cafes and bakeries near the center of Segovia, along with many restaurants. Keep in mind that most restaurants take reservations, so plan accordingly.

Cochinillo , better known as “suckling pig” is popular in Segovia. It’s a perfectly roasted pig that’s so tender restaurants boast that it can be cut with a plate instead of a fork.

Several restaurants claim they have the best, but we tried one place simply because they had an opening when we were available. While I loved the atmosphere inside, and that it was directly next to the aqueduct, the service at Mesón De Cándido was less than stellar, and they didn’t have a kid’s menu (or even anything that my three wanted to eat).

The food, on the other hand, was fantastic. (We got a steak for the kids to split and it was amazing…even if they refused to eat it.)

FUN FACT: There’s a McDonald’s across from the aqueduct…just saying.

Where we Parked

We parked on the side of the road near the castle for our morning adventures, but you’ll also see signs for a parking garage near the cathedral.

When we went into town to see the aqueduct we parked in this parking garage .

Where we Stayed in Segovia

Because we didn’t want to be packing and repacking every other day, we spent two nights near Segovia. The place itself was fantastic . There was ample room and it was great for our family of 5; however, it was kinda in the middle of nowhere. The sleepy “town” lacked amenities, but we didn’t mind since we had our own car.

If you’re jonesing to stay closer to Segovia’s center, consider staying here ; it has a fabulous roof-top view.

If You have More Time in Segovia

READ EVEN MORE ABOUT SEGOVIA IN THIS FULL POST !

Pit Stop in Alburquerque

On our way from Segovia to Lisbon, we actually made a pit stop in Alburquerque, Spain , the sister city to our hometown of Albuquerque, New Mexico. Stopping in this sleepy Spanish town on Palm Sunday was a highlight of our trip. I’m going to do a full post on this stop.

READ MORE ABOUT OUR DETOUR TO ALBURQUERQUE IN THIS POST HERE .

Day 3 & 4: Lisbon, Portugal

Continuing with our Spain and Portugal itinerary, it’s time to make our way into Portugal! The drive from Madrid/Segovia to Lisbon was fine, although keep in mind that the time changes and goes back one hour as you enter Portugal.

Another interesting tidbit about the Lisbon area (and the Algarve region mentioned below): they love cilantro and put it on everything . Just something to keep in mind if you’re not a fan; ask for your dish without coriander.

What we did in Lisbon

Lisbon is a vibrant, colorful, and hilly city oozing charm and character, and it captivated us.

Our total time in Lisbon was two days, but it was half a day, a full day, and half a day, so these activities were all spread out over the course of three days.

✰ Go on a Tuk-Tuk Tour Wanting to make the most of our time, we booked an afternoon tuk-tuk tour as soon as we arrived, and it was a fantastic decision. Riding around in a tuk-tuk let us experience so much more than we would’ve in a car, and we didn’t have to climb the crazy hills. I 100%, highly recommend going on a tour that’s at least three hours long (honestly, if I knew how much we’d love this, I would’ve found a full-day or a half-day tour).

✰ Sea the Aquarium (HA! “Sea” what I did there?!) During our full day in Lisbon, we relaxed a little bit and kept things simple. Our first stop was the Oceanário de Lisboa, the aquarium, recommended by several friends. I highly recommend getting tickets ahead of time . Honestly, the aquarium didn’t impress me much, but the kids loved it. There is also a cafe on sight.

✰ Paint Your Own Tiles We were enchanted by all the tiles we saw around Lisbon, so it’s no surprise that this was a highlight of our entire trip. We spent 3 hours with a local artist learning about azulejos, and then painting our own tiles. I thought we would just make one or two each, but the kids ended up making multiple tiles, and bowls and even painted some mugs. It was so much fun!

*If you’re going to do this, make sure to book it for the beginning of your time in Lisbon since the tiles need to be baked . Also, make sure you have room in your suitcase to bring them back with you!

✰ (Maybe) Visit the Tile Museum The Museu Nacional do Azulejo is an art museum devoted to—you guessed it—the history of Lisbon’s tiles. While there were sections that were very pretty to see, our kids were all bored and mentioned that they liked seeing them on the buildings more. The museum also closes in the middle of the day, so keep that in mind.

If we had More Time in Lisbon

I still wish we had more time in Lisbon, and if my husband and I can ever sneak away, Lisbon will be my first choice of place to go with him. We purposely left one of our days in Lisbon to be a little more relaxed; I truly think that was part of why this Spain and Portugal itinerary didn’t exhaust us.

However, there’s still so much to see in Lisbon. Explore more here :

Where we Ate in Lisbon

All the Pastel de Natas Oh. My. Great. Goodness. When in Lisbon, get yourself a (lot) pastel de nata! What is a pastel de nata? It’s basically an egg-custard pastry, but I don’t think that gives it any justice. ⁠

I was actually prepared to hate them; custard desserts aren’t really my jam. Thankfully, I’m VERY happy these proved me wrong. ⁠ The pastry is a super buttery and flakey, melt-in-your-mouth crust filled with a not-too-sweet egg-yolk custard with a caramelized crust. Top it off with a dusting of cinnamon and let’s just say that you’re in for a big treat.

Time Out Market Lisbon You have to make time for this food hall when you’re in Lisbon. There are more than two dozen unique restaurants (with everything from pizza and hamburgers to local Portuguese favorite dishes and desserts), several bars, and a dozen shops.

This place fills up, especially on a weekend, so be prepared for long lines if you visit during peak times. But it’s well worth the wait!

Do you want to learn more about the local cuisine? If the answer is yes , then I recommend you to take a food tour and immerse yourself in the culinary world of Lisbon!

Where we stayed in Lisbon

We stayed here , just outside the city center in the Alfama area (near the Belém Tower), and it was a great location. The host was beyond helpful and spot on with his recommendations, the place itself was perfect for a family of five, and there was a washer and a dryer!

If you’re looking to stay more in the heart of Lisbon, here are a few places to check out: For a couple on a getaway, check out this gem (and it includes breakfast). This 2-bedroom apartment looks great for a family. If you’re on a budget, this spot looks funky and fun, too.

Want to read more about Lisbon? Check out all of my Lisbon posts here !

Day 5: Sintra, Portugal

Ah, Sintra. This is a wonderful spot to visit, and I highly recommend a full day here, if not longer. We decided that if we have a chance we’d love to come back and stay in Sintra for a weekend.

What to do with One Day in Sintra

One thing to know about Sintra is that you cannot drive your own car up to any of the main attractions, so it’s highly recommended that you hire a guide/tour . You can do it on your own, but if you plan on visiting more than a couple of places, it will be easier to have a driver.

Here are the places I suggest you check out (and the order you should visit them):

✰ Pena Palace This is the main attraction: get there early, and get tickets in advance . Also, keep in mind that you have to get from the bottom of the hill up to the palace. The walk will take about 15-30 minutes, but there is a bus you can get included with your ticket.

After you’ve explored the palace: walk back down through the gardens. It’s beautiful and you won’t regret it.

✰ Monserrate Palace Full disclosure: we did not visit this palace, and I 100% regret it. I’ve been told that it’s beautiful and a hidden gem in Sintra since most people flock to other more popular places instead.

✰ Quinta da Regaleira A neat place to visit. Plan on spending at least an hour if not two, walking around here.

✰ Moorish Castle (IF you have time) If you’ve seen castle ruins before, this won’t be all that impressive, which is why I think you can skip it.

✰ Cabo da Roca (AKA: the end of the world) Welcome to the westernmost point of mainland Europe with breathtaking views. Getting to Cabo da Roca is about a half-hour drive from Sintra, and totally worth squeezing it into your plans.

Where we Ate in Sintra

We enjoyed snacks and treats at the top of Pena Palace and from Casa Piriquita; a popular bakery dating back to 1862. (NOTE: at Casa Piriquita, customers order based on a number, so grab a ticket with a number on it when you walk in!)

Lunch came in the form of tapas from Romaria de Baco , but all the other restaurants in the area looked great, too.

If we had More Time in Sintra

Since we didn’t make it to the Monserrate Palace , I’d definitely go there. I’d also like to spend more time at Pena Palace. We drove through the resort town of Cascais and it looked delightful. If we spent a weekend in the Sintra area, we’d definitely spend more time in Cascais.

Where to stay in Sintra

We stayed in Lisbon since it’s not that far away, but if you are specifically looking to stay in Sintra, here are a few options:

This villa looks stunning, and there are rooms for up to 6 people. This chalet also has accommodation for up to 6 people, and it’s in the heart of Sintra. If you’re looking for a boutique hotel, check out this one .

Day 6, 7, & 8: Algarve, Portugal

The Algarve region of Portugal is one of the most beautiful places in the world, and you could easily spend weeks in the area. We were only there for three days, but it was a glorious three days, and I would happily return.

One thing to note: Unless you’re staying directly on the beach, you will have to drive a decent amount to get to places. What looks like a “short” drive may end up being around a half-hour to get from place to place. Just something to keep in mind.

Pro tip: On your way from the Lisbon area to Algarve, make sure you make a pit stop (only for about 15 minutes) to see the largest cork tree in the world !

Things to do in Algarve

Spending time in the Algarve was relaxing for us. We didn’t have any specific “must-do” things except enjoy the area.

✰ Chill at the Beach There’s no shortage of pristine beaches in the Algarve. Our favorite spots were Praia da Luz⁠ and Praia de Salema (but they were also near where we were staying.)

Keep in mind that women often go topless at the beach in Portugal.

If you’re looking for more beaches to explore, check out this post from my friend Bri.

✰ Hike Along the Cliffs Truly, pick a spot and just start walking. There are trails everywhere, and the scenic views are breathtaking.

✰ Find Dinosaur Footprints YES, like, actual fossilized dinosaur footprints right along the coast! This was a total highlight and a fun experience to see. I wrote all about it (including a detailed map with specific directions to find them) in this post .

✰ Go to the (other) end of the World Cabo de Sao Vicente is the most southwesterly point in Europe. The views are fantastic (check it out during sunset) and if you’re in the area it’s worth checking out. During the Middle Ages, it was considered to be the “end of the world” by the people who lived there.

Opens at 10 am; closes at 6 pm; closed Mondays. There’s a gift shop and toilets available, free parking, and food trucks outside of the lighthouse area.

✰ Shop for Ceramics You’ll pass by some cute ceramic shops (you’ll know where they are since they have fun plates hanging on the exterior walls). If you have room in your suitcase, stop in one and take a look.

✰ Explore the Caves The famous caves of the Algarve are a must-see, especially Benagil. But be warned: it will get VERY busy unless you go early in the morning. We took a boat tour (and loved it), but if you want to get out in any of the caves you must do that via swimming, kayaking, or a private tour.

Here are some tours to look at for checking out the caves:

• Boat tour of the caves (we did this one and loved it; we did not get out of the boat to see the caves)
• Catamaran + kayak tour to see the caves (my friend Crystal did this one with her kids and they did get to kayak to the caves)
• Kayak to the caves
• Swim—or float—out to the caves (check out what my friend Bri did to get out to see the Benagil cave!)

If we had More Time in Algarve

There are tons to do in Algarve! If we had more time we would’ve done the following:

• Sand City in Lagoa
• Wine tasting
• Horseback riding along the coast
• Go check out more adorable seaside towns.

WANT TO READ MORE ABOUT THE ALGARVE? CHECK OUT MORE POSTS HERE

Where we Ate in Algarve

We had several meals where we stayed (see more below), but here are a couple of other places we loved:

At Praia da Salema: We grabbed lunch from  A Bóia  nearby, and it was delicious. I highly recommend their sardines or the catch of the day—ask and they’ll bring out several different options.

At Praia da Salema: the pizza from Pizza Real was legit, one of the best pizza’s I’ve ever tasted. And we lived in Italy. It was just SO good, and it’s a good thing we had it on our last night, otherwise, I would’ve wanted to go back there for every meal.

Where we stayed in Algarve

We stayed at Turiscampo , part of Yelloh Village (which we LOVE), and their premium cottage was perfect for our family of five. The village has a little shop (with fresh baked goods every morning and everything you might need during your stay), two restaurants, indoor/outdoor pools, laundry, and so much more.

There are literally thousands of places to stay along the Algarve. Find your perfect spot here:

Day 9, 10, & 11: Tarifa, Spain

Our stay in Tarifa for this portion of our Spain and Portugal itinerary during our 14-day road trip was supposed to be our “home base” just for sleeping.

The first day was for leisurely driving from Algarve to Tarifa (which we did). On the second day, we were going to go to Gibraltar, and on our last day there we were going to hop a ferry to Morocco.

Unfortunately, we couldn’t get into Gibraltar and ended up turning around to come home. If you’re U.S. military, read this before attempting to go into Gibraltar.

And Morocco was just unfortunate timing. Tarifa has ferries that go back and forth to Tangier, Morocco, but they were closed because of the pandemic and actually reopened two days before we arrived. The problem was that anyone unvaccinated needed a PCR test to enter. Our (then) 4-year-old son was unvaccinated, and we couldn’t get the results from a PCR test in time, so we couldn’t go over.

All that to say: We ended up staying in Tarifa for much longer than expected, but it ended up being great and we really enjoyed the town.

Good to know: street parking is very limited in Tarifa. There is a parking lot , but I’m honestly not sure how much it is (or maybe it’s free). It was attended when we arrived and unattended when we left a couple of days later.)

What we did in Tarifa

If you find yourself with more time in Tarifa, you’ve gotta hit the beach and wander the adorable streets.

We really enjoyed both of those things and spent most of our time in the water, on the sand, and wandering the streets.

Windsurfing is really popular in Tarifa, because of the gusts that come from Africa and through the sea. If you have a chance, go to Valdevaqueros beach to watch the windsurfers there; it was remarkable to watch.

Where we Ate in Tarifa

Tarifa comes alive after 8 pm and the restaurants will all be filled to the brim. Any place you go is sure to be fantastic.

On the beach, though, I highly recommend Chiringuito Tangana ; it was delicious and so enjoyable to watch the windsurfers from there.

Optional Day Trips from Tarifa

• 45-minutes away
• read this post before going, especially if you are U.S. military
• I wish I had first-hand experience with this, but we, unfortunately, couldn’t make it.
• See Tarifa/Tangier ferry info here
• Day trip to Tangier: we were going to use Jamal Chatt, a local tour guide who comes highly recommended and is very quick to respond to your questions.

Where we stayed in Tarifa

Our place in Tarifa was….good? One thing to note is that you can’t park your car anywhere near the town’s center, so we parked in a parking area that randomly closed the day we left (and I’m so thankful we got our car out!). The reason for my uncertainty in that first sentence is that our place had zero cell service and zero wifi. This is where we stayed … a great location within the town, but I’m not sure if I’d recommend it if you like to stay connected.

If you just have two or three in your party, check out this place in the heart of Tarifa. Traveling with four people? Here’s an apartment for you. For a little more space out of town, families may enjoy staying here .

Day 12, 13, & 14: Seville, Spain

Seville was so amazing that I’ll definitely do a more in-depth post, but in the meantime here are some things to do in a nutshell.

Our Day 12 was a travel day; we leisurely made our way to Seville from Tarifa, about 2.5 hours away. Days 13 and 14 were crammed with fitting as much as possible into our last days in Spain.

What we did in Seville

While we usually love going on HoHo (hop-on/hop-off tour bus rides), we didn’t like this one; it took you through parts of Seville that were definitely off-the-beaten-path (and not in a good way).

Instead, take a walking tour . We did this, and it was great to have some background on places, but you’ll want to plan on going back to the places since you don’t have much time to look around anywhere.

Here are the must-see/do things in Seville:

✰ Explore Plaza de España This is one of Seville’s most popular places and for good reason. It’s remarkable, and you may recognize it from Star Wars Episode 2: Attack of the Clones and Laurence of Arabia. It took 15 years to complete, and you can easily spend at least an hour wandering around. You can also rent paddle boats (note that they open at noon).

✰ See a flamenco show If you’re in Seville you must see a flamenco show. The passion the performers express during the show is astonishing. It was a highlight of our stay.

HOT TIP: see the performers at Plaza de España for free during the day.

✰ Explore the Real Alcázar de Sevilla Book tickets ahead of time, and I suggest going with a guide ; I wish we did that so I’d know what we’re looking at. Plan for a few hours; the gardens are huge and beautiful.

✰ Drink sangria aka “tinto de verano,” eat all the tapas , and cool off with gelato during your Spain and Portugal itinerary.

✰ Climb La Giralda at the Seville Cathedral The Cathedral and the grounds are a mix of Muslim and Christian architecture (so basically it’s beautiful). When you’re in the cathedral, keep an eye out for Christopher Columbus’s tomb.

Fun fact: the bell tower is made up of ramps, not stairs. Fair warning if you’re at the top of the tower at the top of the hour…the bells are LOUD! Also, skip-the-line tickets are awesome.

✰ Check out the bull ring (Plaza de toros de la Real Maestranza de Caballería de Sevilla) It was really interesting seeing the museum portion of the bull ring; the kids really liked it and asked us TONS of questions.

And yes, there are still bullfights that take place here, but there weren’t happening while we were there (and I’m not sure if we would have gone anyway.)

✰ Stroll around Old Town; it’s adorable .

If we had More Time in Seville

There’s so much to do in Seville, but in case you can’t cram it into your already packed Spain and Portugal itinerary, rest easy knowing that it’s easily doable with just a weekend (if you have one to spare sometime). If you want more options, check these out:

Where we Ate in Seville

Everything was awesome. Truly. We ate at random places, and every time it was fantastic. Order the tapas version of whatever you get since the plates are small enough that you can try multiple things.

Where we stayed in Seville

We stayed here , about a 10-minute walk to the old town. The space was wonderful for a family of five. It was a two-level apartment, and the exposed brick added a ton of charm. The kitchen was a little limited, but we didn’t use it very much (when in Spain, enjoy the tapas). However, if we went again I’d try to stay closer to the old town — it was just so adorable.

Here are a couple of places I had on my radar, but they were sold out for our dates. This place looks a little more in central old town (and can accommodate large families), and this place looks amazing and families can stay there, too, but it’s possibly a splurge.

But there are SO many spots to stay in Seville. Start your search here:

don’t forget this post! Pin it for later!

I truly hope this Spain and Portugal itinerary helps you plan your trip. Longer trips can often be difficult to put together, which is why I wanted to share as much as possible in this post. If this helps you in any way, I’d love to know; please let me know how it went!

Looks like such an amazing trip! I’ll definitely be pinning it for the future. I’m still holding out hope we’ll be able to re-schedule our Madrid trip. 🤞

This looks great! Can you post a link to where you stayed in Lisbon? Thanks.

Thanks for catching that! I just updated the post with where we stayed, and here’s the link as well: https://www.airbnb.com/rooms/45483135

Hello Jessica, I really enjoyed reading you blog. We are traveling from NYC last week of March. My wife and I are researching a 2 week road trip.

Anyway I can get a copy of your trip/suggestions?

Alan & Josephine

[email protected]

I’m so glad you found this helpful. I don’t have this post in PDF form, so the only thing I can suggest is copying the parts that might work for you to help you plan your trip. I wish I had a better solution right now!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Global Gallivanting

Our epic spain and portugal road trip route & itinerary.

In September 2021 we drove an epic 3,500 km in 1 month visiting 12 destinations on an amazing whirlwind Spain and Portugal road trip.

We had the time of our life exploring the beautiful cities, landscapes and historical sights, eating as many tapas and pasteis de nata as possible, visiting offbeat communities and catching up with friends who have moved out there.

We didn’t find many articles online about driving around both Spain and Portugal in one trip and I didn’t find any Spain and Portugal itinerary that started from the ferry ports in Northern Spain.

So in this blog post I’ll share our route, itinerary and tips for an epic Spain and Portugal road trip – what we loved and what we would have done differently another time.

Our 1 Month Spain and Portugal Road Trip Route

We got the ferry from the UK to Spain and this was our 1 month Spain and Portugal road trip route:

Portsmouth (UK) – ferry to – Bilbao (Spain) – San Sebastian – Madrid – Granada – Orgiva – Seville – Algarve – Lisbon – Fundao – Porto – Braga – Oviedo – Bilbao – ferry to – Portsmouth.

We had wanted to do this in 2020, but it looked too difficult with the constantly changing Covid restrictions, but in 2021 the dream finally came a reality and Covid really didn’t affect our trip too much. I’ll explain more about what it’s like traveling nowadays later on in this post.

My Top Tips for Driving in Spain and Portugal

The best time to travel around Spain and Portugal is during the shoulder seasons like May – June and September – October. During this time the weather is the most pleasant and the crowds are less than during the summer holidays.

To see all of Spain and Portugal you need at least 1 month, but you could see the highlights like Barcelona, Madrid, Granada, Seville, Lisbon and Porto in 2 weeks.

We spent 1 month in Spain and Portugal, 3 weeks traveling and 10 days visiting a friend’s farm in Portugal towards the end of our trip. 3 weeks allowed us to have a few days to relax and really explore each place.

If you have time, I would recommend spending 1 month as there is plenty to see and do in both beautiful countries. If you have 1 week then just do a road trip around Andalusia or travel from Lagos to Porto or you’ll be spending more time driving than enjoying!

Car or Camper?

Whether I travel by car or campervan, my favourite way travel experiences are always road trips. Nothing can beat the freedom of exploring with your own set of wheels.

We took our own car over on the ferry from the UK, but when we’ve rented cars on previous trips to Europe we used Discover Cars because they compare all the major car hire companies and got us the best price with and no hidden fees.

A campervan or motorhome is even better for this route as your transport, accommodation and kitchen are all on wheels for the ultimate freedom! Check out Motorhome Republic to compare and find the best deals for campervans, motorhomes and RVs.

The free roads in Spain were great, but in Portugal we had to take some toll roads if we didn’t want to spend double the time driving.

Pin me for later! 🙂

To Book or Not To Book?

Europe is very popular in the summer so, especially if you are traveling in the peak season of July and August, you should book your accommodation and tickets for popular sights and attractions to avoid disappointment.

I usually prefer Booking.com to book accommodation, but for a road trip I like how Agoda has a handy filter to find hotels with car parks. The downside of taking a road trip is navigating confusing city center one way systems and finding affordable places to park.

To avoid this we stayed at hotels a little outside the city center with parking and took public transport to save us the hassle of driving in. I’ll mention the car friendly hotels with parking and easy access from the motorways that we stayed at in each destination in this post.

Be aware that tickets for some of the most famous attractions do sell out and some, like the Alhambra (a highlight of my trip) have to be arranged at least 3 days before visiting. I use Viator and Get Your Guide , to find skip the line tickets to make the most of your time and avoid queues.

There’s more practical Spain and Portugal itinerary and road trip tips at the end of the post but lets get on with my Spain and Portugal road trip route!

Our Spain Road Trip

We began our Spain and Portugal road trip taking the 24 hour ferry with Brittany Ferries from Portsmouth (UK) to Bilbao (Spain). Bilbao is a buzzing port city in the Basque region of Northern Spain and home to the Guggenheim Museum.

From Bilbao we drove through the mountainous landscape to San Sebastian. Driving a British right hand drive car on the right side of the road and figuring out the different road signs, in Spanish and Basque, was a bit confusing at first!

But Spanish roads are great and we soon got the hang of driving in Europe. It was useful to have someone in the passenger seat when merging into motorways or overtaking but over all it was fine once we got used to it.

Still, I would recommend allowing time in your Spain and Portugal itinerary so that you don’t have to rush on the first day and can acclimatize to the different driving conditions.

Bilbao to San Sebastian: 127km –  2 hours

San sebastian.

Donostia San Sebastian was a perfect start to our Spain and Portugal road trip adventure!

Only 2 hours driving (avoiding tolls) from the ferry port at Bilbao is this pretty seaside town with lovely beaches, stunning views and a fab foodie scene.

San Sebastian’s Old Town is lovely to wander while sampling the delicious Pintxos (tasty tapas-like bar snacks) in the bars and the harbour treated us to a spectacular sunset.

Our highlight was taking the historic funicular railway up to Monte Igueldo to see the quirky amusement park and incredible views from there.

Best Things to Do in San Sebastian

• Wander through the Old Town or take a walking tour
• Go up to Monte Igueldo for the views and amusement park
• Taste the best pintxos in the city – we took this food tour
• Laze on La Concha Beach or stroll along the Paseo De La Concha.

Check out more things to do in San Sebastian and  book tours here.

Where to Stay in San Sebastian –  Mercure Monte Igueldo Hotel 

The Mercure Monte Igueldo Hotel has the best views over San Sebastian, a lovely outdoor swimming pool, great breakfasts and free parking.

Also Visit: Barcelona is one of my all time favourite cities in the world for it’s combination of beautiful and unique art and architecture, beaches, food and all round amazing vibes.

Barcelona shouldn’t be missed off any Spain and Portugal itinerary but as I’ve been to Barcelona many times before we skipped it on this trip, but if you haven’t been you could skip Madrid and visit Barcelona instead and then head down the coast visiting Valencia and then heading to Granada.

San Sebastian to Madrid: 471km – 4.75 hours

From San Sebastian we drove almost 5 hours through the country to Madrid, the Spanish Capital, to break up the journey south to Andalusia.

Madrid is a beautiful, classy city with grand architecture, amazing parks, some of the most impressive art galleries and museums in the world and the largest Royal Palace in Western Europe.

Our highlight was visiting the Prado and exploring the Parque de El Retiro. This huge city center park, originally a pleasure grounds for King Felipe IV in the 17th century, is one of Madrid’s most well loved hang outs. It’s full of interesting statues, monuments, palaces, gardens, museums, galleries and activities. You can even row a boat on the lake.

Best Things to do in Madrid

• Explore Madrid’s Art Triangle; the Prado Museum , the Reina Sofía and the Thyssen-Bornemisza are considered the best art galleries. The Art Walk Pass gives you entrance and queue jump at all three.
• Marvel at Madrid’s Royal Palace – the largest in Western Europe.
• Stroll around the Gran Vía, Puerta del Sol and Plaza Mayor
• Relax and explore Parque El Retiro and row a boat on the lake
• Visit IKONO and the Museum of Illusions
• Sample Madrid’s best wine and tapas – we took this fun tapas crawl tour.

Check out more things to do in Madrid and  book your tickets and tours here.

Where to Stay in Madrid – Barcelo Imagine

Not wanting to drive right into Madrid we stayed at the Barcelo Imagine. It’s close to the motorways and Chamartin metro station with parking available onsite. The stylish rooftop pool, gardens and interiors also made this hotel a winner.

Madrid to Granada: 420 km – 4 hours

After a 4 hour drive from Madrid we reached Andalusia – Spain’s most flamboyant region and somewhere not to be missed of any Spain and Portugal itinerary. If you didn’t have time to travel around the whole of Spain, Andalusia is my top choice for a short Spain road trip.

From the Sierra Nevada mountains to the Mediterranean Coast, the beautiful landscapes, sun soaked white-washed villages, Moorish forts and palaces make Andalusia one of the most bewitching regions of Spain and my personal favourite.

Granada is home to  The Alhambra , a vast palace and fortress perched imposingly on a rocky outcrop against the backdrop of the mountains.

The Alhambra’s long and storied history dates back to 899 AD. It was once home to Granada’s Nasrid rulers in the 14th century and contains some amazingly intricate architecture and palaces inside.

As one of the finest and largest Moorish Islamic buildings in Europe it’s almost overwhelming how much there is to see here. The Nasrid Palaces, Alcazaba, Carlos V Palace and the gardens at Generalife are all must sees.

When planning your Spain and Portugal itinerary take into account that you must book at least a few days in advance to get a time slot for the Nasrid Palaces and have your passport with you when you visit.The audio guide isn’t the best so I recommend taking a guided tour so you know more about what you are looking at!

This Alhambra guided tour has great reviews and includes the admission ticket and allows you to skip the line. I’d definitely do that next time.

Best Things to do in Granada

• Explore the magnificent Alhambra – book your fast track tickets here.
• Take a photo from the Plaza Mirador de San Nicolas for the best viewpoint of the Alhambra
• Join a sunset walking tour or a fun Segway tour of Albaicín & Sacromonte – Granada’s medieval neighbourhoods
• Visit the Sacromonte Cave Museum and see how people used to live in cave houses.
• Visit Granada Cathedral – Spain’s 2 nd largest cathedral
• Relax in a traditional Arabic Hammam

Check out more things to do in Granada and  book your tickets and tours here.

Where to Stay in Granada –  Hotel Andalusia Center 

Parking is difficult in Granada so we stayed at this comfortable, modern, good value hotel on the outskirts with a rooftop pool and on site parking only 15 minutes walk into town.

One of our reasons for taking a road trip through Spain and Portugal is because we wanted to visit some alternative communities, friends and more remote regions that would have been difficult to access by bus.

Orgiva is a small town tucked away in a beautiful valley between the Sierra Nevada mountains about 1 hour from Granada.

I’d heard about the alternative communities around Orgiva from friends in Goa and wanted to check it out for myself.

I loved how people were able to build their own unique homes and form a community in this beautiful valley. It was really inspiring for me but if you’re not into this kind of stuff and just want to focus on seeing the sights then you can skip this part for your own Spain and Portugal itinerary.

The town, and it’s interesting mixture of inhabitants, is also brought to life in the book – Driving Over Lemons by Chris Stewart which is now being made into a TV series.

Where to Stay in Orgiva –  Casa Jazmin

A lovely traditional Spanish house with beautiful swimming pool and gardens. Situated close to town with free street parking and friendly hosts

Granada to Seville: 250 km – 2.5 hours

Andalusia, and especially Seville , really captures the essence of Spain. As both the Moorish capital and later a 16th-century metropolis rich on the back of trade with the New World, flamboyant Seville has no shortage of sights and was one of the highlights of our trip.

You can see Seville’s sights on a horse and carriage ride or simply wander in the sunshine, admiring the incredible architecture and beautiful parks like Parque de María Luisa.

Don’t miss the Plaza de Espana, the Royal Alcazar and the massive Seville Cathedral – it’s the largest Gothic cathedral in the world and was even built to ‘make something so beautiful and so magnificent that those who see it will think we are mad!’

Soaking up Spanish culture, eating tapas washed down with sangria and watching flamenco is the perfect way to spend an evening in Seville.

I really fell in love with Seville, it’s became my favourite place on this trip and I already can’t wait to return. Definitely allow at least 3 days to explore Seville into your Spain and Portugal itinerary.

Best Things to do in Seville

• Marvel at The Royal Alcázar of Seville – Europe’s oldest royal palace still in continual use
• See Seville’s sights on a romantic horse drawn carriage ride
• Explore the Plaza de Espana and the beautiful Parque de Maria Luisa
• Visit Seville Cathedral and climb the La Giralda Tower
• Watch a traditional Flamenco performance in the home of Flamenco
• Visit the futuristic Metropol Parasol , also known as Setas de Sevilla, at night.

Check out more things to do in Seville and  book your skip the queue tickets and tours here.

Read More: My Perfect 3 Day Seville Itinerary and Tips

Where to Stay in Seville – Exe Isla Cartuja

The historic centre of Seville is another place where it’s hard to find hotels with parking. Exe Isla Cartuja is a good value modern hotel located near the stadium with plenty of free parking. It also offers easy access from the motorway and a quick bus into town

Seville to Carvoeiro, Algarve: 250km – 3.5 hours (avoiding tolls)

We just drove straight over the bridge and crossed the border from Spain into Portugal – there were no checks or Covid documentation required.

Our Portugal Road Trip

The Algarve

We started the Portugal part of our road trip with a much needed beach day in the Algarve! If you’re following a packed Spain and Portugal itinerary like us you’ll probably want to factor in some rest days too!

Even though it was warm in the September sun, the sea was really quite cold already so it was a super refreshing swim. The turquoise water and golden cliffs, a quintessential Algarve beach scene, made a stunning backdrop.

We only had a couple of days to spend in the Algarve to we stayed in the center of the region near the fishing village of Carvoeiro.

There is still no shortage of beautiful beaches in the Algarve , but sadly a lot of this region has been blighted with developments of towering white concrete apartment blocks (which looked empty)

But Carvoeiro retains it’s charm and made a good base to explore the nearby beaches like Praia da Marinha, kayak to Benagil Caves and to walk the Seven Hanging Valleys hiking trail to soak up the stunning views and rock formations that the Algarve is known for.

Best Things to do in the Algarve

• Relax on the beaches
• Take a boat tour  or kayak to visit Benagil Caves
• Take your Benagil Cave tour to the next level by travelling on a pirate ship!
• Walk the Seven Hanging Valleys Trail
• Learn to surf by taking a surf lesson or joining a surf camp

Check out more things to do in the Algarve and find the best deals for activities and day tours here .

Where to Stay in Carvoerio –  Castelo Guest House

A unique castle themed hotel in a central location with free street parking. Soak up the stunning views over the beach from the rooms and terraces and enjoy the wonderful breakfast and hosts.

Carvoeiro, Algarve to Lisbon: 307km – 2.75 hours

(4.25 hours avoiding tolls).

Taking the toll road from the Algarve to Lisbon will cut your journey time in half.

Or, if you have more time for your Spain and Portugal itinerary and want to take the scenic route you could visit the historic town of Evora on the way from the Algarve to Lisbon.

It’s one of the most picturesque and best preserved medieval walled towns in Portugal and a UNESCO world heritage site.

One of Europe’s most distinctive, colourful and picturesque cities. Old yellow trams rattle and screech up and down along Lisbon’s cobbled streets, terracotta rooftops sprawl across the hillsides, while tile covered, pastel coloured buildings part to reveal glimpses of the shimmering Tagus river.

It’s hard not to fall in love with Lisbon. Plan to spend at least 3 days here in your Spain and Portugal itinerary.

Best Things to do in Lisbon

• Wander and explore or join a walking tour through Lisbon’s most historic and storied districts – this is the tour we took
• Ride the historic Route 28 tram through Lisbon’s most iconic districts. Or, if you’d rather avoid cramming in with the crowds take a tram tour or follow the route in Tuk Tuk!
• See the Belem Tower and marvel at the 16th-century Manueline architecture of the Jerónimos Monastery
• Take in the beautiful, heart-felt sounds of a traditional acoustic Fado show.
• Explore Lisbon from land and water in adventurous style on an amphibious vehicle
• Take a day trip to Sintra to explore the colourful fairytale castles and palaces.

Check out more things to do in Lisbon and book your skip the queue tickets and tours here.

After spending so long in Goa , and falling in love with the unique blend of Indian and Portuguese influences there, it was interesting to learn about the history and culture of Portugal on a guided walking tour of Lisbon and to explore the narrow streets of Alfama (the only part of the Old city to survive the devastating 1755 earthquake)

The waterside district of Belem is definitely worth the short tram ride out of Lisbon’s city center. This was the place where many of the Portuguese maritime explorers left from to explore the world and is a lot more spacious and relaxing than the city center.

Don’t miss the marvelling at the Belem Tower and walking along the Tagus River to the Discoveries Monument. There’s also a huge world map in mosaics on the floor behind showing all the places the Portuguese explored which was eye opening to see.

The Jeronimos Monastery , also in Belem, has beautiful nautical themed details and you can try the original recipe pasteis de natas at Pasteis de Belem nearby.

Our Highlight: Lisbon’s old yellow trams have become an icon of the city and quite the tourist attraction. Riding the scenic tram route 28 as it twists like a rollercoaster through the historic neighbourhoods like Alfama, Baixa and Chiado was one of the highlights of my time in Lisbon.

You can buy a Viva Viagem 24 hour unlimited ticket for only €6.40 which includes all trams, metros, buses and elevadors in Lisbon. But you can only buy it at a metro station not on the tram. Or you could get a Lisbon Card which gives you free access to Lisbon’s top attractions as well as free public transport.

It’s so popular its actually difficult to get on! Board at Martim Moniz, where the metro meets the tram terminus, for a good chance of getting a seat. Standing is quite the experience as the tram lurches, screeches and rattles around.

Or, to be guaranteed a seat and learn something about the streets you travel though, I recommend taking the  tram tour for a better experience.

Day Trips from Lisbon

Lisbon is also a great base to explore the many beautiful places nearby. Most of these are easily accessible with a day trip tour.

Don’t miss Sintra , a town and former royal retreat in the Sintra Mountains just 30 minutes from Lisbon. The colourful, fairy-tale like castles and mansions at Sintra are a UNESCO World Heritage Site and one of the most enchanting places in Portugal. This is the Sintra day trip we took.

You could also combine Sintra with a stop at Cabo da Rocha and the seaside town of Cascais or the picturesque Azenhas do Mar.  Find more Sintra day trips here.

Visit the surfing capital of Europe – the surf reserve of Ericeria only 45 minutes away. It’s a charming historic blue and white fishing town with beautiful beaches and one of the best places to learn to surf in Portugal – more about surf camps in Portugal here.

Where to Stay in Lisbon –  Inspira Liberdade Boutique Hotel

An elegant hotel with free parking located near Marques de Pombal so it’s easy to drive to and also close to the metro station. Some balconies have hot tubs.

For more on the different areas of Lisbon and the best hotels check out my post on Where to Stay in Lisbon.

Lisbon to Porto: 317km – 3 hours (5.5 hours avoiding tolls)

After Lisbon we headed inland to the region of Castelo Branco to visit friends on their farm near Fundao.

If you didn’t want to go into the countryside the route up the coast from Lisbon to Porto is only about 320 km which takes 3 hours driving on toll roads, or 5.5 hours without tolls.

There’s plenty of stunning beaches, legendary surf spots like Peniche and Nazare and historic towns to visit on the way including picture perfect Obidos , the historic university city of Coimbra and Aveiro , the Venice of Portugal.

A Lisbon to Porto road trip is one of the highlights of many people’s Spain and Portugal itineraries, but this time we went inland to see what life was like on the farm so check out this blog for more about the Lisbon – Porto route.

Lisbon to Fundao: 260 km – 2.5 hours (4.5 hrs avoiding tolls)

Portuguese farm life, castelo branco.

One of our main reasons for taking this Portugal road trip was to visit friends who bought an old farm near Fundao in Castelo Branco, Central Portugal and to check out what the lifestyle is like there.

This area is pretty remote with just a few small villages and plenty of nature backed by the mountains of the Serra da Estrela . There’s alot of ruins and cheap land in this area of Portugal (find them on Pure Portugal ) and its inspiring to hear and see how people have moved out here to renovate the ruins and farms to build self sufficient homesteads and live off grid.

Some are also building eco villages, communities and yoga retreats and it’s been a dream of mine for a long time to come and see what farm life in Portugal is like for myself.

Our home for the week was this self contained cabin on our friend’s farm. It’s a beautiful area and it’s really inspiring to see what’s going on here but it’s also a reality check of how much money, time and hard work it takes to make it happen.

If you aren’t lucky enough to have a friend with a farm in Portugal but still want to have this experience you can find hosts on Worldpackers looking for volunteers and you’ll receive free food and accommodation in return for your help.

(Use the code ‘GLOBALGALLIVANTING’ to get $20 off membership with Worldpackers.) 

Where to Stay in Castelo Branco –  Natura Glamping

Natura Glamping is an amazing example of a new eco resort with white geometric domes, spa baths, infinity pool, amazing views and free onsite parking.

Monsanto, Castelo Branco

While staying on the farm we took a day trip to the historic village of Monsanto – a village in Central Portugal that won the award of ‘ the most Portuguese village in Portugal ‘ and was one of the coolest places we’ve seen in the country.

Yes, the Portuguese seem to like building settlements on steep hills, but Monsanto isn’t really your typical Portuguese village. Actually it’s quite unique and even the Game of Thrones are filming the ‘House of The Dragon’ here!

I loved exploring the historic village of cobble stoned pathways and houses built around the boulders. The ruins of Monsanto castle perch high above the village with amazing views and an old church with spooky graves cut out from the rock.

Best of all it just felt like we were exploring, it doesn’t feel like a tourist attraction. Monsanto is definitely worth a visit if you’re in the Castelo Branco region.

Due to the steep, narrow, historic lanes you can’t drive into Monsanto village. There is car parking and a shuttle bus slightly down the hill.

Where to Stay in Monsanto –  Casa Mont’Santo

A cute historic fully equipped 3 bedroom cottage, accessible by car with parking, large terraces and great views

Fundao to Porto: 259 km – 2.5 hrs (4.5 hrs without tolls)

Portugal’s 2 nd city is worth visiting just as much as Lisbon and mustn’t be missed from your Spain and Portugal itinerary!

Explore the grand cathedrals, blue mosaic covered churches and the colourful buildings of the historic Ribeira district that tumble down to the Douro River where port barges would have awaited their cargo.

Nowadays you can take a cruise along the river , ride the old trams, funiculars and the modern Gaia Cable Car to explore Porto and stop in at cellar doors to taste Port wine in the city that it was invented.

Did you also know that author JK Rowling taught English and lived in Porto for a while and found inspiration for the Harry Potter series in the enchanting bookstores here like the Livraria Lello and in the uniforms of the university students.

Best Things to do in Porto

• Cross over the river on the Ponte de Dom Luis I Bridge for magnificent views
• Take the 6 bridges cruise down the Douro River
• Visit the port wine cellars and taste the best wines of Portugal on a wine tour
• Explore the historic Ribeira district or join a walking tour.
• Enjoy panoramic views of Porto from the top of the Torre dos Clérigos
• Watch the sunset from the Jardim do Morro.
• See the places that inspired JK Rowling on a Harry Potter tour
• Visit the World of Discoveries museum 

Check out more things to do in Porto and find the best deals on tours and attraction tickets here.

Our Highlight: The iconic Ponte de Dom Luis I Bridge is rated on Trip Advisor as the best thing to do in Porto and I can see why. Whether admiring it from below or walking along the top soaking up the sweeping views of this beautiful and unique city and watching the sunset from Jardim do Morro.

Soaking up the picturesque views and riverside vibes while tasting port wine in Vila Nova de Gaia and riding the cable car up to the bridge was another highlight.

Where to Stay in Porto –  Vincci Porto 

Amazing art deco style hotel in a stylishly renovated landmark building with easy access from motorway, onsite parking and opposite a tram stop. The panoramic river views from the terrace were a highlight.

Porto to Braga: 54 km – 1 hour without tolls

We made a short stop in Braga to meet a friend’s 2 week old baby! Braga looked like a lovely, historic city but it was raining most of the time we were there so we spent most of the time inside catching up and playing with the little ones.

One thing I couldn’t miss when in Braga is the UNESCO listed Bom Jesus do Monte! The wedding cake like layered steps remind me of the Our Lady of the Immaculate Conception Church – the famous church in Panjim, Goa.

If you’re not keen on walking up the 577 steps you can take the historic wooden funicular railway up to the top. Dating back to 1882 it’s the oldest in the world that moves using water counter balancing.

Where to Stay in Braga –  Vila Gale Collection Braga

Located in an amazing heritage building that used to be a church! With a beautiful swimming pool and gardens, fantastic central location and free onsite parking

Braga to Oviedo: 479 km – 4.5 hours (6 hours without tolls)

As we hadn’t planned enough time for our epic Spain and Portugal itinerary, after Braga we only had a few days to drive the 700km back to Bilbao for the ferry so we had to put our foot down if we were going to make it back to the ferry on time and sadly has to skip Santiago de Compostela.

We wound our way over the mountains of Northern Portugal and crossed over the border into Spain without any border checks or paperwork.

Oviedo, Spain

Northern Spain and the regions of Galicia, Asturias and Cantabria are beautiful, green and alpine-like – very different from the rest of the Spain.

We stayed 1 night in Oviedo , the unpretentious capital of the Asturias region, and had a bit of time to look around the compact and characterful old town, wander the Campo de San Francisco park and try the local food and cider.

There’s plenty to keep you occupied for a few days in Oviedo. It’s also part of the pilgrims route – the camino (way) to Santiago de Compostela and the cathedral at sunset was a mesmerising sight.

Where to Stay in Oviedo –  Exe Oviedo Centro

Great value modern hotel with spacious, comfortable rooms and free onsite parking, close to train station and 15 mins walk to the cathedral

Oviedo to Bilbao: 280 km – 3 hours

I would have loved to spend more time in Northern Spain but sadly we had our return ferry booked. The ferry departed at 8pm so the next day we drove the 3 hours along the coast from Oviedo to Bilbao.

We stopped for lunch at the pretty seaside town of San Vicente de la Barquera . The harbour, beaches, old village and castle amongst the backdrop of the mountains of the Picos de Europa make it one of the most picturesque sights on the Cantabrian coast.

Other places to visit

If we had planned our Spain and Portugal itinerary better we would have loved to visit Santiago de Compostela and spend some time walking the Camino , the historic pilgrimage route, but we didn’t have time. Plus, it feels a bit like cheating to drive there instead of walk! I’ll save it for another trip when I have enough time to walk the camino properly!

We also wished we’d had more time to explore the coastline of Northern Spain and Picos de Europa – we didn’t know the region would be so beautiful so I recommend that you leave more time in your Spain and Portugal road trip itinerary for Northern Spain than we did.

FAQs and Tips for Planning a Spain and Portugal Road Trip

Why take a road trip around spain and portugal.

There are many ways to travel around Europe – flights are cheap, an interrail pass is fun and convenient and buses are affordable.

But for this trip as we wanted to visit a lot of places in a small amount of time, including some communities and friends off the beaten track. Doing this would be difficult, time consuming and expensive without our own transport.

Nothing beats the freedom of having your own set of wheels and being able to go wherever you want, whenever you want.

Plus, there was less chance of catching Covid or dealing with Covid related paperwork when traveling in the safety of our own vehicle. When we crossed the borders between Spain and Portugal there were no checks or controls at all – we just flew straight through.

Where’s the best place to rent a car or campervan in Spain and Portugal?

We took our own car from the UK on the ferry from Portsmouth to Spain but it’s sometimes cheaper and more convenient to take a cheap flight and then rent a car when you get there.

The benefit of this is that you can drop it off in a different location from where you picked it up saving time and money on fuel (you may have to pay a one way hire charge though)

To find the best deals on rental cars I recommend Discover Cars. They compare all the best deals from the best companies which can save you alot of money – sometimes even 70%, Best of all there are no hidden fees so you can easily see the total price you’ll pay.

Traveling in a campervan, RV or motorhome is also an amazing way to explore and road trip in Europe. You can save money on accommodation and eating out when staying in a campervan or motorhome.

I use Motorhome Republic to find the best deals for motorhome and RV rental. As one of the largest motorhome rental agencies they have a price beat guarantee and the biggest choice from reputable and trusted companies.

You can find places to camp on the Park 4 Night app .  It’s easy to find places to camp for free in Spain but Portugal made wild camping illegal in 2021. There’s plenty of campsites which are still a fun, friendly and affordable option. Many have swimming pools, bars and restaurants and feel more like a resort.

How much does the fuel for a Spain and Portugal road trip cost?

We spent €300 on fuel for this 3,500 km trip.

When’s the best time for a Spain and Portugal road trip?

The Summer months of July and August are the peak season for traveling in Spain and Portugal but I think the best time for a Spain and Portugal road trip is the Spring or Autumn as it won’t be so hot and the sights will be less crowded, plus you’ll get cheaper rates on accommodation.

How to plan a Spain and Portugal itinerary? How long should we spend in each destination?

When planning an itinerary you’ll need to research what you want to see and do so you know how many days to spend in each destination.

As a general rule of thumb I usually recommend spending at least 2 nights/ 3 days  in each destination so that you have enough time to explore and relax and don’t feel like you’re spending most of your time driving.

We took 1 month for this trip but we spent 10 days with friends on their Portuguese farm, so we only had 3 weeks to travel. Although we tried to fit as much in as possible, there are still places we sadly had to skip because, to be honest, we didn’t plan our Spain and Portugal itinerary very well! So I would recommend spending at least 1 month to see the highlights of both Spain and Portugal.

If you have less time maybe just concentrate on one region like Northern Spain, Andalusia or Lisbon to Porto.

Did you use toll roads in Spain and Portugal?

To keep costs down and to see more of the countryside we tried to avoid toll roads on our Spain and Portugal road trip. This was easy to do in Spain because the free roads were so good and, on the motorways, there were petrol stations literally every 10 kms.

Portugal was a different story though and by avoiding toll roads in Portugal we would have ended spending double the time driving.

The Portuguese toll system is a bit tricky, especially if you are driving an non-Portuguese registered vehicle and don’t have an electronic transponder in your car, so it’s worth getting acquainted with it before you go for a hassle free trip . Read this article for tips.

If you rent a car in Portugal you can rent a transponder from the car hire company.

Is it more expensive to take your car on the ferry straight to Spain or to drive through France?

This is a question we spent alot of time deliberating on. Driving all the way through France looked fun with plenty to stop and see but would ultimately end up being exhausting and costly so we decided to take the car on the ferry from Portsmouth, UK to Bilbao in Northern Spain.

We estimated how much we would have spent in 5 or so days traveling through France in fuel, tolls, eating and accommodation (not to mention attractions and sightseeing) and it made more sense to take the ferry instead.

We paid £780 for return ferry tickets for 2 people, 1 car and cabins on each crossing. We found it useful to compare the routes available and get the best deal on Ferry Savers.

This 24 hour crossing is known for being rough at times but it was nice and calm and I didn’t feel sea sick at all. We had a comfortable en-suite cabin and enjoyed exploring the ferry. It felt like a mini cruise with the bars, restaurants, sun decks and even a small swimming pool.

Taking the ferry made it feel like much more of an adventure than flying!

What was it like traveling in Spain and Portugal during Covid in 2021?

The Covid situation and rules are always changing and you should always check the most up to date news before traveling.

But in our experience, in September and October 2021, Covid didn’t adversely affect our Spain and Portugal road trip too much,

We had to present either a negative test, proof of vaccination or proof of recovery and fill out a health form to enter Spain. The process of checking in and disembarking from the ferry was quick and simple. You don’t even need to get out of your car to go through immigration.

Our passports did get stamped at the Spanish border (due to Brexit UK citizens are only allowed 90 days out of 180 in the Shengen zone now.)

Apart from people wearing masks both inside and outside on the street (even though it was not a legal requirement to wear them outside) we didn’t notice many differences from traveling Europe before Covid.

Everything was open, people were friendly and happy to see tourists and, apart from wearing face masks in supermarkets and on public transport, Covid didn’t restrict or impact on our trip too much.

The restrictions had recently been relaxed in Portugal so we no longer need any tests or proof of vaccination to stay in a hotel or eat in a restaurant. There was no Covid pass in Spain.

When returning to the UK we had to fill out a passenger locator form and book a test to do on day 2 after we arrived back. We didn’t need to isolate or quarantine.

Covid doesn’t have to ruin your travels, but it’s really important these days to always check the most up to date rules before traveling!

Do you have any more tips or questions about our Spain and Portugal road trip?

I’d love to hear from you in the comments below!

Read More Travel Blogs:

• Discovering the Cheaper, Quieter, Hippie Side to Ibiza 
• Best places to visit in Europe

Where to Stay in Puerto Escondido: Best Beaches, Areas & Hotels (2024)

My pick of the best horse riding holidays in the uk.

Related posts

My guide to yoga teacher training in portugal (2024), what does india’s demonetization mean for tourists (plus tips to help you cope), the ultimate guide to backpacking goa, india.

[…] Also Read: Our 2021 Epic Spain and Portugal Road Trip – Route, Itinerary and Tips! […]

Always beautiful article.

Thanks for your really interesting blog on Spain and Portugal road trip. We are travelling over from Australia in September/October for a 6 week road trip and your blog was very insightful and informative. It will help us immensely. Thanks for making our travel plans a bit easier. Nicky

Hey Nicky! So nice to hear that my blogs been useful for you! Thank you! 🙂 Hope you have a great trip 🙂

Great blog post. Really informative. Keep up the good work.

Thanks so much for this write up. My partner and I have just decided (literally today) to do a 25 day or so road trip through Portugal and Spain and your article is really helping us plan. We fly to Seville in a week and have absolutely zero plan. Luckily car rentals are very very cheap. I was initially feeling motivated to do Southern Spain, Andalusia, Algarve, up through Lisbon and Porto and then NW Spain to San Sebastian/Bilbao/etc. But in reading your article I’m starting to think the smart thing to do is cut out NW Spain. I’d love to hear your thoughts on this. It sounds like you really enjoyed Seville. My girlfriend loves beaches, and I know that NW Spain has fantastic ones, but I also imagine that late September might be too cold. Anyways, thanks again for sharing your story!

Hi Peter Thanks so much – it’s great to hear that my blog has helped you plan what sounds like an epic trip. Andalusia and Southern Portugal were my highlights of this trip and unfortunately we stayed longer than planned and ran out of time to stop at some of the beautiful places we drove through in Northern Spain when we drove back to the ferry. If you have time I think the north is a bit of a hidden gem but you can’t miss places like Seville and Lisbon – I never wanted to leave. Hope you have an amazing trip 🙂

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Yes, send me the newsletter.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

This website uses cookies to improve your experience. We'll assume you're ok with this, but you can opt-out if you wish. Accept Read More

One-week Spain and Portugal by train itinerary

Posted on Last updated: July 8, 2024

Explore Spain and Portugal by train in just one week on this rail itinerary which takes you from Barcelona to Valencia, Madrid, Porto and Lisbon, with delicious food and drink along the way.

* This site contains affiliate links , where I get a small commission from purchases at no extra cost to you.

From paella to port, churros to custard tarts – eat and drink your way through two countries as you travel across Spain and Portugal by train. This one-week rail trip takes you from the Mediterranean to the Atlantic, starting in Barcelona and Valencia before heading inland to the Spanish capital Madrid and across to Porto and Lisbon.

This Spain and Portugal rail itinerary will show you which trains to take, how much they cost, how to book and what to see and do along the way – with quirky architecture, world-class artworks, golden sand beaches, river boat trips and plenty of tapas.

Day 1: Barcelona

Start your journey across Spain and Portugal by train with a full day in the seaside city of Barcelona. The Catalan capital’s 2000 years of history, impressive art and architecture, and inventive culinary scene have helped make it one of Europe’s most popular city break destinations – and it can feel like it when you’re walking down the bustling Las Ramblas.

Explore the bustling Gothic quarter with an audioguide walking tour * and discover the Barcelona’s cathedral, Roman ruins, palaces and royal squares as you get an insight into the history and legends that form the foundations of this city.

Architect Antoni Gaudí left his mark across the city with his unique take on Art Nouveau. You can see his handiwork at Parc Güell, Casa Batlló, Casa Milà and the unfinished Sagrada Família. This giant basilica has been under construction since 1882 and won’t be finished until at least 2026. But you can still take a tour * to see work in progress.

When you get hungry, stock up on local cheese and jamón at La Boqueria food market. Then take the cable car to Montjuïc to watch the sun set over the city and toast the evening with a glass of cava at a beachside bar in the seafront neighbourhood of Barceloneta.

Where to stay in Barcelona: The Motel One Barcelona-Ciutadella * is a stylish, good-value hotel near the main city sites, with a 24-hour lounge bar and a rooftop terrace overlooking Ciutadella Park. Rooms are small but bright, with splashes of colour coming from the chain’s signature turquoise details and murals by a local artist.

Day 2: Barcelona > Valencia

Next morning, take the 3.5-hour Torre Oro train journey south along the coast to Valencia, which departs from Barcelona Sants station at 08.30 and arrives into Valencia’s Estacion del Norte (north station) at 11.55. Spain’s third-largest city, Valencia hosts the famous Las Fallas festival each March to welcome spring in riotous style.

Take a walk around the Ciutat Vella (old town) for some of Valencia’s most impressive historic buildings, including the Lonja de la Seda medieval silk market, Torres de Serrano city gates and Valencia Cathedral – where you’ll allegedly find the Holy Grail, and will definitely find impressive views over the city from the top of the Micalet belltower.

Visit the futuristic City of Arts and Sciences – a complex of buildings, bridges and turquoise pools which looks like something from a sci-fi show. It’s actually a park built in the late 1990s to redevelop an old dry riverbed. Its unique buildings are home to the Oceanogràfic aquarium, a 3D cinema, science museum, opera house and sculpture garden.

If you fancy an afternoon on the beach, Valencia has a string of wide, sandy beaches stretching north and south of the city. Admire tiled buildings in the traditional fisherman’s district of Cabanyal-Canyamelar. Then take an evening stroll along the seafront promenade before trying traditional local dishes like Fideuà (seafood noodles) and the original Paella Valenciana , made with chicken, rabbit, snails, garrafó beans and rice.

Where to stay in Valencia: The Hotel Balandret * is right on the beach, 30 minutes from the old town by public transport, with views of the ocean or marina and a sunny terrace restaurant. The owners are proud of their local heritage, with sculptures and a giant mural made of 1000 botijos (traditional water jars) decorating the reception area.

Day 3: Valencia > Madrid

The following morning, take the short 1 hour 45 minute AVE high-speed train to Spain’s capital Madrid. The 10.10 service from Valencia’s Joaquín Sorolla station arrives into Madrid Atocha at 12.32. Along the way it climbs upwards from sea level to 700 metres, with views of the Contreras Reservoir and Hoces del Cabriel Nature Reserve.

Then you have the afternoon and the next morning to explore Madrid. Admire the city’s architecture in the Plaza Mayor, take a walk down the Gran Vía and people-watch in one of the cafés in Puerta del Sol square. Don’t miss a stop off for churros con chocolate – sticks of deep-fried dough rolled in sugar and dipped into thick hot chocolate.

Take a breather and stop for a picnic in one of Madrid’s parks – there’s Retiro Park with its lawns, lakes and glass Palacio de Cristal, the Parque del Oeste with its Egyptian temples, or the giant Casa del Campo park – which you can reach by cable car on the Teleférico de Madrid. Or football fans can take a tour * of Real Madrid’s Bernabéu Stadium.

Start your evening in Madrid at the Círculo de Bellas Artes, an arts and cultural centre with a rooftop terrace bar that’s the perfect spot to watch the sun go down with a cocktail. Then head out on a food and drink-filled tour * of the city’s tapas bars. Or visit the beautiful glass Mercado de San Miguel, with stalls selling treats from across Spain.

Where to stay in Madrid: Palacio Plaza Conde Miranda * apartments are in an 18th-century building in a quiet square close to San Miguel market. They’re smart and modern, with one or two bedrooms and a kitchen/lounge. Each is themed around a couple from films, TV series or books – from Elizabeth and Mr Darcy to Homer and Marge Simpson.

Read more: Visiting Madrid on a budget

Day 4: Madrid > Porto

The next morning, enjoy Madrid’s art and culture before catching the train across the border to Portugal. Art-lovers are spoilt for choice in Madrid’s ‘Golden Triangle’, with modern art at the Reina Sofia museum, European art at the Thyssen-Bornemisza and Spanish art at the famous El Prado (though you may need to book in advance *).

Or you can overdose on gold, marble and frescoes at the elaborate Palacio Real. It’s the largest palace in Europe and the official residence of the Spanish Royal Family – though they actually live outside the city and it’s only used for ceremonies. There are over 3400 rooms, 50 of which you can visit on a tour to admire the lavish interiors.

Previously we suggested taking the Lusitania overnight train from Madrid to Lisbon next, but the service has been discontinued so it’s now easier to head to Porto first, which takes just under 7 hours, changing in Vigo close to the border. Catch the 14.30 train from Madrid Chamartin to Vigo Guixar, arriving at 19.20. Then change onto the 19.56 from Vigo which arrives in Porto Campanha at 21.18, just in time for a late dinner.

Where to stay in Porto: If you fancy splashing out, the luxurious Yeatman * in Vila Nova de Gaia has one of the best views in town and five-star service. From the decanter-shaped infinity pool to the grape-based spa treatments, they’ve gone all out with the wine theme. There’s also a two-Michelin-starred restaurant and an extensive wine cellar.

Day 5: Porto

Spend the next day exploring the laid-back riverside city of Porto. Get lost in the Ribeira, Porto’s medieval old town, with its maze of narrow streets running up into the hillside alongside the River Duoro. Cool off in the shady Jardins do Palácio de Cristal gardens and grab a drink by the riverside in colourful Praça da Ribeira square.

Climb to the top of the 76-metre-high Clérigos Tower and look out across the city’s rooftops. Visit the ornate Lello Bookshop – whose lavish staircase was the inspiration for the Hogwarts library in the Harry Potter books – and admire the traditional blue and white painted azulejo tiles which cover the walls of São Bento train station.

There are six bridges across the River Duoro which which link Porto with neighbouring Vila Nova de Gaia – including the arching Dom Luís I bridge. Take a boat tour * on board a traditional rabelo port barge, which takes 45 minutes to sail below all six of the bridges, with some great views of Porto’s riverside along the way.

Vila Nova de Gaia is the home of port-making, and you can visit the cellars of well-known brands like Taylor’s, Graham’s and Croft for a tour and tasting to find out more about how its made. And make sure to try some petiscos – the lesser-known Portuguese version of tapas, perfect with a refreshing glass of white port and tonic on a warm evening.

Read more: Exploring the Ribeira: Getting lost in Porto old town

Day 6: Porto > Lisbon

Finish your trip across Spain and Portugal by train by travelling south down the Portuguese coast to Lisbon in just under 3 hours. Catch an Alfa Pendular high-speed tilting train from Porto’s Campanha station at 09.32 and you’ll arrive into Lisbon Santa Apolónia at 12.30. Then you have the rest of the day to spend in the Portuguese capital.

Wander through the grand Praça do Comércio square and explore the narrow winding cobblestone streets of medieval Alfama, the city’s oldest district, where you’ll find Lisbon’s Cathedral and the hilltop São Jorge Castle. Prepare yourself for a workout as Lisbon is one hilly city – though that does make for some fantastic views.

Climb to the top of the Miradouro São Pedro de Alcantara or the Miradouro do Graça (or you can catch the funicular or tram) to look out across Lisbon’s red roofs. You can also take a budget city sightseeing tour on board Lisbon’s bright yellow retro No 28 trams.

Take a boat trip down the Tagus River to Belém, where you’ll find the Jerónimos Monastery and Belém Tower. And make sure to try Portuguese specialities like bacalhau (salt cod), ginjinha (cherry liqueur) and of course the infamous – and delicious – pastéis de nata custard tarts. You can try dishes from top local chefs at the Time Out Market food hall.

Where to stay in Lisbon: The boutique Brown’s Central Hotel * in the Baixa Pombalina downtown district features stylish vintage-meets-modern touches like Roberts radios and retro lamps. It’s close to metro and tram stops and has a brasserie and Art Deco-style cocktail bar which plays host to exhibitions and performances.

Day 7: Lisbon

Spend the last day of your Spain and Portugal rail trip seeing more of Lisbon. Or if the sun’s shining you could visit one of the sandy beaches just outside the city – take a local train to Praia de Carcavelos from Cais do Sodré on the end of the green Metro line.

Then if you’re flying back home, Lisbon’s airport is 20 minutes by Metro from the city centre. Or you can pre-book a transfer to the airport with Welcome Pickups *.

If you’ve got more time you could add on day trips from Lisbon to the colourful palaces of Sintra or the medieval city of Évora. Or if you feel like relaxing on the beach, you could travel south to Lagos on the Algarve coast (4.5 hours) for golden sands and clear seas. And if you want to go further, a ferry connects the Algarve with the island of Madeira during the summer – taking 24 hours to travel between Portimao and Funchal.

How much does it cost?

When you’re planning a European rail trip, you can either book individual tickets or get a railpass, which can be a better deal if you’re under 28, want more flexibility or are booking late. Here’s how the prices break down for the two different options on this route.

Individual tickets

Ticket prices vary depending on how early you book, with a limited number of cheap tickets available. So book as early as possible (on most routes you can book 3–4 months in advance) but beware these tickets are non-transferable so you’re tied to a specific train. Using the cheapest fares, the cost of trains on this route starts at €76.65 per person.

• Barcelona > Valencia: from €12.35
• Valencia > Madrid: from €7
• Madrid > Porto: from €47.80
• Porto > Lisbon: from €9.50

The railpass option

There are also various rail passes available through InterRail (for European residents) and Eurail (for non-European residents), which cover individual countries or the whole region and are valid for different periods of time, varying from four days to three months.

The Spain and Portugal by train itinerary involves four travel days across two countries, so the best option is the Global Pass for 4 travel days within 1 month . This costs €246 for adults, €185 for youths (aged 12–27) or €221 for seniors (aged 60+) in second class.

As well as the pass, you also need to pay an extra compulsory reservation fee for all trains in Spain and for high-speed services in Portugal. For this trip, the reservation fees come to €28, broken down as below, meaning the overall railpass cost starts from €274.

• Barcelona > Valencia: €6.50
• Valencia > Madrid: €10
• Madrid > Porto: €6.50
• Porto > Lisbon: €5

Reservations can be made at any train station in the country or for Spanish trains they can be made online through the InterRail/Eurail reservations service for a fee of €2.

How to book

There are a variety of websites where you can book European train journeys, but often the best deals are though the official railway company sites for each country. For this trip these are Renfe (Spain) and Portuguese Railways (Portugal).

You can also book tickets for train travel in Italy with Omio * or The Trainline . The advantage is these sites are in English, you can see prices in €, £ or $, use international credit cards and print or use mobile tickets, but they do both charge a small booking fee.

Trains within Portugal can only be booked through Portuguese Railways, so you’d need to book tickets for Vigo to Porto and Porto to Lisbon separately.

Don’t want to do it yourself? You can also book this One-week Spain and Portugal by train itinerary * as a package through our partners Byway, the flight-free holiday platform, including train travel and accommodation.

Save for later

You might also like

Europe by train: Five great one-week rail trip routes

Tiles and tapas: The best things to do in winter in Seville, Spain

A scenic day trip by train from Palma to Soller, Mallorca

Saturday 27th of August 2022

This may be a naive question…,what do you do with your bags while you wait to check into the hotel?

Lucy Dodsworth

Sunday 28th of August 2022

Hi Shelly, if you're staying at a hotel they will usually let you leave your bags there before check on – otherwise there are often left luggage lockers at stations of website like Stasher.com list places where you can store baggage for a small fee.

Tuesday 23rd of August 2022

Thanks for such a well written article, Lucy.

I’m hoping to fly in to Lisbon in late Dec 2022 through the first week of Jan 2023 and do the trip in reverse from Lisbon to Barcelona, and then coming back to Lisbon for my return trip to the US.

The only question is should I fly to Lisbon from Barcelona or take the train for the return trip too.

Thank you! To do the journey from Lisbon by train would mean an overnight stay in Madrid but if you have the time then no reason not to add on the extra train trip rather than fly.

Monday 4th of April 2022

When did you take this trip? I'm looking up trains and it says that there is no train service between Madrid and Porto. Only buses. This was the case on the train line and ACP rail websites.

Friday 8th of April 2022

Hi Jess, all the train details were checked and updated in March and I've just checked again today on the RENFE site. You may need to book in two sections Mardid > Vigo and Vigo > Porto and you generally can't buy tickets for Portuguese trains via third party sites like Trainline so better to try the RENFE site.

Friday 3rd of July 2020

Can you do this trip in reverse where you start in Porto stop in all the same places end in Barcelona and then take a train to Paris then down thru Italy?

Yes the timings would need tweaking slightly but yes that should work fine – it's 6.5 hours from Barcelona to Paris by high-speed train and there is also a sleeper service, and from there you can travel by day or night train to Milan and on through Italy.

Stuart Forster

Wednesday 3rd of June 2020

I saw that Portugal has reopened to UK travellers. I find it a great place to spend time and love the idea of travelling across the Iberian peninsula.

Portugal is such an underrated country – so much to see, and some fantastic food and drink too.

Get Daily Travel Tips & Deals!

By proceeding, you agree to our Privacy Policy and Terms of Use .

Portugal vs. Spain: Which Country Is Right for You?

Kayla Voigt

Always in search of adventure, Kayla Voigt hails from Hopkinton, Massachusetts, the start of the Boston Marathon. You can usually find her at the summit of a mountain or digging into a big bowl of pasta. Say hi on Instagram @klvoigt.

Travel Smarter! Sign up for our free newsletter.

While both Portugal and Spain occupy the Iberian Peninsula in southwestern Europe, you may be wondering: Which one should you visit? The best answer is both, of course, but which one to choose depends on what kind of vacation you want to have. Here’s the ultimate rundown on Portugal vs. Spain so you can make the best decision.

Portugal vs. Spain: Language

Portuguese is the official language of Portugal. It’s fairly similar to Spanish, but a word that goes far is obrigado/a for “thank you” (not to be confused with the Spanish gracias ).

Spain gets a bit more complicated. While the predominant language is Spanish, and you can hear and see that everywhere, Spain has several semi-autonomous regions that are proud of their heritage and language. I once hopped into a cab in Barcelona and received a grouchy “Catalan or English—no Spanish!” when I tried to give my address. Catalan is spoken widely in places like Barcelona and Valencia, but there’s also Galician in Galicia, and Basque in places like Bilbao.

The good news? English is also widely spoken in both countries, especially in the bigger cities.

Winner: If you speak Spanish, Spain is much easier to navigate. But for simplicity’s sake, Portugal wins this round.

Portugal vs. Spain: Food

Portugal offers some of the best seafood in the Mediterranean, with delicious cod, octopus, prawns, and sardines. It’s less known than other “fine dining” destinations like France, so as a result, incredible multi-course dinners are fairly affordable. This is changing quickly though, with Michelin awarding its first stars to Portuguese restaurants in 2019.

Most restaurants open late—if you can get in at 7:00 p.m., you’re likely in a tourist spot—with dinners stretching into the wee hours of the morning.

One famous dessert you can find in Lisbon is pasteis de nata , an egg custard tart sprinkled with the tiniest bit of powdered sugar. It’s heaven in a bite, and worth the long wait at Pastéis de Belem , around the corner from Jeronimos Monastery.

Spain is globally known for its delicious food, especially its avante-garde fine dining scene made famous by Ferran Adria. But Spanish food is equally delicious in its simplest form: cured meats, cheeses, and olives. You’ll find regional specialties from jamon iberico in Andalusia to paella in Valencia and sea urchin in Costa Brava.

Like Portugal, restaurants are open late. But Spain also enjoys a thriving tapas and pintxos scene—small plates at tiny standing-room-only bars—where you can start your dinner as early as 4:00 p.m.

Winner: This one is close—you won’t go wrong! Portugal is easier for vegetarians and pescetarians, but Spain continues to produce globally renowned restaurants and high-quality food across every region, making it the winner.

[viator_tour destination=”562″ type=”3-mod” tours=”16637P1,25359P1,16168P1″]

Portugal vs. Spain: Wine

In Portugal, head north to Porto, the birthplace of port. You can take a river cruise through the Duoro Valley and sample not just tawny but also ruby, rose, and white port. While you’re there, try vinho verde or “green wine,” which is crisp, acidic, and perfect to pair with seafood, not unlike a sauvignon blanc. Or you can explore the island of Madeira for a wine you’d rather drink than cook with (trust me!).

Spain is known mostly for bold, fruity tempranillos from the Rioja region (similar to a pinot noir or a cabernet sauvignon, depending on how they’re aged), but you’ll also find sparkling cava in Penedes and bright sherries from Jerez. You’ll generally find delicious, surprising options anywhere in the country.

Winner: This one depends on your wine preferences! If you’re a red wine drinker, Spain. If you’re a white wine drinker or into fortified wines, it’s Portugal all the way.

[viator_tour destination=”26879″ type=”3-mod” tours=”7372P30,30924P6,8413P19″]

Portugal vs. Spain: Key Destinations

Start your Portugal trip in the capital city of Lisbon. Covered in tiles and palm trees, it doesn’t feel like the major metropolis it really is. Climb up to the historic Alfama neighborhood, listen to fado fading through the alleyways, ride an iconic yellow tram, or head to Belem to explore monasteries and palaces of old.

Portugal’s charm comes from its laid-back cafe culture. Nearby Sintra offers colorful castles and palaces that inspired Hans Christian Andersen. You’ll find delightful small towns across the country, especially Cascais, Sortelha, and Amarante. Explore medieval Obidos or the Roman ruins in Coimbra.

Portugal’s coastline boasts deep cliffs and gorgeous views. Whether you explore the caverns of Lagos, surf or sea kayak in Albufeira, or hop over to the Azores Islands, you’ll find less crowded beaches than elsewhere in the Mediterranean.

In Spain, you’ll have your pick of big cities between Madrid and Barcelona. Madrid offers cosmopolitan hustle and bustle, world-class museums, and imperial palaces; Barcelona has funky Gaudi architecture, wide-open avenues, and plenty of delicious food.

Head south to Andalusia to slow down and experience Moorish architecture or Granada’s famous Alhambra . Another alternative: Head north to Pamplona to watch the running of the bulls or make the pilgrimage by foot on the Camino del Santiago to the Santiago de Compostela. Try your hand at world-class rock climbing in the Pyrenees, cheer for your favorite team at a soccer match in Barcelona, or watch flamenco dancers twirl and stomp in Seville.

Then, when you’re ready to relax, head to the beach: Spain has nearly 5,000 miles of coastline for you to choose from. Whether you want to hang out in the sleepy fishing town of Cadiz or island hop to nightlife centers like Ibiza or Mallorca, you’ll find perfect cliffside beaches across the country.

Unlike Portugal, Spain struggles with overtourism, which has made it more difficult to visit due to long lines and crowds from cruise ships dropping thousands of visitors overnight. All that really means is you’ll have to adjust your expectations, be willing to pay for a tour to skip the lines, or travel during the shoulder or off-season.

Winner: This one also depends on what you like. For big cities with medieval charm and pristine, relatively empty beaches, Portugal’s the winner. For outdoor enthusiasts and art and architecture lovers, Spain wins this round.

[viator_tour destination=”554″ type=”3-mod”]

Portugal vs. Spain: Cost of Travel

I’ll use two of the most popular destinations in both countries as a proxy for cost—it does vary between high season and low season, and depending on whether you’re in a more popular tourist area. Porto, Portugal, for example, is much cheaper than Lisbon; the little white village of Ronda in Spain is much cheaper than bustling Madrid.

Is Portugal cheaper than Spain? Overall, yes. In Lisbon, you can find a great hotel for around $100 a night depending on the neighborhood, averaging out around $175/night. The average hotel in Barcelona is closer to $200 or $250 depending on the neighborhood.

For restaurants, you’ll pay between 10 and 15 euros for a main course in Lisbon, while Barcelona tends to be between 20 and 30 euros, especially if you’re trying to bag bucket-list dining experiences like a table at Tickets .

Attractions in Portugal also tend to be cheaper—for example, a ticket for the Tile Museum in Lisbon costs 5 euros, while the Prado in Madrid costs 15.

Winner: If you’re on a budget, you won’t beat Portugal’s value. While Spain is definitely still on the cheaper side for most of Europe, Portugal’s the winner.

[viator_tour destination=”538″ type=”3-mod”]

The Bottom Line

Both Portugal and Spain offer a wide variety of exciting attractions and delicious food.

Head to Portugal if you’re a seafood fanatic wary of crowds, or if you’re on a budget. Portugal is an up-and-coming destination that will surprise you.

If you’re really into fine dining, world-class museums, or rock climbing and hiking, Spain is a great choice. It’s the type of destination you can visit again and again and experience something new.

More from SmarterTravel:

• The 13 Best Shoes to Wear in Europe
• Planning a Trip to Europe: Your 10-Step Guide
• 27 Awesome Natural Wonders in Europe

[viator_tour destination=”566″ type=”3-mod”]

Always in search of adventure, Kayla Voigt hails from Hopkinton, Massachusetts, the start of the Boston Marathon. You can usually find her at the summit of a mountain or digging into a big bowl of pasta. Say hi on Instagram @klvoigt .

We hand-pick everything we recommend and select items through testing and reviews. Some products are sent to us free of charge with no incentive to offer a favorable review. We offer our unbiased opinions and do not accept compensation to review products. All items are in stock and prices are accurate at the time of publication. If you buy something through our links, we may earn a commission.

Top Fares From

Don't see a fare you like? View all flight deals from your city.

Today's top travel deals.

Brought to you by ShermansTravel

Germany: 8-Night Christmas Markets Tour w/Daily...

TripCompanion Tours

Poconos: 2-Nt, All-Incl. Stay at Upscale...

ResortsAndLodges.com

Rome & Etruria Cruisetour

Norwegian Cruise Line

Trending on SmarterTravel

• LATIN AMERICA & CARIBBEAN
• MIDDLE EAST
• US & CANADA

Ultimate One Week Spain Itinerary (7 Days) for First-Timers

So, you’re planning a trip to Spain for one week, are you? Good choice. Spain isn’t the second-most-visited country in Europe for no reason! It boasts so much to see. But with so much to choose from, it can be difficult to decide what to include in your one week Spain itinerary. So, after having lived in Spain for over two years, I’m sharing how I would recommend spending one week in Spain as a first-timer. I start with the high-level breakdown, and then include a day-by-day detailed itinerary. 

Now, I do have to warn you, though. This one week Spain itinerary is super detailed . Like, how-the-heck-do-you-have-time-to-write-all-this detailed. And I did that on purpose. You can go to any old website to get a vague “two nights in here” and “one night here,” bare-bones travel itinerary for Spain. But those itineraries don’t tell you what to see and do in each stop, or how to get from each city to city. You’d have to go look all that up afterwards. But not with this itinerary.

Basically, what I’m trying to say is: get read for a bit of a long article (about 20 minutes)! So you probably absolutely want to go ahead and save this for later by bookmarking it or saving it on Pinterest, just in case you don’t finish it all in one go . Then, grab a cuppa, kick your feet up, and let’s get to it!

Pssst! If you can finagle just three more days into your trip, be sure to check out my Spain itinerary for ten days !

The Perfect Spain Itinerary for One Week

For a first-time visit to Spain with just one week, I recommend visiting the big two destinations of Barcelona and Madrid , and sprouting off from there to do some day trips. I recommend spending three nights in Barcelona and four nights in Madrid.

Let’s begin with an overview of this epic, seven day Spain itinerary, so that you can have an idea of what to expect for your trip. Days 5, 6, and 7 can be rearranged however you prefer.

If you’re the average traveler with limited vacation days, I suggest breaking it down like below. This way, you only need to use five vacation days , but you actually get seven days in Spain .

What is the Best Time of Year to Visit Spain?

You might view Spain as a place of eternal warmth and sunshine. While it’s true Spain’s weather is quite good year round in many places, that isn’t true for the destinations in this itinerary. They don’t get as cold in winter as central Europe or northern North America, but they do get cold. So if you decide to follow this one week Spain itinerary in winter, just be sure to look up the forecast before you depart and pack your bags with the proper jackets and coats!

What you really need to be careful of, however, are the summers! After having lived here long enough to experience a few summers, I can report that summer can get unbearably hot in half the destinations in this itinerary! Now, people claim that about a lot of destinations in Europe, but I’m talking entire weeks of over 100°F or 40°C daily. So trust me – avoid doing this Spain itinerary in July or August if you can .

Considering all that, I believe the best time to visit Spain is during the shoulder seasons of April – May and September – October . This lets you enjoy every destination in this ten day Spain itinerary in mild weather. But like I said above, this itinerary is perfectly fine for winter as well if you don’t mind it.

What is the Best Way to Get Around Spain?

For this seven day Spain itinerary, you won’t need a car . This Spain itinerary is completely car-free, relying instead on Spain’s high-speed train network. You can purchase the train journey I mention in this itinerary in advance at the official Renfe website . You can also download their app ( Apple and Android ) so that you have all your tickets in one, convenient place.

(Finally) The Actual One Week Itinerary for Spain

Beforehand, I just want to let you know you can do this itinerary in the order I have it or in the exact reverse. Just look up flights and see which direction is cheaper. Ready?!

Barcelona is Spain’s most-visited tourist destination, and it’s easy to understand why! It boasts colorful Gaudí architecture and is home to one of the most famous football (soccer) clubs in the world. So it is an absolute must on any first-time Spain itinerary! Located towards the eastern end of Spain’s southern coast, Barcelona provides all the benefits of big-city life, but in a setting of palm trees, sea breezes, and sandy beaches . Barcelona is also the capital of Catalonia, a region which has been trying to separate from Spain since 2017 .

How to Get to Barcelona

Since it is the starting point of your Spain trip, you will need to fly into Barcelona. Barcelona’s international airport is Josep Tarradellas Barcelona-El Prat Airport (BCN) . To get from BCN airport to the city center, you have three options.

• Option 1: Take a bus. From BCN, you can catch the Aerobus and ride it ’til Plaça de Catalunya in the Barcelona city center. This leaves every 5 minutes during peak hours, costs €5.90 one way (€10.20 roundtrip), and takes around 30 minutes. From Plaça de Catalunya, you can either walk to your accommodation, or use the Metro to take the subway if your accommodation is further away. Be very careful of pickpockets in Plaça de Catalunya and on the Metro! You can find the Aerobus schedule and purchase tickets in advance at the official site . Be careful to purchase your ticket for the correct terminal (A1 for Terminal 1 and A2 for Terminal 2) if you select this option.
• Option 2: Take the train. Follow signs in the airport to the Renfe train station. (If you arrive in Terminal 1, you will have to take the airport shuttle bus to Terminal 2 first. Don’t worry – it’s free.) From BCN, take the R2 Nord line to either the Barcelona-Sants or Passeig de Gràcia stops. This train departs every 30 minutes, costs €4.60* one way, and takes around 25 minutes. From either of these, you can walk to your accommodation if it is nearby, or use the Metro to take the subway if your accommodation is further away. These stations are a little less central than Plaça de Catalunya. *If you select this option, consider buying the T-Causal 10-ride ticket for €11.35 instead.
• Option 3: Take a taxi. Taxis from BCN are not set at a fixed fare. The price ranges from €25 – €30. You can find the official yellow-and-black taxis lined up outside the arrivals terminals. The drive should take 20 to 40 minutes.

What to Do in Barcelona (Three Days)

Three days in Barcelona is the bare-minimum amount of time needed to “see everything.” Take it easy on day one , since it’s the day your flight to Spain arrives. But feel free to interchange days two and three as you prefer. If you get in way too late on day one and need to just sleep straight away, you can tack the first three bullets onto day two and the fourth bullet onto day three.

If you walk straight through this route as I have it below, it takes 45 min (3.5km or 2.25 miles), just to give you an idea of total distance on day one.

• Plaça de Catalunya: This plaza is known as the center of Barcelona. You will probably find yourself here without even trying, since it’s the meeting point for many tours and where many modes of transport meet. It marks the northern end of the famous La Rambla street. You should be very careful of pickpocketers in this area!
• La Rambla: This spacious, tree-lined pedestrian street is the most famous in Barcelona. It runs right through the heart of the city. It is often referred to in the plural, “Las Ramblas,” and it marks the western edge of the Gothic Quarter. Again – be very careful of pickpockets on this extremely busy street!
• Mercat de Sant Josep de la Boquerìa: While strolling down La Rambla, be sure to stop by Barcelona’s most well-known and beloved food market. It is usually simply called Marcet de la Boqueria. Here, you’ll find the quintessential €2 fruit smoothies and juices, along with other food items like jamon, empanadas, sweets, and more.
• Playa de La Barceloneta: There’s already so much to see in Barcelona, ignoring the fact that it’s literally on the sea. But it is indeed on the coast! I have to say, Barcelona city is not home to the best beaches in Spain. But a stop by La Barceloneta beach is still necessary stop. Even if you don’t care to walk on the sand or get in the sea, you can stroll along the long promenade.
• Basilica de la Sagrada Familia: This still-under-construction church is the most famous thing to see in Barcelona. It was designed by Catalan architect Antoni Gaudí, who is buried in the church’s crypt and also designed many other popular attractions in Barcelona. The Sagrada Familia is without a doubt his most famous work and an absolute must to visit. Be sure to purchase tickets that include both the Sagrada Família and Towers ! These come with an app audio guide and will set you back €36 per person. Definitely purchase your tickets in advance online from the official site during high season, as certain time slots do sell out.
• Parc Güell: If you’ve ever seen the Cheetah Girls 2, or had anyone on your social media study abroad in Barcelona, this is that mosaic park! This UNESCO World Heritage site is a can’t-miss thing to do in Barcelona and – surprise, surprise – was designed by Antoni Gaudí. You can buy tickets, which are €10, ahead of time from the official site to ensure you get a time slot that works for your schedule.
• Gràcia: On your way back towards the historical center from Parc Güell, get lost through one of Barcelona’s most beloved neighborhoods. Gràcia is a lot mellower than the touristy parts of town, but is home to many less-popular Gaudí works.
• Casa Milà: Casa Mila is the last private residence designed by Antoni Gaudí. You can enter this UNESCO World Heritage site for €25 if you buy tickets online from the official site , or for €3 more in person. But if you are short on time, even just admiring it from outside is worth the stop by!
• Casa Batlló: Located not very far away at all from Casa Mila, Casa Batllo is yet another Antoni Gaudí masterpiece and UNESCO World Heritage site. Like Casa Mila, you can also enter. Tickets are €35 if you get your tickets online from the official site , or for €4 more in person. Again, you can choose to just admire from outside if you find you are short on time.
• Parc de la Ciutadella: In this park, you’ll find even more iconic Barcelona landmarks. These include the Arc de Triomf and the Cascada del Parc de la Ciutadella . Entry into the park is free.
• Barri Gòtic: Barcelona’s Gothic Quarter is the city’s historical center. This charming area of the city is many visitors’ favorite part of Barcelona, due to its narrow streets and lively atmosphere. It might be worth doing a free* walking tour of this area, depending on your group’s travel style. But whether you join a tour or wander solo, make sure you pass under the famous Pont del Bisbe while in this neighborhood! *Tips are expected at the end of these tours.
• Catedral de Barcelona: Completed in the 15th century, the Cathedral of Barcelona is worth a stop while in the Gothic Quarter. Entry is €9 and dress code (no shoulders, no knees) is enforced.
• Museu Picasso de Barcelona: Consider a stop by this museum to enjoy the work of (arguably) Spain’s most famous artist. Even if you aren’t the biggest fan of modern art, it’s fun to view his many different styles and debate works which you like best – or perhaps which works you even consider “art!” Tickets for the main collection plus temporary exhibits are €15 at the door or €14 if purchased online from the official site in advance. ​​

Madrid is the largest city in Spain, as well as its capital . It doesn’t receive as much touristic acclaim as Barcelona, but I think that’s what makes it special. Madrid has the liveliness of a large, international city – just like Barcelona. But its tourists don’t overrun it, allowing you to feel like you are experiencing a Spanish city authentically. 

How to Get to Madrid

Take the high-speed AVE or AVLO Renfe train from Barcelona-Sants station to Madrid Puerta de Atocha-Almudena Grandes station . This takes between 2.5 and 3 hours. If you purchase an AVLO journey a few months in advance, it only costs €7 for the earliest AVLO train in the morning or the latest AVLO train at night! It costs €15 for the other AVLO train times. But the ticket prices increase as each fare sells out , so if you purchase on the day of, expect to pay anywhere between €40 and over €100, depending on the day of the week, time of day (more inconvenient times usually are cheaper), and the time of year (tickets sell out faster for holidays). So lock this in as soon as you have your travel dates!

From within Atocha train station, you can take the Metro or Cercanias to get to your accommodation if need be. Or, you can exit the station and take a taxi .

What to Do in Madrid (One and a Half Days)

Being the capital of Spain, you might think Madrid would deserve more days than some of the other destinations on this seven day Spain itinerary. And while I’ve loved living in Madrid (I could never picture myself living in Barcelona!), it doesn’t offer as many big-ticket tourist draws as some other cities in Spain. Between one and two days is the perfect amount of time to “see it all” and get a small flavor for the city before moving south!

I’m certain the below will seem like a lot to squeeze into just half a day in Madrid. But central Madrid is super compact ! Walking straight through this route as I have it listed below, without stops, is 50 min (3.7km or 2.3 miles), just to give you an idea of total distance convered.

• Gran Via: Gran Via is Madrid’s most well-known street. Its name translates into “Great Way,” and it offers a host of eateries, international shops, and even Broadway hits like The Lion King. Some of Madrid’s most famous buildings are along Gran Via, like the Edificio Metrópolis , the Fundación Telefónica, and the Schweppes Sign on Edificio Carrión. I recommend that you start at Plaza del Callao and walk east along Gran Via until reaching the next spot on the list – Plaza de Cibeles.
• Plaza de Cibeles: Palacio Cibeles was once the headquarters for the Spanish Post Office. It is literally my favorite building in Madrid! It’s the first image of Madrid that I ever had in my head, back from when the Spanish mens national soccer team won the Euro Cup, then the World Cup, then the Euro Cup back-to-back-to-back. During their victory parades, the team bus with the players celebrating on top always drove between this building and the majestic Fuente (fountain) de Cibeles in front of it. So I began to view the building as emblematic of Spain well before ever even arriving! It is also where Real Madrid FC passes by during their celebration parades.
• Puerta de Alcalá: This triumphal arch was once the main entrance to the city of Madrid, which puts into perspective just how much the city has grown over the centuries! It’s located right outside the most popular entrance to El Retiro Park.
• El Buen Retiro Park: This UNESCO World Heritage Site has been called “the Central Park of Madrid,” and it’s easy to understand why. Set right in the heart of Madrid, this green “retreat” is popular with locals and tourists alike. The most famous area of El Retiro is the artificial pond, where you should definitely rent a rowboat (€6 per boat weekdays and €8 weekends). I personally also love the Jardín del Parterre and recommend either entering or exiting El Retiro park through this garden.
• Palacio de Cristal: Also in El Retiro is the Palacio de Cristal. It’s a UNESCO World Heritage Site and such a pretty building, especially if viewed from across the pond right in front of it. But ironically, its history is nowhere near as pretty. The Palacio de Cristal was built as a greenhouse for plants and fauna from the Philippines, which was a colony of Spain at the time. Some sadly like to claim that was all, but it soon went on to become the site of one of Europe’s many human zoos. Igorot people were brought from the Philippines and made to live and fish in a replica village while visitors watched. To view some photographs and sketches of the human zoo, definitely check out this post .
• Museo Nacional del Prado: The Prado Museum is without doubt the most famous art museum in Madrid, and probably all of Spain, too. It houses the most extensive collection of Spanish painting in the world. Some of its most famous works include those by Murillo, Velázquez, and Goya. Tickets are €15 and can be purchased in advance online at the official site . Entry is free during the last 90 minutes (online it says the last two hours, but you must leave the building 30 minutes before close time). You used to be able to book the free entry online to secure your time slot, not anymore. Now, you unfortunately must wait in line outside to claim your free entry. This may affect how feasible it is to squeeze this in to your itinerary, depending on your preferences.
• Fuente de Neptuno: Real Madrid has the Fountain of Cibeles, and Atletico Madrid has the fountain of Neptune, located just down the road. It’s not an attraction, per se, but it is a pretty fountain that you might as well pass by, since it’s nearby the Prado Museum anyway.

Note on Day One : The order listed above allows you to visit the Prado during the free hours towards the end of the day. If you love paintings more than I do and want to spend several hours at the Prado Museum, consider doing this day one itinerary in the exact reverse order of how I have it above.

• Puerta del Sol: The Puerta del Sol is located smack dab in the center of Madrid. And if you’ve looked at a map, you’ll see that Madrid is located smack dab in the center of Spain! So this spot is literally the center of Spain. You’ll even find a plaque in the ground called Kilometre 0 , from which all major radial roads in Spain leave. It’s popular to take a picture of your feet standing at the bottom edge of the plaque! But the most famous part of Puerta del Sol is the building behind Kilometre 0 – the Casa de Correos . It houses Madrid’s regional government, and its famous clock is part of a huge Spanish NYE tradition. Be ultra on-alert for pickpockets everywhere in Madrid, but especially in and around Sol!
• El Oso y el Madroño: While in Puerta del Sol, be sure to stop by the statue of el Oso y el Madroño (the bear and the strawberry tree). These two together are the official symbol of the city of Madrid, so keep an eye out for them as you explore the city! 
• Plaza Mayor: This is Madrid’s main square and has been for many centuries. Three of the four sides of the square are lined with eateries offering outdoor seating, though most will recommend that you skip a full meal here. Consider just opting for a coffee or another drink instead if you want to sit to enjoy the ambiance. The third side of the square boasts a pretty fresco of zodiac signs and gods. 
• Mercado de San Miguel: This gourmet indoor gastronomical market is located right outside the western end of Plaza Mayor. It offers fine foods from all over the country, and some food stands have even been awarded Michelin stars! If you’re not hungry, you should still just pass through to gaze into all the various food stands.
• Catedral de la Almudena: Be sure to stop by this cathedral while visiting the Royal Palace (they’re located right beside each other). There is often some sort of musical performance happening in front of the steps that face the palace. And to the side, there is also an observation deck offering sweeping views. For those who want to view the inside as well, the cathedral requests a €1 donation.
• Palacio Real de Madrid: Madrid’s Royal Palace is the largest in Western Europe by building size (i.e. gardens excluded). It was built under King Phillip V, who was born in Versailles and designed it to be his Versailles. Tickets are €12 and can be purchased in advance at the official website .
• Plaza de España: This square recently just completed a redesign to make it more pedestrian friendly! It’s now the perfect intersection between Gran Via, the Royal Palace, and the Temple of Debod. Across the square also happens to be the largest Zara in the world, for any fans of the store.
• Templo de Debod: This real-deal Egyptian temple will probably seem a little random on this list of things to see in Madrid ! It dates back to around 200 BC and was donated to Spain by the Egyptian government. Entry is free. Afterwards, take a lap around Parque de la Montaña (where the Temple of Debod is located) to enjoy views over the Royal Palace and Catedral de la Almudena. The view is especially nice during sunset, and someone is often performing music if the weather is nice.

I had never heard of Toledo until my first trip to Spain. During my free walking tour of Madrid, the tour guide highly recommended that we take a day trip there. She described it as a unique mix of Jewish, Muslim, and Christian cultures . I unfortunately was still a novice traveler and couldn’t figure out how to get there for a day trip so last minute.

So when I moved to Madrid six years later, a day trip to Toledo was one of the first things I did after securing my apartment! Just like the tour guide said, it really is a unique blend of cultures, and it makes all the sense in the world that it’s Madrid’s most popular day trip .

How to Get to Toledo

You can get to Toledo by bus, but with limited time, it really makes most sense to take the train. Take the Avant from Madrid Puerta de Atocha-Almudena Grandes station to Toledo station . For the return journey to Madrid later that afternoon or evening, do the exact reverse journey. This ride is direct with no stops, taking 36 minutes each way. It costs €11.10 each way if you purchase a round trip (ida y vuelta) ticket, but €13.90 if you purchase the tickets one-way each.

What to Do in Toledo (One Day)

There are so many things to see in Toledo! Depending on what time you arrive and what time you want to leave, it might be tricky to fit all of the below in. So prioritize which attractions matter most to you based on your travel style and the amount of time you have. That being said, I’ve listed the attractions below (minus the final one) in a logical order. So you can start from one end or the other and go in a row, simply skipping the attractions that you decide not to see.

And if you are the type to probably enter every significant building, consider buying the pulsera turística . It allows you entry into seven monuments for €12 – less than half the combined full price. I’ve marked the attractions below that are included in the deal with an asterisk.

• Puente de Alcántara : A Roman arch bridge which crosses the Tagus River and provides entry into the old town of Toledo from the train station. 
• Museo de Santa Cruz : Even if you don’t love museums, the stunning 16th-century building in which the museum is housed is worth a visit on its own. It’s currently free to entry, but check the official tourism site starting in 2025 for any changes to this!
• Alcázar de Toledo : Named after the Arabic word for strength or fortress (Al Qasar), this fortress was built atop the highest part of Toledo. The building has passed hands many times, from the Visigoths to the Arab Moors to the Christian Monarchs. Today, it is a military museum and allows you to learn not only about Toledo’s history, but also the history of Spain in general. Entry is €5, and you can find hours and more details at the Toledo tourism’s page for the museum .
• Santa Iglesia Catedral Primada de Toledo : This Roman Catholic church is ginormous! I personally just admired from the outside on both of my visits to Toledo thus far, due to the €12 entry fee. You can purchase tickets in person or in advance online from the official site .
• Church of Santo Tomé *: This 14th century church is home to one of El Greco’s famous paintings, “The Burial of Count Orgaz.” It’s one of Toledo’s iconic buildings, with its mudejar tower that sticks out high over many rooftops. Entry is €4. You can find hours and more info on the official site , which you’ll need to translate using your browser.
• Museo del Greco : Art lovers might want to stop in the only museum in Spain dedicated to the famous sculptor, and architect of the Spanish Renaissance. The modern building is set in a very pretty space, and entry is €3. Check out opening hours on the official site .
• Sinagoga del Tránsito : Built in the 1300s, this synagogue is now home to the Sefardí Museum. Entry is €3.
• Synagoga de Santa María la Blanca *: Once the main synagogue of Toledo, it is one of the oldest in all of Europe. It is famous for its stunning white columns – which practically beg to be photographed as soon as you enter! – and costs 4 to enter. You can purchase tickets in advance online , but there has never been a line the two times I have gone.
• Monasterio de San Juan de los Reyes *: This beautiful monastery was built in the Elizabethan gothic style and is 4 to enter. You can purchase tickets in advance online at the official site .
• Iglesia de los Jesuitas (San Ildefonso) *: You can enjoy the stunning facade of this Baroque style church from the outside or enter for €4. You can purchase the entry ticket in advance at the official website .
• Termas Romanas : Discovered in the 1960s, these ruins lead historians to believe Toledo was a place of significance in Roman times. Entry is free. Learn more if you’d like at the official page .
• Cuevas de Hércules : Another vestige of Spain’s Roman times, the Cave of Hercules has served many purposes, water supply, Christian temple, to mosque, and back to Christian temple again. Medieval legend has it that this is where Hercules, who apparently founded Toledo, hung out. Entry is free. Find out more at the official page for the cave.
• Mezquita del Cristo de la Luz *: One of the oldest buildings in Toledo (and all of Spain!),,this mosque’s construction dates back to the year 999. It may not be the largest space, but its little details, along with its historical and cultural significance, make it well worth the visit. Entry is €4. You can purchase tickets online at the official site .
• Puerta del Sol : This gate was built as an entry into Toledo in the 13th century. Make sure to walk through it!
• Parroquia de Santiago del Arrabal : Built in the gothic mudejar style, this beautiful building is worth a stop, even if just to admire from outside.
• Puerta de Bisagra : Constructed in the 10th century, walk by or through this monumental entrance to the city.
• Mirador del Valle : Even after a couple trips to Toledo now, I still haven’t made it to this view point! Those who love a good photo op might consider making the trek around the river to get here for those postcard views of Toledo .

Segovia and Avila

Toledo may be the most popular medieval day trip from Madrid. But it is by no means the only worthy day trip in town! Two other destinations are Segovia – famous for its Roman aqueduct and its Disney-like castle – and Avila – famous for its storybook-like city walls . On my own day trips to these cities, I noticed a way higher percentage of Spanish speakers as my fellow tourists than during my trips to Toledo. So visiting these two spots will allow you to see parts of Spain that not every international visitor gets to squeeze into their itinerary! 

How to Get to Segovia and/or Avila

Segovia and Avila are both worthy of full day trips each. But with a limited amount of time in Spain, I recommend combining the two into one day trip . The only way to do this without renting your own set of wheels is to join an organized tour group.

These are advertised all over central Madrid at kiosks that also offer organized tours to Toledo. The prices of these tours aren’t very different to the price of a DIY trip to one of these places. And while the day trip to Toledo is simple to DIY, trips to Segovia and Avila are a bit more complicated. So, as much as I love to DIY things, the tour group really is a decent value.

Like I said, you can buy this tour from a kiosk during your first day in Madrid . But if you prefer to have all your ducks in a row before a trip (which I can totally relate to!), you can purchase this tour or this tour online to have everything ready to go in advance. The links are to the same tour, but on two different tour booking sites. This way, you can see if one happens to be cheaper than the other at the time you are looking ! They were the only tours I could find that explicitly devote time to actually walking on top of Avila’s walls , rather than just viewing them from outside. Be sure to read all the details about what attractions are and aren’t included and to add on any extras you definitely want to have.

If you really do not love the idea of joining a large tour group (again, something I totally relate to!), then I’d recommend choosing just one of the two destinations. This will allow you enough time to visit it on your own. You can check out my guides in white I detail exactly how to DIY a day trip to Segovia from Madrid and how to DIY a day trip to Avila from Madrid .

What to Do in Segovia (Half Day)

There are three main attractions in Segovia, and they are what you should prioritize seeing during your half-day trip to Segovia.

• Roman Aqueduct of Segovia : Built during the first century, it is one of the largest and best-preserved aqueducts of the Roman world. Make sure to go up the steps to the side for photos up close!
• Segovia Cathedral : This is one of the last cathedrals to have been built in a Gothic style. Entry into the cathedral is €4. While the cathedral itself is quite large and beautiful, I recommend adding the extra €3 to see the tower. This is a one-hour guided tour at set times each day. You can view the cathedral and tour hours, as well as reserve tickets in advance, online at the official site .
• Alcázar of Segovia : Entry into this picture-perfect castle is €7 for just the palace and museum, but I absolutely insist you add an additional €3 to enter the tower. You can view opening hours, prices, and purchase tickets in advance online at the official site . (You will have to translate it from Spanish using your browser.)

Also, if you are a fan of pork, be sure to try Segovia’s signature traditional dish – cochinillo , or roasted sucking pig – before leaving town. The three stops from above plus a meal should keep you busy before the tour bus moves onto the next stop. But if you want to see what other sights you can try to enjoy as you make your way between these main four things to see and do, check out my guide for a DIY Segovia day trip from Madrid and scroll down to the section on things to do in Segovia . There, I list the attractions in a convenient order to follow.

What to Do in Avila (Half Day)

Avili is famous for its stunningly-preserved city walls . Walking these walls will be the main “attraction” you will enjoy during your half-day trip to Avila. These walls circle almost the entirety of Ávila’s old town, and you can walk a good chunk of them!

There are two portions of the wall to walk . I recommend purchasing your €5 ticket at the Puerta del Alcázar entrance to the walls. This is the shorter of the two portions, and it only has one way in and out. Then, after completing this portion, walk a couple minutes from Puerta del Alcázar to the Casa de las Carnicerías. From inside here, you can show your same ticket to enter the second and longer portion of the walls. This stretch will take you all along the northern border of the walled city.

You should also be sure to try some yemas de Ávila , which are a sweet treat that the city is known for . If you want to try to squeeze in more than those two main things, check out my guide for a DIY Avila day trip from Madrid , and scroll down to the section on things to do in Avila . Decide which things sound most interesting to you, whether that be entering one of Spain’s oldest Gothic cathedrals or making your way to a picture-perfect viewpoint beyond the walls.

How to Get Out of Madrid

Like all good things, your epic one week in Spain has come to an end! You’ll need to get out of Madrid. Madrid’s international airport is Adolfo Suárez Madrid–Barajas Airport (MAD). There are quite a few ways you can get from Madrid’s city center to MAD.

• Option 1 : Take the train*. Take the C-1 (light blue) or C-10 (light green) commuter rail line to the airport. The only airport stop is terminal 4, so you will need to use the free airport shuttle to move to the other terminals if need be. The journey costs €2 – €3 and takes 30 minutes if departing from Atocha train station.
• Option 2 : Take a cab. Taxis between MAD and central Madrid are at a fixed fare of €33. You can pay in cash or by card. You can hail an official white taxi with the red stripe along any major street. Or you can also just have your hotel call them for you – to make things easier! The drive should take 20 to 40 minutes, depending on traffic.
• Option 3 : Take the metro*. Make your way to the Line 8 (light pink) metro line, which will take you to the airport. There is one stop for terminals 1, 2, and 3 and another stop for terminal 4. This will cost €4.50 – €5, depending from where you depart, and takes around x minutes.
• Option 4 : Take the bus. Take line 203 from outside the Atocha train station or outside the Oficina de Correos in Plaza de Cibeles. You will get off at terminal 1 at the airport. This takes around 35 minutes and costs €5.

* Madrid’s various transport lines are often under some type of construction at some point in the networks! So do a quick Google Maps search of how to get to the airport by public transport the night before. You will be able to see if there are any modifications to the Cercanías or Metro lines to the airport.

Questions on This Spain Itinerary for One Week?

Are you planning your own trip to Spain soon and wanting some personalized advice? Just drop a comment in the section below with your questions on how to tweak this one week Spain itinerary. (Yes, really do I respond.) I love playing travel agent for people!

Further Reading...

Complete Guide to Flying RyanAir (& Not Getting Ripped-Off)

Auxiliares de Conversación Application & Visa Process: Detailed Timeline

29 Can’t-Miss Things to Do and See in Iceland

No comments, leave a reply cancel reply.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Cinque Terre Day Trip from Florence: One Day Itinerary

That travelista.

• Inspiration
• Destinations
• Places To Stay
• Style & Culture
• Food & Drink
• Wellness & Spas
• News & Advice
• Partnerships
• Traveller's Directory
• Travel Tips
• Competitions

The 23 Best Places to Go in Spain and Portugal in 2023

All products are independently selected by our editors. If you buy something, we may earn an affiliate commission.

The start of a new year offers an opportunity to draw up lists of resolutions, and in our case, that means deciding which destinations around the world we want to explore. As the editors of Condé Nast Traveller Spain , we have collectively created another list: 23 places that we want to visit, and revisit, that are close to home – in Spain and Portugal too.

At the same time, the editors of all of the Condé Nast Traveller editions around the world have been discussing, debating, and defending their choices in order to create a collective list of the top 23 places to visit around the world in 2023. We are happy that two of our picks – a Spanish province and a town in the Alentejo region of Portugal – made the global list. We also hope the double honour for these two destinations will serve as a recognition of their new cultural, gastronomic, and hospitality offerings as well as encourage readers to go visit and see them in person.

Before you read further, you might want to grab a pen and a calendar as you begin to plan a year full of travel. And don’t forget to visit our global list of international destinations to visit next year –  the best places to travel in 2023 , vetted by  Condé Nast Traveller editors, plus ideas for  places to travel in the UK ,  places to go in the USA and  destinations to book in India .

Tenerife, Canary Islands

“In whatever month you visit Tenerife, it is always warm during the day and chilly at night,” our contributor Raque Sanchez wrote in a love letter to the island that expressed sentiments we agree with 100 per cent. The largest of the Canary Islands is a good place to visit, in any and every season. While you are there you can take a dip in the Atlantic, gaze at the stars from the summit of Mount Teide (with an elevation of 12,198 feet, it’s the highest point in Spain), explore little towns, and wander along the island’s many beaches, some rocky and some sandy. Tenerife’s varied landscape includes forests, deserts, valleys, and ravines and the Anaga Rural Park is a highlight. There are also two UNESCO World Heritage sites : the Teide National Park and the city of San Cristóbal de La Laguna.

An added plus is that the island has a remarkably rich and diverse choice of hotels. Among the award-winning properties are the  Hotel Botánico & The Oriental Spa Garden ,  Baobab Suites ,  The Ritz-Carlton Abama ,  H10 Atlantic Sunset ,  Gran Meliá Palacio de Isora , and  Bahía del Duque . On the island’s north coast,  BeTenerife offers an excellent selection of private villas for two or four guests.

It is also one of the best destinations in Europe for cycling enthusiasts, has long been a pioneer in sustainability (it has been recognised as a Biosphere Sustainable Destination), and is decidedly LGBTQ+ friendly, with an annual  Culture & Business Pride festival in June. Looking towards the future, the island’s Artificial Intelligence Tourism Master Plan is the first of its kind to be approved in Spain, and Tenerife aspires to become an Intelligent Tourism Destination – a distinction promoted by Spain’s tourism ministry to recognise destinations with innovative technological infrastructure that have demonstrated their commitments to sustainability, accessibility, and improving the quality of life of residents.

Tenerife also sparkles with Michelin stars. Among the restaurants enjoying that distinction are  M.B and  Kabuki (at The Ritz-Carlton, Abama),  Nub , and  El Rincón de Juan Carlos . Other  highlights of the island’s dining scene include  Kensei (at the Bahía del Duque hotel),  Kiki ,  San Hô , and  Melvin by Martín Berasategui , at the Terrazas de Abama Suites, where chef Sergio Fuentes helms the kitchen. You’ll also want to visit some of the island’s traditional beach bars including Punta de Hidalgo’s  La Cofradía , known for its limpets and shrimp;  Chiringuito Pirata , on La Tejita beach, where octopus is the signature dish; and  Bollullo , on the beach of the same name, where you’ll want order the cuttlefish. Clara Laguna

Zamora, Castilla y León

Even many Spaniards are unaware of one of Zamora’s claims to fame: it is the European city with the greatest number of Romanesque buildings. Its sights in that style include 24 churches, a cathedral, a castle, a bridge, two palaces, nine manor houses, and the defensive walls that encircle the city. It is not surprising that the city is seen as a likely contender to be recognised by UNESCO in 2023. The city’s proximity to Madrid – less than an hour on the new high-speed AVE train – makes it an even more appealing and convenient destination.  

Zamora offers more, however, than just its Romanesque buildings. It also has an enormous legacy of modernista structures from the late 19 th and early 20 th centuries, the Duero River winds its way through the heart of the city and shapes the surrounding landscape, and the Lagunas de Villafáfila are a birdwatcher ’s delight, home to a dazzling variety of migratory species. It’s just one of many sights near the city. Lake Sanabria is the largest glacial lake in Europe, and a few miles away Puebla de Sanabria is considered one of the most beautiful villages in Spain. Farther south, the Sierra de la Culebra has the highest wolf population in Western Europe, although last summer’s wildfires devastated much of the area. Heading east, you will come across Toro, a beautiful wine capital where the LVMH group boasts its own winery, the excellent Numantia.

Nearby, in the heart of the vast plain known as the Tierra de Campos, the restaurant Lera has become famous as a temple to the pleasures of game and country cuisine. It draws celebrated chefs like Dabiz Muñoz who fill the tables at the restaurant in Castroverde de Campos, a small town in one of the quietest corners of Spain.

Finally, to the south of Zamora, the Arribes del Duero provide some drama. The imposing cliffs and the fjords below them act as a natural border with Portugal in an area that has attracted acclaimed international winemakers like Charlotte Allen from England, Thyge Jensen of Denmark and José Manuel Beneitez, originally from Madrid . Olive and citrus trees help to turn this corner of the region into a Mediterranean paradise. New gastronomic and hotel projects point toward the area becoming a little Tuscany in Zamora, even if, for now, few people in Spain or beyond have heard of it. David Moralejo

Sierra Calderona, Valencia

Located between the provinces of Castellón and Valencia , the  Parque Natural de la Sierra Calderona is a protected natural park that includes almost 70 square miles of pine and strawberry tree forests, ravines, sweeping vistas, and dramatic peaks. The summit of Montemayor, at an elevation of 3,320 feet, is the highest point in the park.

While the residents of Valencia know about this treasure – it is located just 12 miles from the province’s capital – it largely remains a secret in the rest of Spain. That means that visitors can still find tranquility and even a little bit of mystery alongside the park’s beauty and splendour.

A number of different civilisations and people have settled in the Sierra Calderona over the millennia. A trek through the range offers a chance not only to see all its natural wonders, but it is also a walk through history with stops at the 11 th -century Castillo de Serra, built during the Arab conquest of the region, and the Iberian hilltop fort Puntal dels Llops, which dates from the fifth century BCE.

Travellers interested in hiking and birdwatching will find a little paradise with several different routes to choose from: Garbi, which leads to the sea; the four-mile Olocau route, which starts in the village of the same name; the longer but largely flat 5.2-mile Portaceli trail, the more challenging 7.8-mile Tristán trail, and, for those who are more experienced and ambitious, the rewarding 23-mile Senda dels Cartoixos route that connects two historic Carthusian monasteries. There are also many other trails maintained by local governments and other organizations, like the Vía Verde de Ojos Negros, a popular cycling route that connects the town of Teruel and the Mediterranean.

The most visited peak in the range is Garbí, with a vista that offers spectacular views and is easily accessible. Other highlights in the area are the Serra Castle, the Portacoeli Charterhouse (a Carthusian monastery), the Santo Espíritu monastery, the Mola de Segart (a dramatic mesa), and the Font del Compte (a reservoir originally built by the Romans).

The Sierra Calderona is a natural wonder that has been passed down through the generations and from one culture to the next. If you visit, please leave it as beautiful as you found it. María Casbas

Briones, La Rioja

The walled town with 700 residents is possibly the prettiest town in the Rioja. Its secret is its cobblestone streets, palecetes (“small palaces”), and churches. Located in the la Sierra de la Demanda and near many of Rioja’s best wineries, you’ll find vines growing in many of the postcard views here.  

You can start your wine itinerary right in town at the Vivanco Museum of Wine Culture, considered to be one of the best in the world. Displays focus on wine’s role in Western civilisation and the museum extends over 43,000 square feet, including six gallery spaces (five hosting the permanent collection and the sixth dedicated to temporary ones). The museum’s Garden of Bacchus includes 220 different varieties of wine grapes from around the world. A stroll through it offers a unique masterclass.

A highlight of the year in Briones is its unusual  Medieval Days in mid-June, specifically 17 and 18 June 2023. Declared a Festival of National Tourist Interest in 2012, the event celebrates a 1379 treaty between the kings of Castille and Navarra. Almost the entire town turns out in costume for a parade and other events when Briones turns the clock back more than six centuries. The accommodations are far from medieval, however, at the new and charming

Santa María de Briones , a 16-room boutique hotel located in a restored mansion.  Don’t leave without seeing the town’s old pharmacy, now located at the Ermita del Cristo church. After its former owner left the pharmacy to the church in his will, the church chose to move the beautiful 19 th -century cabinets, apothecary jars, and other items and reconstruct the pharmacy on church property where visitors can admire it. Cynthia Martín.

Melides, Portugal

Suddenly everyone is talking about Melides . That may cause some wistfulness on the part of some, aware that the secret is now out, but that’s how it goes. The little town on Portugal’s Alentejo coast , located a half-hour from already popular Comporta , is now the name on everyone’s lips. 

It all makes sense. There’s no shortage of reasons to fall in love with Melides beginning with the nearby Galé beach, where a red stone cliff of five-million-year-old fossils creates a dramatic backdrop to a long, sweeping stretch of sand. The landscape here still feels wild, something that it is (if we are honest about it) increasingly hard to find in Comporta though that town still has its undeniable charms. Alongside with its natural beauty, the beach has the plus of never feeling crowded. It is part of a 30-mile or so stretch of sand the runs from the village of Troia to nearby Sines. The waters are rough and cold, deterring all but the hardiest swimmers, but this stretch has another plus of fewer mosquitoes (which tend to plague the beaches that sit alongside rice fields in Comporta and elsewhere).

Another reason to visit will be added to the list in 2023. The designer Christian Louboutin, who helped to put this part of Portugal on the map with a 2013 campaign shot in the photogenic port of Carrasqueira, will open the boutique Hotel Vermelho . “Vermelho” is red in Portuguese, a nod to the trademark colour of the soles of Louboutin’s shoes. It’s a much-anticipated addition of big-city style to a town with fewer than 2,000 residents.  

The village’s charm comes from its typical Alentejo architecture, set amid a green and wooded landscape in the foothills of the Serra da Grândola. Olive, oak, and cork trees frame the views from the Vermelho mansion of the surrounding countryside. Louboutin’s vision echoes a phrase uttered by Tancredi in  The Leopard  by Lampedusa: “Everything must change for everything to remain the same.” The designer hopes only to breathe new life into place while preserving its peaceful atmosphere. 

Louboutin is not alone and the Hotel Vermelho will join  Pa.te.os , an impressive new hotel and architectural beauty designed by Manuel Aires Mateus. Made up of a number of separate villas, the hotel is reimagining luxury in the middle of the countryside near Melides. At the same time,  Melides Art , an artists’ residence and contemporary art space, has also been drawn to this corner of Portugal with its bohemian air, discreet charms (many of the admittedly bourgeois), and a pervasive sense of a calm. We hope the quiet survives Melides’s new popularity. David Moralejo

Málaga, Andalucía

Recently it feels like everyone in Spain, and a good number of people beyond Spain too, has decided to move to Málaga. If you are dubious, raise the topic at any dinner party in Madrid and you’ll soon learn about someone who has recently packed up and gone to the Costa del Sol or, at least, you’ll meet someone who is dreaming of it. 

The phenomenon has not happened overnight, though the rise of digital nomads and remote work have definitely contributed to it. If you can work from anywhere, why not choose a place where the climate is pleasant, you’ll receive a warm welcome, and the culinary offerings are excellent from the first bite.

If you aren’t quite ready to move to Málaga, you can at least visit, or revisit, in 2023. In fact judging from the results of the most recent  Readers Choice Awards from  Condé Nast Traveller , we expect the city is already included in many travellers’ plans. With its ideal size, neither too small nor too intimidating; nearly 3,000 hours of sunshine each year; the ease of getting there from other parts of Spain and Europe; its rich cultural offerings, and the pleasant setting it’s easy to understand the smiles on the faces of both the tourists and locals strolling along Calle Larios (the pedestrianised shopping street), the inviting Pasaje de Chinitas, and the waterfront Palmeral de las Sorpresas.

Recent hotel openings give travellers a varied choice of options. In 2021, notable hotel additions included  Only You Málaga and  Soho Boutique Equitativa ; in 2022,  H10 Croma Málaga joined them. And more projects are in the works. The best known of them is an enormous development planned for alongside the port of Málaga while others that we are watching eagerly – and which should open or reopen soon – are the Cortijo La Reina (following a complete renovation and upgrade of the existing hotel), Le Privé, and a five-star hotel planned for the Jewish Quarter that will be managed by Marugal, who also run the  Palacio Solecio . 

The list of additions to the gastronomic scene will entice travellers who live to eat. At the beginning of 2022, chef Álvaro Saura and entrepreneur Zuzana Salamon opened  Tasca Láska while Dani Carnero, who learned his craft from chefs including Ferran Adriá and Martín Berasategui, opened his third project in Málaga,  La Cosmo (following La Cosmopolita and Kaleja). Asturian chef Marcos Granda, who already has two restaurants in Marbella, Nintai and Skina, will land in Málaga in 2023, with In-Formal, a new culinary concept designed for the reimagined Gourmet Experience in the department store El Corte Inglés. 

Málaga has also been preparing for a milestone year related to one of its most famous native sons, Pablo Picasso, with 2023 the 50 th anniversary of his death. During what has been named the Year of Picasso, there will 42 exhibits covering the painter’s work around the world, including Málaga, where he was born. 

The  Museo Casa Natal Picasso will host several exhibits:  Bernardí Roig: El último rostro y La Afonía del Minotauro  (“Bernardí Roig: The Last Portrait and the Silence of the Minotaur”) until 28 May 2023,  Las Edades de Pablo (“The Ages of Pablo”) from 21 June to 1 October 2023, and  La Imagen de Picasso (“The Image of Picasso”) from October 18 to March 3, 2024. The  Museo Picasso Malaga will host  Picasso: Materia Y Cuerpo (“Picasso: Media and Bodies”) from 9 May to 10 September 10 2023, and  El Eco de Picasso  (“The Echo of Picasso”) focused on the master’s artistic legacy. Other institutions in Málaga are organising events, from talks to musical performances, marking the milestone. Expect more announcements in the months ahead.  

In other news, the Teatro Soho CaixaBank, Antonio Banderas’s personal project in his city, is staging a production of  Godspell , produced by Banderas himself and Emilio Aragón. María Casbas

Campo de Criptana, Ciudad Real

In a corner of La Mancha, travellers will come upon one of the most beautiful scenes in Spain. The windmills of Campo de Criptana inspired Cervantes, drove Don Quixote crazy, and charm everyone who visits this part of Castilla-La Mancha.

Campo de Criptana, Mota del Cuervo, and Consuegra have a remarkable concentration of some of the most picturesque and best-preserved windmills in the region. The three towns also have other charms that justify at least a weekend exploring them. Of the three, Campo de Criptana, in the province of Ciudad Real, is said to have been the specific inspiration for the plain of windmills in Cervantes’s book, which its famous protagonist believes are giants as he heads into combat against them.

In addition to the windmills (some of which are open to the public), the most important monuments in the town date from around the 16 th century and include the Royal Granary, the Convent of the Barefoot Carmelites, and ten hermitages – the most impressive of them is the one dedicated to the Virgen de la Paz, or Virgin of Peace.  A more recent addition, the Church of the Assumption of Our Lady, dates from 1958 and stands on the site of an earlier 16 th -century during destroyed in the Spanish Civil War. The eastern part of town, known as the Albaicín, was originally settled by Moorish refugees from Granada after that city was conquered by Christians. Many houses still have original Mudejar details like tiles and wrought-iron grilles. Cynthia Martín

Comillas, Cantabria

Comillas is one of those places that is so beautiful exactly how it is today that you hesitate to share its name, for fear that word will get out. For now, fortunately, Comillas remains a traditional vacation town of northern Spain. There are more houses than hotels, and more people who are here for the season than for a week. Unlike some other similar coastal summer towns, Comillas also has a number of historic sites of interest: the buildings of the Comillas Pontifical University (the university moved to Madrid, though the buildings remain), the Sobrellano Palace (once owned by the Marquis of Comillas), the Baroque church of San Cristobal, and the archaeological site, the Cuevas de la Meaza.

And then that is also the work of architect Anton Gaudí who gave the city one of its most famous landmarks, El Capricho. This playful and elaborate house is one of Gaudí’s few works outside of Catalonia, but it isn’t the only work of modernista architecture here. In 1881, the entrance to the town’s cemetery and some of its exterior walls were redesigned by Luis Domènech i Montaner, another prominent figure in Catalonia’s modernista architectural circles He was also responsible for the town’s Parque Güell and the Fountain of the Tres Caños, or “three spouts.” A work of modernista sculpture from 1895 can also be found at the cemetery, the  Ángel Exterminador by Josep Limona. 

There are also English-style houses from the last turn-of-the-century, like the home of the Duque de Almodóvar del Río and the so-called Casas Indianas, the houses of locals who had made their fortunes in the Americas. (These houses will typically have at least one palm tree planted nearby, making them easier to spot.)  The town has even appeared in the Guinness World Records as the world’s smallest whaling port (it was active into the 18 th century). Beachgoers can choose from the city beach and ones in the nearby Parque Natural de Oyambre; shoppers will want to scour the antiques markets; and gourmets can count on eating well.  David Moralejo.

Jerez de la Frontera, Andalucía

Think of the cliches of southern Spain, and the words “wine,” “flamenco,” “horses,” and “cellars” may come to mind. Instead of running from them, Jerez de la Frontera makes the wise choice of embracing them. Bring it on, the city says, as it welcomes visitors – with the table set and wine poured. There’s no need to hurry, however. You’ll find time for everything in Jerez. In this city that embraces tradition, you’ll want to start your adventure on the right foot, with a toast.

Whether you are on your first or 10th visit to Jerez, strolling aimlessly through the historic centre is the best way to ease into this city. With each step, you’ll feel yourself become part of the place as it reveals its character around every corner and a history written by Phoenicians, Romans, Muslims, and Christians unfolds before you. Palaces and lavish city houses alternate with religious buildings like the famous cathedral and a late 12 th -century mosque inside the city’s fortified Alcazar, home to a number of historic buildings. If it takes your breath away, inhale and then follow the smell of wine in the air.

 Jerez is a leading destination for wine tourism in both Spain and the world generally thanks to its abundance of wineries, many of them belonging to the Jerez-Xérèz-Sherry denominaciones de origen or DO (the Spanish version of the French AOC for its wine regions). Among the acclaimed wineries are  Tío Pepe-González Byass ,  Sandeman ,  Emilio Lustau , and  Williams & Humbert . Oenophiles will also want to stop at tabancos, classic tavernas that are the perfect places to sample local products; a museum celebrating wine; and wine stores.

Some people might say that sherry is trending right now, but we think that’s not the right way to understand the situation. Sherry is a timeless classic that just happens to be enjoying a moment of positive attention. Jerez does offer more to visitors than its namesake wine. The Horse Fair, the Flamenco Festival, the Harvest Festival, and the Motorcycle Grand Prix all offer opportunities to dive into an aspect of local culture and celebrate with the city’s residents (who are excellent at celebrating). Whether your visit coincides with a festival or not, the city’s two Michelin-starred restaurants provide a glimpse of a lively gastronomic scene:  Lú, Cocina y Alma is led by chef Juanlu Fernández and  Mantúa by chef Israel Ramos. 

Another reason to visit Jerez de la Frontera will be inaugurated in 2023: the Museo de Lola Flores. The museum to the outspoken and beloved actor and singer will open on the 100 th anniversary of her birth in Jerez. María Casbas  

La Coruña, Galicia

This little corner of Europe, tucked above Portugal in the northeastern corner of Spain, was long described as “the end of the world.” Recently, however, it is starting to feel closer to being at the centre of the stage. One of the changes is noticeable even after a short stroll: the streets are increasingly filled with people of different nationalities, speaking different languages, and wearing different clothes. Ask one of them why they are in La Coruña, and the likely answer is “to work.” Ask where they work and what you will get in reply is likely a gesture towards the west, and the neighbouring town of Arteixo, where Inditex is headquartered. (Even if you don’t recognise Inditex as the name of an enormous multinational clothing company, you likely know some of its brands, including Zara, Bershka, and Massimo Dutti.) 

The Galician city’s increasingly cosmopolitan atmosphere is apparent not only when wandering its streets but also exploring the cultural offerings of its museums and art galleries.

One of the most important cultural initiatives has an Inditex connection via Marta Ortega Pérez, who is both the new president of Inditex and the president of a foundation that bears her initials. The MOP Foundation is structured around three pillars: La Coruña, photography, and fashion. Last year it hosted the successful exhibition  Peter Lindbergh: Untold Stories seen by 110,000 visitors.

“After that success, it was clear that we had to organise another exhibition,” Leticia Castromil, exhibition coordinator for the MOP Foundation says. “We couldn’t stop there.” At the end of November 2022,  Steven Meisel 1993 A Year in Photographs  opened its doors and the free exhibition will be up until 1 May 2023. The show is at a building on the city’s harbour, the Muelle de la Batería. Naomi Campbell, Irina Shayk, and Christy Turlington were among the fashion stars who attended the opening.

“The exhibition space is a former industrial building next to the port. It’s located in an area near the city centre but which had been closed to the public. Thanks to this initiative, part of another dock is now accessible again and people can walk around it,” Castromil adds.

In addition to the Meisel exhibition, 2023 includes a milestone for a one-time resident of La Coruña. Pablo Picasso, who lived in the city between ages 9 and 13, died 50 years ago. “Continue doing what you are doing and never doubt that you will achieve glory and a brilliant future,” a review published in  La Voz de Galicia said after seeing an exhibition by a precocious Picasso when he was only 13 years old.

During the year-long  Picasso Celebración 1973-2023 a series of events and activities will take place around the world. In the region where the young genius spent four formative years, the centre of the celebration is the  Casa Museo Picasso . The  Museo de Belas Artes da Coruña will host Picasso, Blanco en el Recuerdo Azul (“Picasso, White in the Blue Memory”) from 24 March to 23 June 2023. The Fundación Luis Seoane will organise a show on the women who shaped Picasso’s life and the  Escuela de Arte y Superior de Diseño Pablo Picasso is also planning events to mark the anniversary.

Alongside the rich cultural scene, there is an impressive gastronomic one as well, led by Árbore da Veira, Omakase, Bido, la Taberna de Miga, NaDo, Terreo, and Salitre. You’ll find specialty coffee shops, wine bars, cocktail lounges, pottery workshops, bookstores, and design stores as you make your way about the city. All this, with the Atlantic in the background serving as a reminder that while this was once the end of the world, today it is a place where new adventures begin.  María Casba

Costa da Prata, Portugal

Three Portuguese destinations are on this year’s list, and all three overlook the sea. Or, more accurately, the ocean. One of the Atlantic’s gifts to Portugal is some of the most beautiful stretches of coast in the world including the Costa da Prata. The Algarve may be more famous, Comporta and Melides may be more “cool,” and Cascais and Estoril have nostalgic charms, but the Costa da Prata has its own, undeniable appeals.   

Even the name Costa da Prata isn’t that common, yet, but some of the towns along it – Ericeira, Nazaré, Peniche, and Aveiro are better known, especially among surfers. We are stretching the Costa a little farther south than some would define it by including Ericeira, which is about 45 minutes north of Lisbon. For many it starts instead at Playa Santa Cruz, in Torres Vedras. That town, which is roughly 20 miles north of Ericeira, is the home of a hotel that is a popular seaside favourite of surfers:  Noah Surf House . The northern end of the coast is often defined as Esmoriz, a half-hour south of Porto by car.  

There’s a reason we want to pull the southern end of the coast a little closer to Lisbon, to include the new  Aethos which is reinterpreting luxury with a surfer attitude that embodies the relaxed vibe of this part of Portugal – and which is also, oddly, a driver of its imminent boom.  Immerso , the first five-star hotel in this region, has interiors that highlight brilliant local craftsmanship, giving the project a unique and very Portuguese personality. Chef Alexandre Silva (one Michelin star) leads the gastronomic offering, an ode to Atlantic cuisine. 

Nazaré is better known thanks to its record waves (it’s official: Guinness Records gives the title of world’s largest surfed wave to one at Nazaré in 2020. It was 86 feet tall and German surfer Sebastian Steudtner rode it into the record books.) Nazaré itself manages, despite the fame of its swells, to remain a low-key fishing town, where some women still wear the traditional “seven skirts.” In 2021, an appealing new overnight option opened here, the family-friendly glamping at  Ohai Nazaré .

Peniche, and especially the beach known as Supertubos, is also popular with the surfer crowd. Consolação, another beautiful beach here, is capped at one end by a 17 th -century fort. The town is also a gateway to the Islas Berlengas, a half-hour by ferry. The islands form a protected nature reserve and only 550 visitors are allowed each day. Near the northern end of the coast, Aveiro has been nicknamed the Venice of Portugal and its colourful streets offer up a bounty of Instagram moments. We know the Costa da Prata will become a favourite of travellers as word gets out, just give it some time. David Moralejo

Canfranc, Huesca

It has been four years since we first reported that the spectacular Canfranc train station, inaugurated in 1928 and abandoned for decades, was going to become a luxury hotel. Despite the pandemic and other events creating some obstacles, the moment has arrived and the  Canfranc Estación, a Royal Hideaway Hotel will open its doors at the beginning of 2023. 

Located in Jacetania, a corner of Aragón along the French border and high in the Pyrenees, Canfranc’s main claim to fame historically has been the elaborate station which was constructed to facilitate and celebrate French and Spanish cooperation. Despite the grandeur of the inauguration, with King Alfonso XIII representing Spain alongside France’s president, traffic never lived up to the original forecasts and the station closed in 1970. Today the only train to use the station is a short-distance tourist one, the Canfranero, that travels the 117 miles from Zaragoza to Canfranc. 

A century after construction started on the original station, the building will begin its new life as a five-star, 104-room hotel in 2023 with the design studio Ilmiodesign responsible for the interiors. The developers’ goal is to make the hotel a leader in tourism to the Aragonese portion of the Pyrenees, helping to attract both national and international interest.

The project preserves the historic building and will support the local economy with the creation of around 150 jobs. Guests arriving at the hotel will find reception in the historic station lobby while the first floor also houses a wellness area, a library, and the main restaurant, which includes two carriages that have been refurbished to become elegant dining cars.

Architect Michele Corbani and industrial designer Andrea Spada, the founders of Ilmiodesign, were inspired by the aesthetics of classic stations and the luxurious world of long-distance train travel in the early 20th century, but they also wanted to add a contemporary touch, creating warm and elegant spaces that blend with subtle Art Deco elements. Wood, brass, velvet, and a palette inspired by the 1920s coexist with various elements drawn from Aragonese popular culture and colour combinations inspired by the regional costumes of the region.

Don’t fear that it will no longer be possible to reach Canfranc by train, on the Canfranero. While the hotel was being restored, a new railway station and platforms were also constructed. 

The Canfranc Estación hotel will put the Aragonese town on the radar of many travellers, but Canfranc will keep their interest thanks to the mesmerising beauty of the place, set amid the stunning peaks of the Pyrenees. While the station’s meticulous restoration allows it to begin its new life, when you hear the words “next stop, Canfranc” you’ll be adding some more lines to an ongoing story collectively written by thousands of passengers under a dizzying variety of circumstances with each leading to its own final destination.  María Casbas

Las Merindades, Burgos, Castilla and León

Alfoz de Bricia, Alfoz de Santa Gadea, Arija, Berberana, Cillaperlata, Espinosa de los Monteros, Frías, Junta de Traslaloma, Medina de Pomar are some of the 26 towns and cities that make up Las Merindades, a corner of Castilla and León that sits just to the south of the Basque region. The capital of Las Merindades is Villarcayo de Merindad de La Vieja, a town of some 4,000 residents that provides a good starting point for visiting the historic region.

Arguably the most magical settlement in the region is Puentedey, a small village with less than fifty residents. Built along the Nela river, the two sides of Puentedey are connected by a natural stone bridge. In 2022, the village’s beauty and its cultural importance was officially recognised when it was added to the list of the Most Beautiful Towns in Spain in 2022 – a club that includes 105 localities to date. Puentedey is not alone when it comes to gems in the area. Frias, located atop a mesa overlooking the Ebro river, would also have a good claim to the title of the prettiest village in Spain if not for being disqualified on a technicality. In 1435, King Juan II of Castille gave Frias, now home to only 270 people, the title of “city” making it the smallest city in Spain. 

Those are only two of the many reasons to go to Las Merindades. There’s also the natural beauty of the region, thanks to its location in the foothills of the Cantabrian Range cooled by Atlantic breezes, a sense of history that is palpable in every town, castle, and even house, and surprises like the Ojo Guareña, a karst cave complex with almost 70 miles of galleries and passageways that have been used for shelter by humans for millennia. David Moralejo

Enkarterri, Basque Region

Few people know about Enkarterri, a rich and surprising corner of the province of Vizcaya. (Enkarterri is its Basque name, in Spanish it is Encartaciones.) Those who discover it, however, tend to return. Only 35 minutes southwest of Bilbao, the sea and the mountains meet here in a land of green valleys that sits at the point where Burgos, Cantabria, and the Basque Country meet. The area also has an important “Indiano” heritage – that’s the word used in Spain to describe Spaniards who went to the Americas, or the Indies as it were, to make their fortunes. You can look inside some of the lavish Casas Indianas, mansions that are the results of 19 th -century versions of the American dream. Another important reminder of Vizcaya’s economic history is apparent in the factories and plants that dot the landscape here. One used to be dedicated to the production of that essential Basque accessory, the beret. In operation until 1992, and then converted into a museum in 2007,  La Enkartada offers a glimpse into northern Spain’s industrial past, and a lesson in how berets are made.

After exploring the factory, fill your stomach at  Casa Garras , an institution going on its fifth decade thanks to its evergreen appeal. Carnivores will fall hard for the “beef days,” which take place during the winter months, when the restaurant serves an 11-course beef-themed tasting menu with delicious creations like a rump steak tartar with roasted marrow.

And there is more. Txacolí, the sparkling white wine produced in this part of Spain, always provides a good excuse to explore different wineries set amid the region’s beautifully wild landscapes including the biggest valley in the province (Karrantza Harana/Valle de Carranza, which includes some 49 settlements along its length). There are many options for hikers, bikers, spelunkers, as well as those looking for more low-impact activities like the Japanese tradition of “forest bathing.” On a completely different topic, the area is also home to  the largest private collection of Rolls-Royces in Europe, located in a 14 th -century castle. Cynthia Martín

Oviedo, Asturias

Oviedo, the elegant capital of Asturias, is known for the distinguished neoclassical architecture surrounding the city’s imposing cathedral in a flamboyant Gothic style and its remarkable pre-Romanesque buildings from the ninth century, with five works recognised by UNESCO: the Foncalada Fountains, the city walls, and three churches: Santa María del Naranco, San Miguel de Lillo, and San Julián de los Prados, known as Santullano. The city is also a top cultural and gastronomic destination.

Culture permeates life in this city thanks in large part to the Princess of Asturias Awards which are presented every year at the Campoamor Theater. In 2023, the ceremony will also celebrate the coming of age of the awards’ namesake, Leonor, the first-born daughter of the King and Queen of Spain and heir presumptive. The year ahead will bring some welcome additions to Oviedo. The Wamba Hotel from the  Sensia Hotels group will open next to the cathedral while a much-anticipated AVE high-speed train from Madrid will enter service in May, making it possible to travel from the capital of Spain to the capital of Asturias in about three hours.  This remarkable engineering project has taken years to complete and includes a 15-mile-long tunnel, one of the longest in Europe, which crosses the Cantabrian Range under the Puerto de Pajares mountain pass. 

Meanwhile, Oviedo continues to embrace its gastronomic heritage that makes it one of the great epicentres of cuisine in the country. The city can boast of nine stars from Michelin, with Casa Marcial holding two of them. In total, 43 restaurants in the city are recommended by the guide. Some local favourites include Cocina Cabal, Ca'Suso, Salazogue, Casa Fermín, Mestura, and Gloria.

Director Woody Allen captured the essence of the city when he listed its positive qualities: “Oviedo is delicious, exotic, beautiful, clean, pleasant, peaceful, and kind to pedestrians. It’s as if it doesn't belong to this world, as if it could not possibly exist. Oviedo is like a fairytale.” David Moralejo

Bajo (or Lower) Aragon

Spain constantly rewards travellers who want to venture off the beaten patch. Bajo, or Lower, Aragon is an outstanding example of this truth. Located roughly 90 minutes by car to the northwest of Valencia, Bajo Aragon is known for its processions of drummers during Holy Week while fans of motorsports head to  MotorLand , but there’s more to entice travellers. Its landscape of chasms, rivers, and marshes has been shaped by the extreme climate and the passage of time, giving rise to the area’s unique flora and fauna. In addition, the generally clear skies and the low light pollution in this largely empty part of Spain adds up to remarkable stargazing opportunities.

It is not easy to find top-of-the-line hotels here, but there are some promising new ventures like the beautiful  Torre del Marqués , while the  Parador de Alcañiz has an incomparable hilltop setting next to a castle and convent. At its restaurant, La Concordia, you can discover some of the highlights of Aragonese cuisine, often overshadowed by other regions, like migas (a dish made with stale bread, soaked and then sauteed with other ingredients), lamb, and, of course, ham from Teruel.

The ambitious ongoing project of restoring the Convent of the Desert, an 18 th -century convent that has been called the Escorial of Aragon given its enormous size, is also attracting interest while in Calanda, the birthplace of surrealist director Luis Buñuel, you can visit a museum, the  Centro Buñuel Calanda , dedicated to his films and life. Pack comfortable shoes as you’ll likely be getting in a lot of steps as you visit cave paintings (Val del Charco del Agua Amarga), Iberian sites (on the Route of the Iberians of Bajo Aragón), climb mountains (following the Route of the Stony Giants), or gaze at the stars (on the Route of Astronomical Viewpoints). Other sites are just half an hour away, like Matarraña (another idyllic rural corner of Spain) and Campo de Belchite, the birthplace of painter Francisco Goya.  Clara Laguna

Ilha do Corvo, Azores, Portugal

We like the remote and the unknown and that’s why this year we want to send you to the smallest and most remote island of Portugal’s Azores . Quite likely on your trip to the archipelago, often described as the Atlantic’s Hawaii (though with far fewer tourists), you will hop among a few islands. If that if your plan, include Corvo on your list of ports of call.

There’s only one paved road on the island. Follow it to Caldeirão, the crater of the volcano that gave birth to the island. From its viewpoint you will be able to take in its enormous size, almost 1.5 miles in circumference and almost 1,000 feet deep. At the bottom of the crater are two lakes where, according to legend, all the islands of the Azores are reflected on their surfaces. Cows and wild horses graze freely in this natural wonder, for immediately apparent reasons, the most photographed place in Corvo.

A small airport and ferries that cross daily from the island of Flores connect Corvo with the rest of the world, as does free Wi-Fi throughout its (tiny) territory. Tiny but with its own city. Fewer than 500 inhabitants reside in Vila do Corvo in a handful of whitewashed houses with red roofs. You’ll find most locals are happy to chat with curious visitors. Operators here offer a myriad of bird-watching tours – the island it is considered one of the best areas in the world to spot a variety of species; its status as the westernmost of the Azores adds to its diversity with some vagrants from the Americas landing here. Other guides offer boat trips around the island, if the sea permits, with chances to swim alongside steep cliffs that plunge into the water. David Moralejo

The capital of Spain continues its ascent to the top of lists of must-visit cities. Madrid has always extended a warm welcome, but there is a new energy and bustle as it assumes its place as a cosmopolitan, world capital. In the spring of 2022, we dedicated the cover of our 15 th anniversary issue to the city, and now it is already time to revisit it and update the list of new and upcoming openings. The reasons to visit Madrid will only increase in 2023.

 Both familiar and avant-garde; a cultural, gastronomic, and wellness centre, Madrid is a city of contrasts that never stops. Luxury hotel brands all want a presence here, and thus we have seen the recent openings of the  Mandarin Oriental Ritz and the  Rosewood Villa Magna . Only a little bit older, the  Four Seasons Madrid , the  Madrid EDITION , and  Thompson Madrid have added to the wealth of choices. And, while it’s not a new property, the renovation of the  Santo Mauro has elevated a favourite to a new level of luxury as it joins Starwood’s Luxury Collection.

Madrid, however, is far from done. The brand new  UMusic Hotel , the first hotel from Universal Music, is located in the old Teatro Albéniz building, a very short walk from the Plaza Mayor. Coming up next are the  Nobu Hotel Madrid , located halfway between the Puerta del Sol and the Paseo del Prado. The early-20 th -century landmark Metropolis building is set to be reborn with a boutique hotel, restaurants, and shopping and just a little further up the Gran Via, Brach Madrid, designed by Philippe Starck, is another much-anticipated opening of 2023. There are still rumours that Fairmont will be joining the mix soon with a property near the Congress building, and another surprising addition is a hotel on Plaza de Canalejas from Pescaderías Coruñesas, known for its critically acclaimed restaurants and gourmet fish stores. This is their first foray into hotels. All of these projects near the Puerta del Sol are earning the area the nickname, Milla de Oro, or “golden mile.” If your budget doesn’t include staying at one of these new hotels, at least visit its restaurants, spas, and rooftops (the competition is fierce in that last category). Two somewhat different options nearby are  Cool Rooms Palacio de Atocha (if you would like to stay in a 19 th -century palace given a contemporary update) and the new  https://www.thesocialhub.co/madrid/ (if you would like to stay in a co-working space, though one with incredible views and a full calendar of events. 

When it comes to shopping, stops you may want to include are the enormous Zara (the world’s largest) on Plaza de España, the revolutionary  WOW Concept store on Gran Vía, and  Galeria Canalejas , where you’ll find 11 iconic international brands including Hermès, Cartier, and Louis Vuitton). Madrid’s culinary scene continues to dazzle – if you want to visit some of the new stars, plan on making reservations far in advance. Among the most coveted tables are Leña and Smoked Room by Dani García and Amós, at the Rosewood Villa Magna, led by three-Michelin-star chef Jesús Sánchez (for his Cenador de Amós, on the Cantabrian coast). Desde 1911 is a sophisticated option and the venerated Zuara is among the best Japanese restaurants in the city.  At Zuma, Berria,  Bar Trafalgar , and the cocktail lounge  Isa (at the Four Seasons), you are guaranteed to eat  and drink well.  If you want to keep the party going into the morning, Lula Club and Medias Puri are two popular choices at the moment. Don’t be surprised if you decide you need one more weekend day, and night, with Madrid. This city, well, it can be a lot. Clara Laguna

Murcia, the city and region

Ask Spaniards of a certain age about the phrase, “Murcia, qué hermosa eres” (“Murcia, how beautiful you are”) and they will likely recall an odd television variety show from the late 1990s that promoted the region, and successfully implanted a slogan in viewers of several generations. Now many of those same people are discovering the truth of the motto.

The beauty of the province of Murcia can be experienced at  the Regional Park of Calblanque, the Monte de las Ceniza, and Peña del Aguila , perhaps one of the most beautiful and wild stretches of Spain’s Mediterranean coastline. The waters at Cabo de Palos are a favourite of divers while the lush Sierra de Espuña is the province’s green heart surrounded by vast orchards. There is also, however, a unique beauty to the region’s capital, the city of Murcia, which is the destination we are recommending for 2023.

“No tienes ni idea de lo que estás perdiendo,” or “You have no idea what you are missing,” is Murcia’s more recent tagline, and it has its truth too. The region’s history is not as well-known as that of some of Spain’s other cities, even with a cathedral that is an almost perfect example of Spanish Baroque architecture and an episcopal palace in a Rococo style that reflects Murcia’s long-running connections with Noto, Lecce, and other cities in southern Italy.

The city was established by the emir of Cordoba in 825, and Moorish influences and evocative references remain visible, including at the lavish 19 th -century Real Casino de Murcia, a glittering mix of architectural styles with an Arab patio, 20,000 sheets of gold leaf, and a neo-Baroque ballroom.

The 18 th -century Puente de los Peligros connects the historic centre with the Carmen neighbourhood where you’ll find another one of the city’s Baroque wonders, Carmen’s parish church, which was originally part of a Carmelite convent. The  Museo Salzillo focuses on the sculptural works of one of the most celebrated artists of the Spanish Baroque, Francisco Salzillo, whose works can be seen in many Murcian churches.  

The Arab medieval period in the city’s history lives on in the city walls and the Aljufía irrigation system, which was one of the first such systems in Europe and is still used to this day to irrigate much of Murcia’s farmland and orchards. Murcia’s status as the source of much of Spain’s produce is evident when you sit down to eat. The perfect freshness of the ingredients helps to make the cuisine here even more exquisite and helped to justify the city’s turn as the Spanish Capital of Gastronomy in 2021. Don’t leave without trying a traditional meat pie, a dish made with the famous bomba rice grown in Calasparra, stewed and salted fishes, zarangollo (a dish made with eggs, onion, and squash), and a Murcian salad (made with tomatoes, tuna, eggs, and olives).  David Moralejo

Mallorca, Balearic Islands

If you thought that the economic upheaval and travel disruptions of the pandemic meant that the Balearic Islands were going to suddenly become a bargain, it didn’t work out that way. At least there is a silver lining. As the destination perfects its approach to luxury, you’ll get a mix of exclusivity, exquisite service, and sustainability that justifies the price.

Mallorca’s most anticipated upcoming openings are from the Four Seasons and the Virgin Group, at opposite ends of the island. The iconic Formentor in Pollença (in the north of the island), where celebrities including Grace Kelly and Prince Rainier stayed, will reopen as the  Four Seasons Resort Mallorca at Formentor in 2024. The property, located on a 3,000-acre estate, aims to be the island’s most sustainable. The French interior design firm, Gilles & Boissier, who recently completed the renovation of the Mandarin Oriental Ritz, Madrid, were entrusted with the interiors of the Four Seasons as well.

Richard Branson’s much anticipated  Son Bunyola hotel is now taking reservations for dates after August 1, 2023. The luxury hotel is located in the estate’s 16 th -century finca, or manor house, and has 26 rooms. They join three existing villas – Sa Punta de S'Aguila, Sa Terra Rotja, and  Son Balagueret – on an 810-acre property with grape vines and almond, citrus, and olive orchards. Son Net is another luxury property that will open (spring 2023) in this stunning part of the island, from the owners of the impeccable  Finca Cortesin in Puigpunyent. Also nearby the  Belmond La Residencia , in Deià, offers polished luxury in one of the most picturesque parts of the island while the new  Kimpton Aysla Mallorca , just nine miles from Palma, is a contemporary retreat set amid landscaped grounds.

Sustainability is a focus of other recent openings on Mallorca as with  Can Ferrereta , in Santanyí, from the creators of the award-winning Sant Francesc hotel in Palma; the boutique hotel  Nivia Born , in Palma; the refurbished agroturismo property  Finca Ca'n Beneït , in the Tramuntana mountains; and  Es Racó d'Artà , which was recognised by Condé Nast Traveller in 2021 as the best health, sports, and wellness hotel.  HM Palma Blanc , in Palma, marries a contemporary style with local Mallorcan materials and power from solar panels. The adults-only  Vicenç de la Mar , in cala Sant Vicenç, was designed by architect Rafael Balaguer Prunés and carries the Design Hotels seal. Yurbann, a hotel group from Barcelona, also has an opening planned. You have to be quick to stay on top of Mallorca’s hotel scen e! Clara Laguna

Cáceres, Extremadura

The 2021 inauguration of the Helga de Alvear Museum, with its outstanding contemporary art collection assembled by the museum’s namesake gallerist and philanthropist, marked a turning point for the city of Cáceres in Spain’s Extremadura region, alongside the Portuguese border. The new building, and the Premio Nacional de Arquitectura that Emilio Tuñón of  Tuñón Arquitectos won for its design, announced that both the city and the broader province of Cáceres intended to compete for the attention of culturally curious travellers. 

The hospitality and culinary offerings are already waiting and continuing to improve. The 17 th -century  Hotel Hospes Palacio de Arenales & Spa is located amid olive groves but only 10 minutes by car from the city centre. There, Atrio can boast two Michelin stars while the Torre de Sande, also from the Atrio team, is located in a 15 th -century palace and is a star of Extremadura’s culinary scene which has long been an interesting region given its ties to neighbouring Portugal. Looking ahead, the Atrio team is also behind the renovation of the Casa Paredes-Saavedra, a Renaissance palace that is going to reopen as an exclusive 11-suite hotel facing the  Parador del Palacio de los Marqueses de Torreorgaz . Another palace, the Palacio de Godoy from the 16 th century, will reopen as a 72-room Hilton after having been closed for ten years.

The city of Cáceres is also a good gateway to explore the beautiful Jerte Valley and the area of Vera, part of Extremadura that is famous for its lush forest and many springs. The broader region of Extremadura has a total of six UNESCO sites that travellers will want to visit: the historic monuments of Cáceres, the archeological sites of Mérida, the Royal Monastery of Santa María de Guadalupe, the Monfragüe Biosphere and National Park, the Tajo Internacional Biosphere Reserve, and the Villuercas-Ibores-Jara World Geopark. While it has yet to get the UNESCO nod, the Monastery of San Jerónimo de Yuste has been recognised as part of Spain’s Patrimonio Nacional and deserves a place on travellers’ lists too. 

In 2022, the landlocked Extremadura boasted an impressive eight Blue Flag beaches on its lakes, rivers, waterfalls, and streams. Baños de Montemayor and Alange have been welcoming spa-goers since the Romans built baths at both hot springs.  Clara Laguna  

Pals, Catalonia

Writer Josep Pla once wrote that the best view in the region of Empordà is from  el Pedró , the restaurant that makes the best rice dishes in the town of Pals. Located in the historic centre, the view includes the Torre de las Hores, the Church of St. Peter, and the city walls that lead to a mirador that has now been renamed in honour of the author. “The contrasts that this site offers – the ocean, beach, and the Medes Islands; the eroded peaks of the Montgrí Massif, the deep greens of evergreen, cork, and pine forests with the geological formations of the Gavarres peaks and the flat farmland; and the botanical wonders along the banks of the Ter River – it all adds up to a rich bounty of great beauty,” the journalist wrote.  

This medieval village in the Baix Empordà region, along Catalonia’s Costa Brava, offers travellers easy access to the most charming coves along this part of the Mediterranean, such as Aigua Xelida, and beaches such as the familiar and wide Pals, Gola del Ter, l'Illa Roja, and Aiguablava. The bravest swimmers can dive into the Vies Braves, a public network of marine and open water routes offering a wilder experience of the Mediterranean. Cycling through the rice fields of the area or finding a glamping site as a base for an active vacation are other options for visitors, who will also find an ideal setting for golf, a chance to enjoy the  White Summer market and music festival, or simply visit organic vineyards.  Visitors can also learn more about Catalonia’s rich Romanesque and medieval heritage following routes through the villages of Begur, Palau Sator, Peratallada, and Monells, among others.

At the  Arkhe Hotel Boutique , a contemporary focus on health, wellness, and sustainability is paired with an intimate setting in the heart of historic Pals. Beyond exploring the region’s sites, staff can arrange everything from a “conscious nutrition” workshop to a meal amid the countryside’s wildflowers. Catalonia is known for the excellence of its produce and other ingredients as well as its celebrated chefs. Not far from Pals,  El Celler de Can Roca has three Michelin stars; some critics and fans argue it is the best restaurant in the world.  Bo.Tic , with two Michelin stars, is also among the region’s best restaurants along with Vicus and Pahissa del Mas. Make sure to have at least one dish made with the famous rice from Bassess d’en Coll before you leave. Clara Laguna

Valle de Arce, Navarra

South of Roncesvalles, the Valle de Arce (or Artzibar, in Basque) is one of the best-known areas of Navarra and famous for the beech forest to its east, which is one of the largest and best preserved in Europe. This destination is full of natural and historical treasures but not people – there are barely 300 living in the village of Arce and smaller hamlets nearby. The buildings feel untouched by time and it is possible to easily access ravines, forests, and unforgettable postcard views.

A plus of the Navarra Pyrenees is that they are beautiful any time of the year, whether its peaks are dusted with snow or its alpine lakes are shimmering in the summer sun. Simply take a deep breath, walk in any direction, and be surprised by charming villages like Usoz, with its sweeping views, Azparren, or Gorráiz – with its historic houses and churches. Stop and listen to the murmur of the Urrobi and Irati rivers, which form two valleys in the region. This part of the Navarra Pyrenees is a paradise for mountain and hiking lovers, who will find routes for all levels and tastes.

The area’s Romanesque heritage can be traced in historical monuments such as the hermitage of Santa María de Arce, next to the Urrobi river, and the church of San Julián in Nagore, both from the 12th century. You can admire the 15 th -century fortified palace of Ayanz and the Torre de Liberri, at least from a distance (both are located on private property and not open to public). You can get a closer look at the 13 th -century  Torre de Uriz , however, which has been converted into a stylish and intimate 12-room hotel.

 Another charming option is the  Agroturismo Mari Cruz , which combines a warm, family welcome with organic cuisine and a lot of magic. They say that amid its cabins, which provide retreats in the woods for those who want to slow down and discover another way of seeing the world, real live elves have been spotted. First, though, you need to take the time to truly listen and look. How’s that for a goal in 2023? Clara Laguna

September Sale   Book now for   up to 60% off!

Highlights of Northern Spain & Portugal - 8 Days

Best price guarantee Learn More

Earn travel credits Learn More

• In-depth Cultural
• Fully Guided

Places You’ll See

• Explore the Guggenheim Museum in Bilbao
• Visit the Shrine in medieval Covadonga
• Tour Santiago de Compostela's Cathedral
• Taste Port wine in a local Porto cellar
• Stroll through historic Salamanca's Plaza Mayor
• Introduction
• Day 1 (Sunday): Departure from Madrid to discover Zaragoza. and arrive to San Sebastian
• Day 2 (Monday): San Sebastian – Bilbao – Guggenheim Museum’s - Santander
• Day 3 Santillana del Mar - Scenic views Covadonga - Oviedo
• Day 4 Oviedo - Galicia region - La Coruña
• Day 5 La Coruña - Plaza del Obradoiro & Cathedral - Santiago de Compostela
• Day 6 Santiago to Rías Baixas - Vigo - Porto
• Day 7 Porto Discovery: UNESCO World Heritage site
• Day 8 Porto to Salamanca and Madrid

Want to read it later?

Download this tour’s PDF brochure and start tour planning offline

What's Included

• Accommodation
• Additional Services

Operated by

Click Tours

Number of tours

4 to 99 years old

Response time

Response rate

Click Tours are a great company to travel with. They offer a selection of more than 200 itineraries that explore destinations across Europe and the Middle East. The experienced team provide carefully planned tours, as well as personalised tailor-made trips! See the wide selection of tours and...

Your Peace of Mind Options

Cancellation policy.

A transparent overview of applicable fees.

Customer Reviews

• Tour Operator Click Tours 3.9
• Michael · 9th August 2024 My family had a fantastic time on this tour. Our guide Carlos was helpful, attentive and kind... and he did his best... Show more
• Minal · 4th May 2024 It was well organised tour but had too much free time. They could include more places to see. Comfortable bus but no... Show more
• John · 18th August 2024 This is a really good tour! The tour guide - George - was excellent and could not be faulted. The organisation was... Show more

Dates & Availability

Why book with tourradar.

• Flexible payment options
• Trusted and vetted operators
• Rated excellent on
• Best price guarantee
• 24/7 customer support
• Earn €50 in travel credits

To protect your payment and ensure your booking will be processed in Austria, never transfer or communicate outside of the TourRadar website or app.

• Upcoming departures
• September 2024
• October 2024
• August 2025
• September 2025
• October 2025
• -21% Get Instant Confirmation Sunday 22 Sep, 2024 Sunday 29 Sep, 2024 English, Spanish Filling Fast Multiple Room Types €1,785 €1,410 Confirm Dates Hold space for 48h
• -21% Get Instant Confirmation Sunday 29 Sep, 2024 Sunday 6 Oct, 2024 English, Spanish Filling Fast Multiple Room Types €1,785 €1,410 Confirm Dates Hold space for 48h
• -21% Get Instant Confirmation Sunday 6 Oct, 2024 Sunday 13 Oct, 2024 English, Spanish Filling Fast Multiple Room Types €1,785 €1,410 Confirm Dates Hold space for 48h
• -21% Get Instant Confirmation Sunday 13 Oct, 2024 Sunday 20 Oct, 2024 English, Spanish Filling Fast Multiple Room Types €1,785 €1,410 Confirm Dates Hold space for 48h
• -21% Get Instant Confirmation Sunday 20 Oct, 2024 Sunday 27 Oct, 2024 English, Spanish Filling Fast Multiple Room Types €1,785 €1,410 Confirm Dates Hold space for 48h
• -21% Get Instant Confirmation Sunday 27 Oct, 2024 Sunday 3 Nov, 2024 English, Spanish Filling Fast Multiple Room Types €1,785 €1,410 Confirm Dates Hold space for 48h
• -21% Get Instant Confirmation Sunday 23 Mar, 2025 Sunday 30 Mar, 2025 English, Spanish Multiple Room Types €1,799 €1,421 0% Interest Instalments Confirm Dates Hold space for 48h
• -21% Get Instant Confirmation Sunday 30 Mar, 2025 Sunday 6 Apr, 2025 English, Spanish Multiple Room Types €1,799 €1,421 0% Interest Instalments Confirm Dates Hold space for 48h
• -22% Get Instant Confirmation Sunday 6 Apr, 2025 Sunday 13 Apr, 2025 English, Spanish Multiple Room Types €1,799 €1,403 0% Interest Instalments Confirm Dates Hold space for 48h
• -22% Get Instant Confirmation Sunday 13 Apr, 2025 Sunday 20 Apr, 2025 English, Spanish Multiple Room Types €1,799 €1,403 0% Interest Instalments Confirm Dates Hold space for 48h

Good to Know

• Currency € Euro Portugal and Spain

As a traveller from USA, Canada, England, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa you will need an adaptor for types C, E, F.

• These are only indications, so please visit your doctor before you travel to be 100% sure.
• Hepatitis B - Recommended for Portugal and Spain. Ideally 2 months before travel.
• Unfortunately we cannot offer you a visa application service. Whether you need a visa or not depends on your nationality and where you wish to travel. Assuming your home country does not have a visa agreement with the country you're planning to visit, you will need to apply for a visa in advance of your scheduled departure.
• Here is an indication for which countries you might need a visa. Please contact the local embassy for help applying for visas to these places.
• For any tour departing before 3rd November 2024 a full payment is necessary. For tours departing after 3rd November 2024, a minimum payment of 25% is required to confirm your booking with Click Tours. The final payment will be automatically charged to your credit card on the designated due date. The final payment of the remaining balance is required at least 65 days prior to the departure date of your tour. TourRadar never charges you a booking fee and will charge you in the stated currency.
• Some departure dates and prices may vary and Click Tours will contact you with any discrepancies before your booking is confirmed.
• The following cards are accepted for "Click Tours" tours: Visa, Maestro, Mastercard, American Express or PayPal. TourRadar does NOT charge you an extra fee for using any of these payment methods.
• Your money is safe with TourRadar, as we only pay the tour operator after your tour has departed.
• TourRadar is an authorised Agent of Click Tours. Please familiarise yourself with the Click Tours payment, cancellation and refund conditions .
• Insurance Unless otherwise mentioned, TourRadar does not provide travel insurance. We do however recommend purchasing it through our tried and trusted partner, World Travel Nomads .
• Accessibility Some tours are not suitable for mobility-restricted traveller, however, some operators may be able to accommodate special requests. For any enquiries, you can contact our customer support team , who are ready and waiting to help you.
• Cornwall Tours
• Great Migration Safari
• Australia/Oceania February 2025 tours
• 3 Day Adelaide to Melbourne Overland (One-Way…
• Elegance of Great Britain (Small Groups, Star…
• Luxury Indochina Odyssey: Vietnam and Cambodi…
• Best 10 Day Norway Itineraries (with Reviews…

Similar Tours

Keep Exploring Europe

• Hiking in Europe in June
• Hiking in Europe in July
• 10 Best Cultural Travel Companies
• 10 Best Cultural Experiences in The World 2024/2025
• Europe from Madrid
• Europe In-depth Cultural
• 8 days Europe
• Operators in Europe
• Highlights of Northern Spain & Portugal - 8 Days Tours in Spain
• In-depth Cultural Tours
• Northern Spain Tours
• Spain Tours
• Europe Tours
• Family Tours
• Group Tours
• Fully Guided Tours
• Northern Spain
• Spain tours
• Portugal tours

Madrid to Porto day trip up to 2 stops (Avila and Salamanca)

TICKET PRICES STARTING FROM

Taxes and fees will be calculated at checkout

In Order for this Tour to be comfortable, enjoyable and relaxing for you we opted to travel to Porto by car or van having 2 stops in our way from Madrid to Porto. ( We have different options - Depends on the option purchased) 09:00 am - Departure from Madrid (Spain) towards the city of Avila (Spain) 12:30 pm - Stop in Ávila (Spain) for a visit and lunch. 03:00 pm - Departure from Ávila (Spain) towards the city of Salamanca (Spain). 04:00 pm - Stop in the city of Salamanca for a visit. 05:30 pm - Departure from the city of Salamanca (Spain) towards the Porto (Portugal) 07:00 pm - Drop off at your hotel in Porto (Portugal) . If you want other cities, you can also change (Since it is in the way)

Ticket Options

3 Options Available

1 - STOP: $175

Duration: 8 hoursPickup included

2 - STOPS: $188

Duration: 10 hoursPickup included

NO STOPS: $170

Duration: 6 hoursPickup included

Ticket Information

• Mobile or paper ticket accepted
• One per booking

What's not Included

• Personal expenses

Cancellation Policy

• For a full refund, cancel at least 24 hours before the scheduled departure time.

Additional Info

• Specialized infant seats are available
• Infants and small children can ride in a pram or stroller
• Public transportation options are available nearby
• Suitable for all physical fitness levels

Travel Like an Expert with AAA and Trip Canvas

Get ideas from the pros.

As one of the largest travel agencies in North America, we have a wealth of recommendations to share! Browse our articles and videos for inspiration, or dive right in with preplanned AAA Road Trips, cruises and vacation tours.

Build and Research Your Options

Save and organize every aspect of your trip including cruises, hotels, activities, transportation and more. Book hotels confidently using our AAA Diamond Designations and verified reviews.

Book Everything in One Place

From cruises to day tours, buy all parts of your vacation in one transaction, or work with our nationwide network of AAA Travel Agents to secure the trip of your dreams!